1SDC200023D0207 - CT Emax2 - 2017 - Video PDF

—
T EC H N I C A L C ATA LO G U E
SACE Emax 2
Low voltage air circuit-breakers
SACE EMAX 2 TECHNICAL CATALOGUE
—
SACE Emax 2
Consultation guide
Chapter 1 Chapter 6
Main characteristics Accessories

Overview of the SACE Emax 2 fam- Accessories for SACE Emax 2 circuit
ily, distinctive features of the se- breakers (signaling, control, inter-
ries, product conformity and ser- locks, etc..) and for Ekip protection
vice. trip units (connectivity, measure-
ments, protection, etc).
Chapter 2 Chapter 7
The ranges Installation

Electrical characteristics of auto- Installation and circuit breaker per-
matic circuit breakers, switch dis- formance in switchgear, installa-
connectors and derived versions. tion environment, degree of pro-
tection and limiting curves.
Chapter 3 Chapter 8
Protection trip units Overall dimensions

Latest generation Ekip protec- Overall dimensions for fixed circuit
tion trip units for power distri- breakers, withdrawable circuit
bution and generation. breakers and accessories.
Chapter 4 Chapter 9
Software functions Wiring diagrams

New generation of functionalities Circuit-breaker and accessories
ready for every type of system wiring diagrams.
and simple to use.
Chapter 5 Chapter 10
Supervision and connectivity Ordering codes

Supervision, Energy Management Ordering codes with configuration
and complete integration in the examples.
systems with the possibility of
communicating with several proto-
cols and energy management via
cloud.
MAIN CHAR AC TERISTICS 1
—
CHAPTER 1
Main characteristics
02-02 Overview of the SACE Emax 2 family
03-07 Distinctive features
03-03 Efficiency
03-03 Control
04-04 Connectivity
04-04 Performance
06-07
Ease of use
08-09 Product conformity
08-08
Approvals and certifications
09-09 Quality and Sustainability
10-10 ABB Low Voltage Product Service

2 SACE EMAX 2 LOW VOLTAGE AIR CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
—
Overview of the SACE Emax 2 family
Emax 2, a further leap forward
The world of electrical power distribution Emax 2 all-in-one is the first circuit breaker that
changes fast and major new trends such as re- matches new grid requirements. It enables a di-
newables, energy storage and microgrids are now rect communication to the new energy manage-
crowding onto the stage. These trends lead to ment cloud-computing platform ABB Ability™
new customer and application demands. To meet Electrical Distribution Control System.
these demands, ABB has now unveiled the innova- Smart and plug and play architecture makes Emax
tive Emax 2 all-in-one , the evolution of the Emax 2 all-in-one easy to use. Leveraging also un-
2 into a multifunctional platform that is able to matched electrical performances, Emax 2 sets a
manage the next generation of electrical plants new circuit breaker benchmark for the needs of
such as microgrids. today and tomorrow.
—
Distinctive features
SACE Emax 2 evolution from circuit breaker to Power Manager

continues, embedding more and more functionalities to become the
all-in-one solution to manage "low-voltage distribution systems".
Efficiency • Synchro-reclosing: Sinchronization and auto-

Achieving maximum efficiency of an electrical in- matic reconnection of the Microgrid to the main
stallation requires intelligent management of grid when the power is back.
power supplies and energy use. For this reason, Emax 2 is able to act as a controller of Main grid
the new technologies used in the SACE Emax 2 condition, disconnecting a plant when neces-
circuit breakers allow the productivity and reli- sary and also to adapt protection to on-grid or
ability of installations to be optimized, and at the off-grid conditions.
same time, power consumption to be reduced • Interface protection system and Interface De-
while fully respecting the environment. vice: Check of Main grid conditions and plant
New advanced functionalities, together with Pro- disconnection whenever grid voltage and fre-
tection trip units and Communication and system quency are out of the ranges.
devices contribute to make SACE Emax 2 the cir- • Adaptive protection: Network changes recogni-
cuit breaker that maximizes efficiency in all tion and automatic set of thresholds to guaran-
low-voltage electrical installation. tee protection and coordination in on-grid and
off-grid conditions.
Control
SACE Emax 2 circuit breaker is the first single de-
vice ready to manage all the dynamics of a
low-voltage electrical installation.
Managing loads in any condition is now possible
thanks to Advanced Functionalities such as:
• Adaptive load shedding: fast load shedding to
guarantee continuity for critical loads during
black-outs. Typical scenario is when LV distribu-
tion is disconnected from the grid (MV).
• Predictive load shedding: slow load shedding to
avoid overloads, giving the possibility to modu-
late loads consumption.
• Power controller: patented algorithm to reduce
the peak of power consumed, allowing savings
on electricity bills.
Managing different power sources and connect-
ing them to main grid is also crucial, so that ser-
vice continuity is maaximized.
• Embedded ATS functions: an automatic transfer
switch system used in all application where con-
tinuity is essential and where there are multi
source supplies.
—
Connectivity Performance
SACE Emax 2 series circuit breakers can be inte- The SACE Emax 2 range is made up of 4 sizes:
grated perfectly into all automation and energy E1.2, E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 up to 6300A, which en-
management systems to improve productivity able switchgear of compact dimensions and high
and energy consumption and to carry out remote ratings to be built with busbars of reduced length
service. and cross-section.
All circuit breakers can be equipped with commu- The protection trip units, auxiliary connections
nication units for use with Modbus, Profibus, and and main accessories are the same throughout
DeviceNet™ protocols as well as the modern Mod- the range to simplify design and installation.
bus TCP, Profinet, EtherNet/IP™ and Open ADR. Furthermore, the sizes from E2.2 to E6.2 have the
The cartridge-type modules can be easily installed same height and depth.
directly on the terminal box, even at a later date. The rating levels are updated and standardized
Furthermore, the integrated IEC61850 communi- throughout the sizes to meet the demands and
cation module enables connection to automation needs of today’s installations, from 42kA to
systems widely used in medium voltage power 150kA, and to standardize switchgear projects.
distribution to create intelligent networks (Smart High short-time currents, together with the effi-
Grids). ciency of the protection functions, guarantee
All circuit breaker functions are also accessible complete selectivity in all situations.
via the Internet, in complete safety, through the Accurate design and choice of materials enable
Ekip Link switchgear supervision system and the optimization of the overall dimensions of the cir-
Ekip Control Panel. cuit breaker. In this way switchgear of compact
Furthermore with an easy connection thanks to dimensions can be built and outstanding savings
Ekip Com Hub module, SACE Emax 2 can be inte- at the same performance can be obtained.
grated in an energy management system, ABB The SACE Emax 2 range is extended also to the UL
Ability™ Electrical Distribution Control System. market, up to 5000A. Furthermore it can be or-
The power and auxiliary connections are opti- dered with a triple marking label, IEC, UL and
mized to simplify connection to the switchgear. CCC.
The power terminals, which can be oriented hori-
zontally or vertically, have been designed for the
most common busbars, while the push-in connec-
tions of the auxiliaries ensure immediate and safe
wiring.
—
Ease of use As a further guarantee of safety, the shutters of

The entire range is available in fixed and with- the fixed part can be locked from the front when
drawable versions, with double insulation be- the circuit breaker is removed. The shutters of the
tween the front of the switchgear and the live upper terminals are independent of those of the
parts to ensure operation in complete safety. The lower terminals to facilitate checking and mainte-
circuit breakers can be powered indifferently nance operations.
from above or below. The Ekip Touch protection trip units are equipped
All essential information is available in the central with a large colour touch-screen display which en-
area of the front shield and enables immediate ables safe and intuitive operation. Furthermore
identification of the status of the circuit breaker: the Ekip units can be programmed and consulted
open, closed, ready to close, charged and dis- from a tablet, smart phone or portable PC via
charged springs. the Ekip Connect application and all the advanced
Maintenance is simple and safe. Thanks to the functionalities can be easily programmed thanks
new front shield design, the main accessories can to predefined logic templates.
be installed without completely removing it. The trip units are easily interchangeable from the
The withdrawable circuit breaker is inserted and front of the circuit breaker, and all communica-
removed via dedicated guide rails that simplify tion units can be installed directly on the terminal
movement. The correct movement from box with a few simple operations, making the
racked-in, test isolated, to racked-out position is complex system ready for a new digital experi-
guaranteed by a lock in each position. ence.
—
Key
1 Trademark and size 2
of circuit- breaker
2 SACE Ekip protec-
tion trip unit
3 Pushbutton for 1
manual opening
4 Pushbutton for 7
manual closing
5 Lever to manually
charge closing springs
6 Electrical rating plate 3
7 Mechanical device to
signal circuit breaker
open “O” and closed “I”
8 Signal for springs 4 9
charged or discharged
9 Mechanical signal-
ling of overcurrent
release tripped 5
10 Size and serial number
8
10
6
—
Product conformity
—
SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers and
their accessories conform to IEC
60947, EN 60947 international
Standard
Approvals and certifications Certification of conformity with the above-men-
SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers and their accesso- tioned product Standards is carried out in com-
ries conform to the international IEC 60947, EN pliance with the European EN 45011 Standard by
60947 (harmonized in 30 CENELEC countries), CEI the Italian certification body ACAE (Association
EN 60947 and IEC 61000 Standards and comply for the Certification of Electrical Equipment),
with the following EC directives: which is recognized by the European organization
• “Low-Voltage Directives” (LVD) no. 2006/95/EC LOVAG (Low-Voltage Agreement Group), and by
• “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive” the Swedish Intertek SEMKO certification organi-
(EMC) no. 2004/108/EC. zation Intertek Semko which is recognized by the
The ABB air circuit breakers include a range that international organization IECEE.
has been certified according to American UL 1066
Standards; it is also certified by the Russian certi-
fication body GOST (Russia Certificate of Confor-
mity) and has achieved China CCC Certification The main versions of the devices are about to be
(China Compulsory Certification). approved by the following shipping registers.
Registro Italiano Navale (RINA): Det Norske Veritas (DNV):

Italian Norway
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR): Russian Maritime Regiser of Shipping (RMRS):

English Russian
American Bureau Shipping (ABS):

Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NKK):
American
Japan
Germanischer Lloyd (GL):

Deutsch Gost - Eac
For the types of certified circuit breakers, certi-

Bureau Veritas (BV): fied ratings and corresponding validity, please
French contact ABB SACE.
— —
Quality and Sustainability: com- The ABB SACE testing laboratory,
pany efficiency and integrated accredited by ACCREDIA in compli-
management systems. Quality, ance with ISO/IEC 17025 Standard,
Sustainability and Customer Satis- provides both ABB and external
faction have always been ABB customers with a qualified service
SACE’s major commitment. for performing certification tests
The involvement of all company departments and
on devices and electric equipment
organization of processes have led the company to of low and medium voltage in ac-
develop, implement and certify management sys-
tems in compliance with international Standards:
cordance with the relevant prod-
• ISO 9001 for quality management uct Standards.
• IRIS for the quality of supplies in the railway sec-
tor (International Railway Industry Standards) Thanks to the implementation of systems and
• ISO 14001 for environmental management their integration (Integrated Management Sys-
• OHSAS 18001 for the management of the health tem), ABB SACE, with a view to continuous im-
and safety of employees in the workplace provement, has implemented processes with a
• SA 8000 for the management of social respon- focus on:
sibility. • quality, preventing defects and faults along the
entire supply chain
• environment, reviewing production processes
in terms of ecology and waste reduction, ratio-
nalizing the consumption of raw materials and
energy, preventing pollution, containing noise
emissions and reducing the quantity of rejects
in the production processes
• health and safety of employees, offering a
healthy and safe workplace in all of the various
stages of work with a “zero accident objective”
• social responsibility, guaranteeing the respect of
human rights and the absence of any discrimina-
tion throughout the supply chain, and offering a
favourable and transparent working atmosphere.
A further commitment aimed at safeguarding the

environment has been achieved by assessing
products’ life cycles (LCA, Life Cycle Assessment):
this includes the assessment and improvement of
the environmental performance of products from
the engineering stage throughout their entire life
cycle.
The materials, processes and packaging used are

chosen with a view to optimising the actual envi-
ronmental impact of each product, including its
energy efficiency and recyclability.
—
ABB Low Voltage Product Service
ABB’s technical assistance service offers solutions aimed at supporting

the customer in all stages of the lifespan of the circuit breaker in service
and covering the entire chain of value; ABB is present from the moment
of selection to the end of the life of the product, thereby guaranteeing
the investments of its customers.
ABB supplies annual updates regarding the evo- Retrofitting kit

lution of the circuit breaker ranges (Life Cycle Through continuous research targeted at the
Management) and for each product it provides needs of the customer, ABB SACE Service has
details of associated services and the level of developed innovative retrofitting kits in order
support available, so that customers can chose to simplify and speed up installation of a new
the products and spare parts best suited to circuit breaker, updating the customer’s invest-
their needs. ment with the latest technology available and
ABB’s organisation offers services that include with very limited down times.
installation and commissioning, technical train- The retrofitting kit between Emax2 and Emax is
ing on the use and maintenance of products, a retrofill solution: it is therefore possible to re-
the supply of original spare parts, corrective place the withdrawable version of
and preventive maintenance, equipment diag- Emax with an equivalent Emax2 model without
nostics, modernisation of systems with up- changing the switchboard busbars, by simply
grades and retrofitting kits, consultancy ser- removing the fixed part of Emax replacing it
vices and personalised maintenance and service with a fixed part of Emax2 which has been suit-
contracts. ably modified with dedicated terminals.
All this is supported by one of the most exten-
sive global sales and service networks.
THE R ANGES 11
—
CHAPTER 2
The ranges
12-13 SACE Emax 2 automatic circuit breakers
14-15 SACE Emax 2 switch disconnectors
16-17 SACE Emax 2 derived versions

—
SACE Emax 2 automatic circuit breakers
Common data
Rated service voltage Ue [V] 690
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V] 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp [kV] 12
Frequency [Hz] 50 - 60
Number of poles 3- 4
Version Fixed - Withdrawable
Suitable for isolation according to IEC 60947-2
SACE Emax 2 E1.2

Performance levels B C N L
Rated uninterrupted current Iu @ 40°C [A] 630 630 250 630
[A] 800 800 630 800
[A] 1000 1000 800 1000
[A] 1250 1250 1000 1250
[A] 1600 1600 1250
[A] 1600
[A]
Neutral pole current-carrying capacity for 4-pole CBs [%Iu] 100 100 100 100
Rated ultimate short-circuit 400-415 V [kA] 42 50 66 150
breaking capacity Icu
440 V [kA] 42 50 66 130
500-525 V [kA] 42 42 50 100
690 V [kA] 42 42 50 60
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics [%Icu] 100 100 100 1) 100
Rated short-time withstand (1s) [kA] 42 42 50 15
current Icw
(3s) [kA] 24 24 30 -
Rated short-circuit making 400-415 V [kA] 88 105 145 330
capacity (peak value) Icm
440 V [kA] 88 105 145 286
500-525 V [kA] 88 88 105 220
690 V [kA] 88 88 105 132
Utilization category (according to IEC 60947-2) B B B A
Breaking Breaking time for I<Icw [ms] 40 40 40 40
Breaking time for I>Icw [ms] 25 25 25 10
Dimensions H - Fixed/Withdrawable [mm] 296/363.5 296/363.5 296/363.5 296/363.5
D - Fixed/Withdrawable [mm] 183/271 183/271 183/271 183/271
W - Fixed 3p/4p/4p FS [mm] 210/280
W - Withdrawable 3p/4p/4p FS [mm] 278/348
Weights (CB with trip unit and Fixed 3p/4p kg 14/16
current sensor) Withdrawable 3p/4p/4p FS kg 38/43
including fixed part
1) Ics : 50kA for 400V…440V voltage; 2) Ics: 125kA for 400V...440V voltage; 3) E4.2H 3200A: 66 Icw (3s)
SACE Emax 2 E1.2

Mechanical and electrical life with regular ordinary [Iu] ≤ 1000 1250 1600 1250 L
maintenance prescribed by the manufacturer
[No. cycles x 1000] 20 20 20 20
Frequency [Oper./Hour] 60 60 60 60
Electrical life 440 V [No. cycles x 1000] 8 8 8 3
690 V [No. cycles x 1000] 8 6,5 6,5 1
Frequency [Oper./Hour] 30 30 30 30
THE R ANGES 13
E2.2 E4.2 E6.2

B N S H N S H V H V X
1600 800 250 800 3200 3200 3200 2000 4000 4000 4000
2000 1000 800 1000 4000 4000 4000 2500 5000 5000 5000
1250 1000 1250 3200 6300 6300 6300
1600 1250 1600 4000
2000 1600 2000
2500 2000 2500
2500
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50-100 50-100 50-100
42 66 85 100 66 85 100 150 100 150 150
42 66 85 100 66 85 100 150 100 150 150
42 66 66 85 66 66 85 100 100 130 130
42 66 66 85 66 66 85 100 100 100 100
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 2) 100 100 100
42 66 66 85 66 66 85 100 100 100 120
42 50 50 66 50 66 75 3) 75 100 100 100
88 145 187 220 145 187 220 330 220 330 440
88 145 187 220 145 187 220 330 220 330 440
88 145 145 187 145 145 187 220 220 286 286
88 145 145 187 145 145 187 220 220 220 264
B B B B B B B B B B B
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
371/425 371/425 371/425 371/425 371/425 371/425 371/425 371/425 371/425 371/425 371/425
270/383 270/383 270/383 270/383 270/383 270/383 270/383 270/383 270/383 270/383 270/383
276/366 384/510 762/888/1014
317/407 425/551 803/929/1069
41/53 56/70 109/125/140
84/99 110/136 207/234/260
E2.2 E4.2 E6.2

< 1600 1600 2000 2500 < 2500 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 6300
25 25 25 20 20 20 20 15 12 12 12
60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
15 12 10 8 10 8 7 5 4 3 2
15 10 8 7 10 8 7 4 4 2 2
30 30 30 30 20 20 20 20 10 10 10
—
SACE Emax 2 switch disconnectors
Switch disconnectors, identified with the abbre- The device, when in the open position, guarantees
viation “/MS”, are devices that satisfy the isolat- an isolating distance between the main contacts
ing specifications provided by the IEC 60947-3 of the circuit breaker that is sufficient to ensure
Standard. The switch disconnectors are derived that the installation downstream is not live.
from the corresponding automatic circuit break- Furthermore the switch disconnectors, if used
ers, and they have the same dimensions and ac- with an external protection relay with maximum
cessory options. delay of 500ms, enable a breaking capacity at a
This version differs from the automatic circuit- maximum rated operating voltage (Ue) equal to
breakers only because of the absence of protec- the value of rated short-time withstand current
tion trip units. (Icw) for one second.
Common data
Number of poles 3- 4
Version Fixed - Withdrawable
Suitable for isolation according to IEC 60947-3
SACE Emax 2 E1.2

Performance levels B/MS N/MS
Rated uninterrupted current Iu @ 40°C [A] 630 250
[A] 800 630
[A] 1000 800
[A] 1250 1000
[A] 1600 1250
[A] 1600
Neutral pole current-carrying capacity for 4-pole CBs [%Iu] 100 100
Rated short-time withstand (1s) [kA] 42 50
current Icw (3s) [kA] 24 30
Rated short-circuit making 400-415 V [kA] 88 105
capacity (peak value) Icm 440 V [kA] 88 105
500-525 V [kA] 88 105
690 V [kA] 88 105
Utilization category (according to IEC 60947-3) AC-23A AC-23A
Dimensions H - Fixed / Withdrawable [mm] 296 / 363.5 296 / 363.5
D - Fixed / Withdrawable [mm] 183 / 271 183 / 271
W - Fixed 3p/4p/4p FS [mm] 210 / 280
W - Withdrawable 3p/4p/4p FS [mm] 278 / 348
1) E4.2H/MS 3200A: 66KA Icw (3s)
SACE Emax 2 E1.2

Mechanical and electrical life with regular ordinary [Iu] < 1000 1000 1600
maintenance prescribed by the manufacturer
[No. cycles x 1000] 20 20 20
Frequency [Oper./Hour] 60 60 60
Electrical life 440 V [No. cycles x 1000] 8 8 8
690 V [No. cycles x 1000] 8 6.5 6.5
Frequency [Oper./Hour] 30 30 30
THE R ANGES 15
E2.2 E4.2 E6.2

B/MS N/MS H/MS N/MS H/MS V/MS H/MS X/MS
1600 800 800 3200 3200 2000 4000 4000
2000 1000 1000 4000 4000 2500 5000 5000
1250 1250 3200 6300 6300
1600 1600 4000
2000 2000
2500 2500
100 100 100 100 100 100 50-100 50-100
42 66 85 66 85 100 100 120
42 50 66 50 75 1) 75 100 100
88 145 187 145 187 220 220 264
88 145 187 145 187 220 220 264
88 145 187 145 187 220 220 264
88 145 187 145 187 220 220 264
AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A
371 / 425 371 / 425 371 / 425 371 / 425 371 / 425 371 / 425 371 / 425 371 / 425
270 / 383 270 / 383 270 / 383 270 / 383 270 / 383 270 / 383 270 / 383 270 / 383
276 / 366 384 / 510 762 / 888 / 1014
317 / 407 425 / 551 803 / 929 / 1069
E2.2 E4.2 E6.2

< 1600 1600 2000 2500 < 2500 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 6300
25 25 25 20 20 20 20 15 12 12 12
60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
15 12 10 8 10 8 7 5 4 3 2
15 10 8 7 10 8 7 4 4 2 2
30 30 30 30 20 20 20 20 10 10 10
—
SACE Emax 2 derived versions
Safety is an indispensable requirement that must always be

guaranteed in electrical installations. In this regard, ABB SACE offers
devices developed to further increase safety standards during
inspection and maintenance activities on electrical installations.
In particular, in a withdrawable version, ABB SACE Emax 2 offers:
— • Sectionalizing truck CS: in normal operating

The earthing circuit
is dimensioned for a conditions of the electrical circuit, this device is
short-time current equal inserted in the part. It short-circuits the upper
to 60% of the maximum
Icw of the circuit breaker and lower terminals of the power circuit. When
from which it is maintenance activities need to be carried out,
derived (IEC 60439-1)
the sectionalizing truck is removed and the part
of the system involved is isolated. The device
can be accessorized with a keylock and pad-
locks for locking in the withdrawn position.
—
• Earthing truck MT: this device enables all phases
The standard fixed parts
can not accept MT/MTP of the electrical circuit on which maintenance
device. In order to allow
needs to be performed to be earthed 1).
the utilization of MT/MTP
mobile parts is mandatory The earthing truck is available in two versions:
to install the grounding
for earth connection from the upper or lower
clamps on fixed parts.
Accessorizing only terminals.
in the factory.
THE R ANGES 17
• Earthing switch with making capacity MTP:

similar to the MT device, this differs due to the
presence of a mechanical stored energy control
which allows the circuit to be opened and
closed. Two versions of this earthing switch are
also available: for earth connection from the up-
per or lower terminals. It can also be acces-
sorized
• with a keylock or padlocks for locking in the
open position.
Common data
Number of poles 3-4
Version Withdrawable
SACE Emax 2 E2.2 E4.2 E6.2

Performance levels CS MT MTP CS MT MTP CS MT MTP
Rated uninterrupted current Iu @ 40°C 2500 2500 2500 4000 4000 4000 6300 6300 6300
Neutral pole current-carrying capacity for 4-pole CBs 100 100 100 100 100 100 50-100 50-100 50-100
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1s) [kA] - 30 30 - 50 50 - 50 50
P R OT E C T I O N T R I P U N I T S 19
—
CHAPTER 3
Protection trip units

20-21 Introduction
22-23 Architecture
24-35 Protection trip units for power distribution
24-26 Ekip Dip
27-32 Ekip Touch
33-35 Ekip Hi-Touch
36-39 Protection trip units for generators
36-37 Ekip G Touch
38-39 Ekip G Hi-Touch
40-54 Technical characteristics for protection trip units
40-47
Protection functions
48-53 Measurement functions
54-62 Description of protection functions

—
Introduction
SACE Emax 2 Ekip protection trip units are the new benchmark for the
protection, measurement and control of low-voltage electrical systems.
— The result of ABB SACE’s experience and research, The range of trip units is available with three lev-
Ekip Power Controller
function monitors they embed advanced functionality in the Emax 2 els of performance, Dip, Touch and Hi-Touch, to
installation loads and circuit breaker to make it an all-in-one solution satisfy simple to advanced applications.
generators, permitting
the power consumed for distribution systems and microgrids. The complete, flexible Ekip protection trip unit
to be limited and
The protection units are divided into two families: offering, which can be adapted to the actual level
allowing savings on
electricity bills. Ekip for distribution protection and Ekip G for of protection required, is shown below:
generator protection.
Fields of Measurement and Measurement of Measurement and Network

applications Protection of Voltage, Power, Energy Protection of Voltage, Analyzer
Current Power, Energy
Ekip Dip with Ekip Multimeter - - -
Ekip Touch Distribution • with Ekip Measuring with Ekip Measuring Pro -
Ekip Hi-Touch • • • •
Ekip G Touch • • • -
Generators
Ekip G Hi-Touch • • • •
— The protection units for power distribution, Ekip G increases efficiency from the design stage
Ekip G enables the
protection of generators available in the LI, LSI and LSIG versions, are to installation, minimizing the time needed for re-
without the use of suited to all distribution systems. alization and commissioning of the system, and
external devices that
require dedicated The Ekip trip units are designed to protect a vast ensuring high levels of accuracy and reliability of
relays and wiring.
range of applications, such as use with trans- all protection devices required for running gener-
formers, motors and drives. Depending on the ators in applications such as naval, GenSet or co-
complexity of the system, the need to take volt- generation.
age or energy measurements or to include control
systems in switchgear. Ekip Dip, Ekip Touch or Thanks to the Network Analyzer function inte-
Ekip Hi-Touch can be selected. grated in all Hi-Touch versions, the quality of en-
ergy in terms of harmonics, micro-interruptions
Ekip G enables the protection of generators or voltage dips is monitored without the need for
without the use of external devices that require dedicated instrumentation. This allows effective
dedicated relays and wiring. preventive and corrective action to be imple-
mented through accurate analysis of the faults,
thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
—
Architecture
All SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers are equipped with protection trip
units that are interchangeable from the front with just a few, simple
operations by the customer.
There is no need to dismantle the circuit breaker • Interchangeable rating plug enables all protec-
or access any internal or sensitive parts. tion thresholds to be adjusted according to the
This enables personalization of the functions rated current, increasing flexibility for the cus-
available, even during commissioning or when the tomer. It is useful in installations that are pre-
circuit breaker has already been installed. In par- pared for future development or in cases in
ticular, SACE Ekip consists of: which the power supplied may be limited tem-
porarily.
• Protection trip unit, available with different in-
terfaces and versions that range from basic to
• Main board is the mechanical housing of the
more complete; it contains a latest generation
trip unit, which includes a micro-controller for
microprocessor that performs all the functions
measuring currents and the self-protection
of protection and control.
functions. The separation of trip units ensures
excellent reliability and immunity to conducted
• Ekip Measuring Module, connected internally to
and radiated emissions. Integrated new genera-
Emax 2, performs voltage, power and energy
tion Rogowski sensors, which are sensitive to
measurements with high accuracy without re-
the true r.m.s. value of the current, guarantee
quiring any external connection or voltage
high accuracy of both measurements and pro-
transformer. The Ekip Measuring Pro version
tection.
also performs all protection functions based on
voltage and power without the need for exter-
nal units, thereby simplifying design and con-
struction of the system.
— • Communication with all supervision systems

available in the Modbus, Profibus and Devi-
All protection trip units in the ceNet™ protocols as well as the modern Mod-
SACE Emax 2 family are self- bus TCP, Profinet, EtherNet/IP™ and open ADR
protocols;
powered by current that crosses
the circuit breaker. They • Integration into Smart Grids thanks to the pos-
sibility of communicating without the assis-
guarantee excellent reliability due
tance of any external converter, according to
to a system of self-control of standards (IEC 61850) already in use in the auto-
mation systems of high and medium voltage
internal connections.
substations;
The setting, testing and downloading of reports
• Multi-voltage supply module, which enables the
can be carried out directly from a Smartphone,
protection trip unit and modules present to be
Tablet or PC. In addition, the commissioning
supplied with any auxiliary voltage available in
stage can be further accelerated, minimizing the
direct or alternating current;
possibility of errors, by directly configuring the
protection trip unit with the DOC design soft-
• Programmable logic management with Ekip
ware settings. Cartridge-type modules that are
Signalling modules that provide a high number
easily installed on-board enable the units to be in-
of electrical input and output contacts;
tegrated into the most complex systems.
• Logical interlocks between circuit breakers,
Additional functions can be created, such as:
which can be made with the Ekip Link propri-
etary communication protocol, avoiding com-
• Synchrocheck, to check the synchronization of
plex wiring thanks to the transmission of all sig-
the two half-busbars before enabling circuit-
nals via a bus..
breaker closing;
—
Protection trip units for power distribution
Ekip Dip
—
Key:
— Characteristics
Ekip Dip offers a complete set of standard pro-
1. Power-on LED for
signalling correct
Ekip Dip is the new protection tection functions.
operation (watchdog)
2. LEDs for alarm trip unit for all applications in Dedicated LEDs allow the fault that caused trip-
signalling of L, S, I and ping to be determined.
G protection functions which high accuracy and reliable The unit is available in the following versions:
and diagnostics
3. Dip switches for
setting the protec-
protection against overcurrent • Ekip Dip LI
• Ekip Dip LSI
tion functions
4. Dip switches for
are required. • Ekip Dip LSIG
setting the network
frequency and neutral
protection device
5. Pushbutton for test
and for indicating the
cause of tripping
6. Test and program-
ming connector
1
2
3
5
6
Protection functions Watchdog

Ekip Dip offers overcurrent protection functions All the protection trip units of the SACE Emax 2
and, in the event of tripping, controls the opening family ensure high reliability owing to an elec-
of the circuit breaker, preventing it from closing tronic circuit that periodically checks the continu-
again unless it has been reset by the operator ity of the internal connections, such as trip coil,
(lockout device – code ANSI 86). rating plug and each current sensor (Ansi 74). In
the event of a malfunction, the LEDs indicate the
• Overload (L - ANSI 49) corresponding alarm to enable the fault to be
• Time-delayed overcurrent (S - ANSI 51 & 50TD) identified rapidly. Furthermore, Ekip Dip detects
• Thermal memory and indicates that the circuit breaker has been
• Instantaneous overcurrent (l - ANSI 50) opened because one of the protection functions
• Earth Fault (G) has been tripped (Ansi BF code).
• Neutral protection In order to ensure the correct operation of the
unit, Ekip Dip is also provided with self-protec-
Measurements tion against abnormal temperature (OT) inside
The Ekip Dip unit measures phase and neutral the protection trip unit. The user can set it to
current with great accuracy: 1% including the cur- open the circuit breaker or to merely indicate an
rent transformers in the 0.2 ... 1.2 In range (class 1 alarm.
in accordance with IEC 61557-12). Using the cur-
rent sensors in the circuit breaker and without User interface
the need to install an external measuring system, Ekip offers a great variety of thresholds and trip
it is possible to view the measurements by the times, which can be set by dip-switches. Up to 5
display on the front of the Ekip Multimeter LEDs are also available (depending on the version)
and Ekip Control Panel. to indicate correct operation or alarms. The inter-
Ekip Dip also records the characteristics of the face always enables the status of the
circuit breaker, to enable a rapid analysis in the installation to be identified clearly and quickly:
event of maintenance:
• correct operation (green LED)
• Maximum and average current values per phase; • overcurrent pre-alarms or alarms
• Date, time, fault current per phase and type of • presence of self-check functions alarms
protection tripped over the last 30 trips; • maintenance interval expired
• Date, time and type of operation of the last 200 • indication of tripped protection after a fault
events (for example: opening/closing of circuit
breaker, pre-alarms, editing settings); The protection tripped indication is activated by
• Number of mechanical and electric operations pressing the iTest key, and operates without the
of the circuit breaker; need for an external power supply because a bat-
• Total operating time; tery is installed inside the unit.
• Contact wear;
• Date and time of the last maintenance carried
out, in addition to the estimate of the next
maintenance required;
• Circuit-breaker identifying data: type, serial
number, firmware version, name of the device
as assigned by the user.
The values can be displayed on the front of the

Ekip Multimeter or Ekip Control Panel or by Ekip
Connect software on a Smartphone, Tablet or PC
by using the communication units Ekip T&P or
Ekip Bluetooth.
—
Ekip Dip
Communication The Ekip Dip protection trip unit also has a bat-
The Ekip Bluetooth wireless communication unit tery that enables the indication of the cause of
enables the operator to interact with the protec- the fault to be viewed for an unlimited time after
tion trip unit by computer, Smartphone or Tablet. tripping. In addition to that, the battery enables
In fact, the free Ekip Connect software for smart- date and time to be maintained and updated,
phones, tablets and PC, enables measurements thus ensuring the chronology of the events. On
and fault data to be read and alarm status and in- the other hand, when the unit is switched off, the
formation on the circuit breaker or maintenance battery test can be run by simply pressing the iT-
to be displayed. It is also possible to set parame- est key.
ters such as date, time and thermal memory and
for the records to be reset. Supply Ekip Supply
Nominal voltage 24-48V DC 110-240V AC/DC
Test function Voltage range 21.5 - 53V DC 105-265V AC/DC
The test port on the front of the protection trip Rated power 10W max. 10W max.
(including modules)
unit can be used to run the circuit breaker tests
Inrush current ~2 A for 20 ms ~2 A for 20 ms
by connecting one of the following devices:
• Ekip TT, which allows trip test, LED test and a Whenever cartridge modules are not used in the
check for the absence of alarms detected by the terminal box area, the trip unit can be supplied by
watchdog function; means of a galvanically isolated 24V DC auxiliary
• Ekip T&P permits not only the trip test and voltage.
LEDs test but also testing of the individual pro-
tection functions and the saving of the relative
report;
• iTest key, pressed to run the battery test when
the circuit breaker is disconnected.
Supply
The Ekip Dip protection trip unit does not require
an external supply for the protection functions or
for the alarm indication functions because it is
self-supplied by the current sensors installed on
the circuit breaker. A three-phase 100A current
suffices to activate the LED indications.
The Ekip Supply module enables an auxiliary sup-
ply to be easily connected and is able to receive
both a direct current supply (24-48V DC or 110-
240V DC) and an alternating current (110-240V
AC) to activate additional functions such as:
• G protection at values below 100A or below 0.2 In;

• connecting to external devices such as Ekip
Multimeter and Ekip Control Panel;
• recording the number of operations.
—
Ekip Touch
—
Key:
— Characteristics
The simple and intuitive interface enables the op-
1. Wide high-reso-
lution colour touch- Ekip Touch provides a complete erator to access all the information and settings
screen display
2. Power-on LED series of protections and high rapidly and easily by minimizing installation and
to indicate correct commissioning time.
operation (watchdog)
3. Pre-alarm LED
accuracy measurements of all The unit is available in the versions:
4. Alarm LED
5. Home pushbutton to
electrical parameters and can be • Ekip Touch LI
• Ekip Touch LSI
return to home page
6. Pushbutton for integrated perfectly with the • Ekip Touch LSIG
test and indicat-
ing cause of trip most common automation and
ming connector supervision systems.
3
4
5
1
7
—
Ekip Touch
Protection functions Measurements and meters

Ekip Touch enables all the protection functions to All versions of the Ekip Touch unit measure the
be set with a few simple steps directly from the RMS value of the currents of the three phases (L1,
wide touchscreen display. If the circuit breaker is L2, L3) and of neutral (Ne) with 1% accuracy in the
tripped it must be reset manually or electrically 0.2 to 1.2 In range (class 1 in accordance with IEC
by the operator (lockout relay – code ANSI 86). 61557-12). The complete range of measurement is
from 0.03 to 16x In, where In is the value of the
• Overload (L - ANSI 49) rating plug.
• Time-delayed overcurrent (S - ANSI 51 & 50TD) The display shows the current of the most loaded
• Thermal memory phase both in numeric and analogue format on an
• Instantaneous overcurrent (l - ANSI 50) ammeter with a 0-125% In scale for rapid identifi-
• Earth fault (G - ANSI 51N & 50NTD) cation of the load of the circuit breaker.
• Instantaneous Earth Fault (G-ANSI 50N) Alternatively, bar graphs that show the currents of
• Earth fault on toroid (G ext - ANSI 51G & 50GTD) the three phases and of neutral on a 0-125% In
• Neutral protection scale in addition to the numeric value of the most
• Start-up function loaded phase can be selected as the default page.
• Current unbalance (IU – ANSI 46) The bar graphs are yellow in the event of a pre-
• Zone selectivity for S and G protection (ANSI 68) alarm and red in the event of an overload to enable
• Current thresholds an irregular condition to be identified immediately.
• Power Controller Where applicable, the measurement of the earth
fault current is shown on a dedicated page. The
In addition, the following protection functions ammeter can operate both in self-supplied mode
are available with Ekip Measuring Pro: and with auxiliary voltage. In the latter case, the
• Undervoltage (UV - ANSI 27) display always has back lighting and the ammeter
• Overvoltage (OV - ANSI 59) is also active at currents below 100A.
• Underfrequency (UF - ANSI 81L)
• Overfrequency (OF - ANSI 81H) Adding the Ekip Measuring or Ekip Measuring Pro
• Voltage unbalance (VU – ANSI 47) module to Ekip Touch enables Ekip Touch to be
• Residual current (Rc – ANSI 64 & 50NDT) used as a multimeter to measure the values of:
• Reverse active power (RP - ANSI 32R) • Voltage: phase-phase, phase-neutral (accuracy
• Synchrocheck (SC - ANSI 25) 0.5%);
• Cyclical direction of the phases (ANSI 47) • Power: active, reactive, apparent (accuracy 2%);
• Power factor (ANSI 78). • Energy: active, reactive, apparent (accuracy 2%);
• Frequency (accuracy 0.2%);
• Power factor by phase and total;
• Peak factor.
—
Measurements
and meters
Maximum values and values register If the iTest key is pressed, the trip unit displays all
The Ekip Touch unit is able to supply the measure- these data directly on the display. No auxiliary
ment trend of certain parameters over a settable supply is required. The information is also avail-
period of time such as: average power, maximum able to the user with the circuit breaker open or
power, maximum and minimum current, maxi- without current flow, due to the battery installed
mum and minimum voltage. The values of the last inside the unit.
24 time intervals are recorded in the unit with a
relative timestamp and can be consulted directly Maintenance indicators
from the display or remotely using one of the A complete set of information about the circuit-
available communication protocols. The commu- breaker and its operation is available for effective
nication can also be used to synchronize the re- fault analysis and preventive scheduling of main-
cording time interval. tenance. All the information can be seen from the
display or from a PC using a communication unit.
Data logger In particular:
Ekip Touch is always supplied with the exclusive • Date, time, fault current by phase and type of
Data Logger (register) function that stores with protection tripped over the last 30 trips;
high sampling frequency the instantaneous val- • Date, time and type of operation of the last 200
ues of all the measurements in two memory events (example: opening/closing of circuit-
buffer registers. The data can be easily down- breaker, pre-alarms, editing of settings, ect.);
loaded by the Ekip Connect unit and transferred • Number of operations of the circuit breaker: di-
to any personal computer. This enables the cur- vided into mechanical operations (no current),
rent and voltage waveforms to be analyzed for electrical operations (with current) and protec-
rapid fault analysis. The function continuously tion function (trip);
stores and stops recording, with a selectable • Contact wear estimated as a function of the
delay, whenever the event set by the user occurs number and type of openings;
(e.g. trip or alarm). In this manner, it is possible • Total operating time of the circuit breaker with
to analyze the complete evolution of the fault: circulating current;
from the start to its complete elimination. • Date and time of the last maintenance session,
scheduling of the next maintenance session;
Information on trip and opening data • Circuit-breaker identifying data: type, serial
If a trip occurs, Ekip Touch stores all the informa- number, firmware version, device name as-
tion that is required for rapid identification and signed by the user.
elimination of the causes:
• Protection tripped All the information can be viewed directly from
• Opening data (current, voltage or frequency) the display and from a Smartphone, Tablet (with
• Time-stamping (data, time and consecutive Ekip Bluetooth) or PC using the front port of the
opening number) trip unit or the system communication.
—
Maintenance indicators
—
Ekip Touch
Watchdog In addition, the use of Ekip Touch is further sim-

All of the trip units in the SACE Emax 2 family en- plified by the possibility of scrolling through the
sure high reliability because of an electronic cir- menu and reading the alarms in one of the lan-
cuit that periodically checks continuity of the in- guages that can be set directly from the display:
ternal connections, such as the trip coil, rating Italian, English, German, French, Spanish, Portu-
plug and each current sensor (Ansi 74). In the guese, Chinese, Russian, Turkish and Thai.
event of an alarm, a message is shown on the dis- The home pushbutton enables the user to return,
play, and if it is set during the installation phase, at any moment, to the main page and the iTest
the trip unit can command the opening of the cir- key enables the information to be viewed after a
cuit breaker. If a protection function intervenes, circuit breaker trip and test.
Ekip Touch always checks that the circuit breaker
has been opened by auxiliary contacts that indi- As in the previous generation of trip units, a pass-
cate the position of the main contacts. Other- word system is used to manage “Read” or “Edit”
wise, Ekip Touch indicates an alarm (ANSI BF modes. The default password, 00001, can be ed-
code - Breaker Failure) to be used to command ited by the user. The protection parameters
the opening of the circuit breaker located up- (curve and trip thresholds) are settable in “Edit”
stream. Ekip also contains self-protection that mode whereas it is always possible to consult the
ensures the correct operation of the unit under information in “Read” mode.
abnormal temperatures (OT) inside On the front of the trip unit there are also two
the protection trip unit. The user has the follow- LEDs: a pre-alarm LED (square yellow LED) and an
ing indications or controls: alarm LED (red triangular LED); a message on the
• “Warning” LED for temperature below -20 °C or display always accompanies the flashing of the
above +70 °C, at which the trip unit operates LEDs for clear identification of the type of event.
correctly with the display switched off The list of all the alarms active at that moment can
• “Alarm” LED for temperature outside the oper- be viewed by simply touching the display on the
ating range, at which the trip unit commands white strip in the bottom left of the alarms zone.
the opening of the circuit breaker (if set during
the configuration phase). Ekip Touch is also supplied with a front port that
permits a temporary connection to devices for
User interface test, supply or communication (for example Ekip
All Ekip Touch operations are simple and intuitive T&P).
due to the wide graphic colour touchscreen dis-
play. For example, all the main information is
listed on one page (settable by default), thus en-
abling the state of the installation to be identified
rapidly: maximum current, maximum voltage and
active, reactive, apparent power and energy.
—
User interface
Communication Test function

Communication modules that can be installed in- For circuit breaker testing it is possible to use the
side the circuit breaker enable Ekip Touch to be test port and the iTest key positioned on the front
integrated into the most modern supervision sys- of the protection trip unit.
tems with protocols:
• IEC 61850 The available functions are:
• Modbus TCP • trip test, test of the display and of the LEDs and
• Modbus RS-485 check of absence of alarms detected by the
• Profibus watchdog function using Ekip TT;
• Profinet • test of the single protection functions and sav-
• DeviceNet™ ing of the report, in addition to the trip test and
• EtherNet/IP™ test of the display, using Ekip T&P;
• Open ADR • test of the battery with the circuit breaker
• Hub switched off by pressing the iTest key.
The integration into communication systems en-

ables measurements, statuses and alarms to be
programmed and viewed by remote functions.
If the circuit breaker has to be opened and closed
remotely, the Ekip Com Actuator module can be
installed in the circuit breaker front, in the right-
hand accessories chamber.
For each circuit breaker, several communication
modules with different protocols can be used si-
multaneously; for example, this enables the cir-
cuit breaker to be connected to the Ekip link sys-
tem to obtain local supervision from the front of
the switchgear and to simultaneously integrate it
into a communication network. In addition, for
applications requiring very high reliability, up
to two modules using the same protocol can be
inserted and two different addresses used to pro-
vide a level of redundancy.
—
Ekip Touch
Supply The Ekip Supply module allows the cartridge

The Ekip Touch protection trip unit is self-sup- modules to be used in the terminal box area.
plied by the current sensors and does not require Otherwise, the trip unit can be supplied by means
an external supply for the basic protection func- of a galvanically isolated 24V DC auxiliary voltage.
tions or for the alarm indication functions. All The Ekip Measuring Pro module can supply the
protection settings are stored in a non-volatile Ekip Touch trip unit with line voltage above 85V.
memory that maintains the information, even In addition, if the module is installed with voltage
without a power supply. To activate the indication pick-ups on the supply side, the trip unit can be
functions the ammeter and the display, a 100A used even if the circuit breaker is open.
three-phase current suffices. The Ekip Touch protection trip unit is also sup-
An auxiliary supply can easily be connected. The plied with a battery that enables the cause of the
Ekip Supply module can be connected to supplies fault to be indicated after a trip, without a time
of both direct current and alternating current to limit. In addition, the battery enables date and
activate additional functions such as: time to be updated, thus ensuring the chronology
• using the unit with circuit breaker open; of the events. When Ekip Touch is operating, it
• using additional modules such as Ekip Signal- uses an internal control circuit to indicate auto-
ling and Ekip Com; matically that the battery is flat. On the other
• connection to external devices such as Ekip hand, when the unit is switched off the battery
Multimeter and Ekip Control Panel; test can be run by simply pressing the iTest key.
• recording the number of operations;
• G protection with values below 100A or below
0.2 In;
• zone selectivity;
• Gext and MCR protection functions.
Supply Ekip Supply

Nominal voltage 24-48V DC 110-240V AC/DC
Voltage range 21.5-53V DC 105-265V AC/DC
Rated power 10W max. 10W max.
(including modules)
Inrush current ~10 A for 5 ms ~10 A for 5 ms
—
Ekip Hi-Touch
—
Key:
— Ekip Hi-Touch boasts all the features of Ekip
Touch; as standard, it features the measuring and
1. Wide high-reso-
lution colour touch-
The Ekip Hi-Touch is a high- protection module Ekip Measuring Pro and can
screen display
2. Power-on LED indicat- performance multifunction unit also be fitted, like Ekip Touch, with the additional
ing correct operation features provided by the internal modules and by
3. Pre-alarm LED that is extraordinarily versatile the external accessories. The front interface of
4. Alarm LED
return to home page
and can be used in even the most the unit, which is common to Ekip Touch, is ex-
tremely simply because of the touchscreen colour
and for indicating
complex installations. display; it is able to show measurements, bar
cause of the trip
7. Test and program- graphs and sine curves of the different electrical
Characteristics
ming connector values.
8. Ekip Measuring Pro Ekip Hi-Touch, in fact, features exclusive func-
module, with relative The unit is available in the versions:
tions such as: directional protection, restricted
LED power on • Ekip Hi-Touch LSI
earth fault and dual setting of the protections. In
• Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG
addition, Ekip Hi-Touch is supplied with the exclu-
sive Network Analyzer function that can monitor
the quality of the power absorbed by the installa-
tion in accordance with existing standards.
2
3
4
5
1
6
7
8
—
Ekip Hi-Touch
Protection functions Measurements

The Ekip Hi-Touch trip unit has the following pro- The Ekip Hi-Touch trip unit offers a complete se-
tection functions, which it shares with Ekip ries of measurements, common to Ekip Touch:
Touch: • Measurements and counters: currents, voltage,
• Overload (L – ANSI 49); power, energy;
• Time-delayed overcurrent (S – ANSI 51 & 50TD); • Maximum values and value log;
• Thermal memory; • Data logger;
• Instantaneous overcurrent (I – ANSI 50); • Information on the trip and opening data;
• Closing on short-circuit (MCR); • Maintenance indicators.
• Earth fault (G – ANSI 51N & 50NTD); Ekip Hi-Touch integrates the exclusive Network
• Instantaneous Earth Fault (G – ANSI 50N);Earth Analyzer function, which analyzes the quality of
fault on toroid (G ext – ANSI 51G & 50GTD); energy consumed by the installation, in accor-
• Neutral protection; dance with the provisions of international stan-
• Start-up function; dards EN50160 and IEC 61000-4-30, in terms of
• Zone selectivity for functions S and G (ANSI 68); harmonic content, average value and long or
• Current unbalance (IU – ANSI 46); short term changes in voltage. Changes in the en-
• Undervoltage (UV – ANSI 27); ergy quality can cause malfunctions in the
• Overvoltage (OV – ANSI 59); switchgear and a reduction in their lifespan, as
• Underfrequency (UF – ANSI 81L); well as increased losses and reduced energy effi-
• Overfrequency (OF – ANSI 81H); ciency of the installation. It is therefore increas-
• Voltage unbalance (VU – ANSI 47); ingly important to assess the quality of the en-
• Residual current (Rc – ANSI 64 & 50NTD); ergy and the economic impact it has on the
• Reverse active power (RP – ANSI 32R); productive process, so that the appropriate pre-
• Synchrocheck (SC – ANSI 25, optional); ventive and corrective actions can be taken. With
• Cyclical direction of the phases (ANSI 47); Ekip Hi-Touch, the causes of an increase in power
• Power factor (ANSI 78); lost in transformers or motors, or a reduction in
• Current thresholds; the lifespan of cables and capacitors, can be iden-
• Power Controller function (optional) tified without the need to install any external in-
• Second time-delayed overcurrent protection strumentation.
(S2 – ANSI 50TD) The Network Analyzer function performs continu-
• Second protection against earth fault (ANSI ous monitoring of the energy quality, and shows
50GTD/51G & 64REF all results via a display or communication module.
• Directional overcurrent (D – ANSI 67) In particular:
• Zone selectivity for protection D (ANSI 68) • Hourly average voltage value: in accordance
• Start-up function for protection D with international standards, this must remain
• Second protection against undervoltage and within 10% of the rated value, but different lim-
overvoltage (UV2 and OV2 – ANSI 27 and 59) its can be defined according to the needs of the
• Second protection against underfrequency and installation. The positive sequence voltage is
overfrequency (UF2 and OF2 – ANSI 81L and 87H) obtained from the three line voltages and com-
• Dual setting of protections. pared with the limits. If the limits are exceeded,
Ekip Hi-Touch generates a signalling event. The
quantity of these events is stored in a suitable
counter. The counter values are available for
each of the last 7 days, as is the total. The mea-
surements available are the positive and nega-
tive sequence voltages and positive and nega-
tive sequence currents of the last interval
monitored. The time of the calculation of the av-
erage values can be set between 5 minutes and
2 hours.
• Interruptions / short dips in voltage (voltage Other functions

interruptions / voltage dip): if the voltage re- Ekip Hi-Touch integrates all the features in terms
mains below the threshold for more than 40ms, of user interface, communication, test and supply
Ekip Hi-Touch generates an event that is described for Ekip Touch equipped with Ekip
counted in a dedicated log. The voltage is moni- Measuring Pro.
tored on all lines.
• Short voltage spikes (voltage transients,
spikes): if the voltage exceeds the threshold for
40ms, for a pre-determined time, Ekip Hi-Touch
generates an event that is counted.
• Slow-voltage sags and swells (voltage sag /
voltage swell): when the voltage goes outside
the range of acceptable limit values for a time
greater than the one set, Ekip Hi-Touch gener-
ates an event that is counted. Three values can
be configured for voltage sags and two for volt-
age swells, each of which associated with a time
limit: this enables us to verify whether the volt-
age remains within a curve of values that are ac-
ceptable by equipment such as computers. The
voltage is monitored on all lines.
• Voltage unbalances: if the voltages are not
equal or the phase displacements between
them are not exactly 120°, an unbalance occurs,
which is manifested by a negative sequence
voltage value. If this limit exceeds the threshold
value set, an event is stored which is counted.
• Harmonic analysis: the harmonic content of
voltages and currents, measured to the 50th
harmonic, as well as the value of total harmonic
distortion (THD), is available in real time on the
display or through the communication modules.
Ekip Hi-Touch also generates an alarm if the
THD value or the magnitude of at least one of
the harmonics exceeds the values set. The volt-
age is monitored on all lines and currents on all
phases.
All information can be displayed directly on the

screen or on a smartphone, tablet or PC using the
front port of the trip unit (with Ekip Bluetooth) or
installation communication.
—
Protection trip units for generators
Ekip G Touch
—
Key:
— The reductions allow the installation to be signifi-
cantly simplified. In addition, all the protection
1. Wide, high resolution
touchscreen display
Ekip G Touch is designed for use functions can be tested individually, using the
2. Power-on LED indicat-
ing correct operation in applications with generators, Ekip T&P device that enables the function to be
3. Pre-alarm LED tested before commissioning.
4. Alarm LED such as Genset, cogeneration and The unit is available in the Ekip G Touch LSIG ver-
return to home page
marine applications, in conformity sion and features all the characteristics provided
by Ekip Touch. The Ekip Measuring Pro measuring
and for indicating
cause of the trip
with international standards IEC and protection module is supplied as standard
ming connector 60034-1 and IEEE C37.102. and, like Ekip Touch; the functions can be in-
8. Ekip Measuring Pro creased further using the internal modules and
module with rela-
tive poweron LED Characteristics the external accessories.
Ekip G Touch has been approved by the main ship- The front interface of the unit, which is common
ping registers and enables the number of compo- to the Ekip Touch family, is characterized by a
nents installed, such as external protection de- wide, high resolution touchscreen display that is
vices, current sensors, voltage transformers and simple to use and displays measurements and
the relative cabling, to be reduced. alarms clearly and accurately.
2
3
4
5
1
6
7
8
Protection functions Measurements

The Ekip G Touch trip unit provides all the protec- The Ekip G Touch trip unit provides a complete
tion functions of Ekip Touch and, in addition, pro- series of measurements, which are common to
vides a series of dedicated generator protections. Ekip Touch:
If Ekip is tripped, it opens the circuit breaker and • Measurements and meters: currents, voltage,
prevents it from closing again until it has been re- power, energy, frequency;
set manually or electrically by the operator (lock- • Maximum values and values register;
out relay – code ANSI 86). • Data logger;
The trip unit is provided with the following pro- • Information on trip and opening data;
tection functions: • Maintenance indicators.
• Overload (L – ANSI 49);
• Time-delayed overcurrent (S – ANSI 51 & 50TD); All the information can be viewed directly on the
• Thermal memory; display of the trip-unit, by means of the external
• Instantaneous overcurrent (I – ANSI 50); Ekip Multimeter display or by Smartphone, Tablet
• Closing on short circuit (MCR); or PC using the front port of the trip unit (with
• Earth fault (G – ANSI 51N & 50NTD); Ekip Bluetooth) or the system communications.
• Instantaneous Earth Fault (G – ANSI 50N);
• Earth fault on toroid (G ext – ANSI 51G & 50GTD) Other functions
• Neutral protection; Ekip G Touch provides the same characteristics in
• Start-up function; terms of user interface, communication, test and
• Zone selectivity for functions S and G (ANSI 68); power supply described for Ekip Touch equipped
• Current unbalance (IU – ANSI 46); with Ekip Measuring Pro.
• Undervoltage (UV – ANSI 27);
• Overvoltage (OV – ANSI 59);
• Underfrequency (UF – ANSI 81L);
• Overfrequency (OF – ANSI 81H);
• Voltage unbalance (VU – ANSI 47);
• Differential ground fault (Rc – ANSI 87N);
• Reverse active power (RP – ANSI 32R);
• Synchrocheck (SC – ANSI 25, optional);
• Cyclical direction of phases (ANSI 47);
• Power factor (ANSI 78);
• Current thresholds;
• Power Controller function (optional)
• Differential ground fault (Rc - ANSI 87N)
• Voltage controlled overcurrent protection (S(V) -
ANSI 51V)
• Residual overvoltage (RV – ANSI 59N)
• Loss of field or reverse reactive power (RQ –
ANSI 40 or 32RQ)
• Loss of field or reverse reactive power (RQ –
ANSI 40 or 32RQ)
• Reactive overpower (OQ – ANSI 32OF)
• Active overpower (OP – ANSI 32OF)
• Active underpower (UP – ANSI 32LF).
—
Protection trip units for generators
Ekip G Hi-Touch
—
Key:
— Characteristics
Ekip G Hi-Touch, like all Hi-Touch trip units, is sup-
1. Wide, high resolution
touchscreen display
Ekip G Hi-Touch is the new plied as standard with the Ekip Measuring Pro
2. Power-on LED indicat-
ing correct operation benchmark for the protection of measurement and protection module and enables
3. Pre-alarm LED an independent second set of protections to be
4. Alarm LED low-voltage electric generators. set. In addition, the Network Analyzer function
return to home page
It provides optimum protection, enables it to monitor the quality of the power de-
livered by the generator.
and for indicating
cause of the trip
even in complex installations, due Ekip G Hi-Touch is available in the LSIG version
ming connector to exclusive functions such as and ensures all the protection and control func-
8. Ekip Measuring Pro tions of Ekip Hi- Touch and the specific protec-
module with rela- protection against frequency tions for for generators protected by Ekip G
tive poweron LED
creep and maximum directional Touch. The user interface and the accessories are
common to the rest of the family.
current.
2
3
4
5
1
6
7
8
Protection functions • Rate of change of frequency (ROCOF – ANSI 81R)

The Ekip G Hi-Touch trip unit is provided with the • Second protection against voltage controlled
following protection functions, common to Ekip overcurrent protection (S2(V) - ANSI 51V)
Hi-Touch: • Second protection against loss of field or re-
• Overload (L – ANSI 49); verse reactive power (RQ – ANSI 40 or 32R).
• Time-delayed overcurrent (S – ANSI 51 & 50TD);
• Time-delayed overcurrent, second threshold Measurements
(S2 – ANSI 50TD); The Ekip G Hi-Touch trip unit provides all the mea-
• Thermal memory; surements available with Ekip Hi-Touch:
• Instantaneous overcurrent (I – ANSI 50); • Network Analyzer, in conformity with EN50160
• Directional overcurrent (D – ANSI 67); and IEC 61000-4-30;
• Voltage controlled overcurrent protection • Measurements and meters: currents, voltage,
(S(V) – ANSI 51V); power, energy, frequency;
• Closing on short circuit (MCR); • Maximum values and values register;
• Earth fault (G – ANSI 51N & 50NTD); • Data logger;
• Second protection against earth fault (ANSI • Information on trip and opening data;
50GTD/51G & 64REF); • Maintenance indicators.
• Earth fault on toroid (Gext – ANSI 51G & 50GTD);
• Neutral protection; Other functions
• Start-up function; Ekip G Hi-Touch has all the features of Ekip Touch
• Zone selectivity for functions S and G (ANSI 68); equipped with Ekip Measuring Pro in terms of user
• Zone selectivity for directional protection D interface, communication,
(ANSI 68) test and power supply.
• Start-up function for protection D;
• Current unbalance (IU – ANSI 46);
• Undervoltage (UV – ANSI 27);
• Undervoltage, second threshold (UV2 – ANSI 27);
• Overvoltage (OV – ANSI 59);
• Overvoltage, second threshold (OV2 – ANSI 59);
• Underfrequency (UF – ANSI 81L);
• Underfrequency, second threshold
(UF2 – ANSI 81L);
• Overfrequency (OF – ANSI 81H);
• Overfrequency, second threshold
(OF2 – ANSI 81H);
• Voltage unbalance (VU – ANSI 47);
• Residual overvoltage (RV – ANSI 59N);
• Differential ground fault (Rc – ANSI 87N);
• Loss of field or reverse reactive power
(RQ – ANSI 40 or 32R);
• Reverse active power (RP – ANSI 32R);
• Reactive overpower (OQ – ANSI 32OF);
• Active overpower (OP – ANSI 32OF);
• Active underpower (UP - ANSI 32LF);
• Synchrocheck (SC – ANSI 25, optional);
• Cyclical direction of phases (ANSI 47);
• Power factor (ANSI 78);
• Current thresholds;
• Dual setting of protections;
• Power Controller function (optional)
—
Technical characteristics for protection
trip units
ABB Code ANSI/IEEE Function Threshold

C37.2 Code
L 49 Overload protection I1 = 0.4 - 0.42 - 0.45 - 0.47 - 0.5 - 0.52 - 0.55 - 0.57 - 0.6 - 0.62 - 0.65 - 0.67 - 0.7 -
0.72 - 0.75 - 0.77 - 0.8 - 0.82 - 0.85 - 0.87 - 0.9 - 0.92 - 0.95 - 0.97 - 1 x In
Thermal memory
Tolerance trip between 1.05 and 1.2 x I1
S 50TD Time-delayed overcurrent protection I2 = 0.6 - 0.8 - 1 - 1.5 - 2 - 2.5 - 3 - 3.5 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 x In

Tolerance ± 7% If ≤ 6 x In
± 10% If > 6 x In
51 Time-delayed overcurrent protection I2 = 0.6 - 0.8 - 1 - 1.5 - 2 - 2.5 - 3 - 3.5 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 x In
Thermal memory
Tolerance ± 7% If ≤ 6 x In
± 10% If > 6 x In
I 50 Instantaneous overcurrent protection I3= 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 - 11 - 12 - 13 - 14 - 15 x In
Tolerance ± 10%
G 50N TD Earth fault protection I4 (1) = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.6 - 0.8 - 1 x In
Tolerance ± 7%
51N Earth fault protection I4 (1) = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.6 - 0.8 - 1 x In
Tolerance ± 7%
(1) With Vaux all thresholds are available. Without Vaux minimum threshold is limited to: 0.3In (with In = 100A), 0.25In (with In = 400A) or 0.2In (for all other ratings)
(2) The minimum trip time is 1s, regardless of the type of curve set (self-protection)
The tollerances above apply to trip units already powered by the main
circuit with current flowing in at least two phases or an auxiliary power
supply. In all other cases the following tollerance values apply
ABB Code Trip threshold Trip time

L Trip between 1.05 and 1.2 x I1 ± 20%
S ± 10% ± 20%
I ± 15% ≤ 60ms
G ± 15% ± 20%
Trip time Excludibility Pre Alarm Trip curve Ekip Dip
with If = 3 I1, t1 = 3 - 12 - 24 - 36 - 48 - 72 - 108 - 144s (2) no 50 ... 90% I1 t = k / I2

Step 1%
no
± 10% If ≤ 6 x In
± 20% If > 6 x In
with If > I2, t2 = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8s yes - t=k
The better of the two data:
± 10% t2 or ± 40 ms
with If = 10 In, t2 = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8s yes - t = k / I2
yes -
± 15% If ≤ 6 x In
± 20% If > 6 x In
Instantaneous yes - t=k
≤ 30 ms
with If > I4, t4 = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.4 - 0.8s yes 50 ... 90% I4 t=k
Step 1%
The better of the two data:
± 10% t4 or ± 40 ms
with If = 3In, t4 = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.4 - 0.8s yes 50 ... 90% I4 t = k / I2
Step 1%
± 15%
—
trip units
ABB Code ANSI Code Function Threshold Threshold Trip time Time
step Step
L 49 Overload Protection I1 = 0.4…1 x In 0.001 x In with I = 3 I1, t1 = 3...144 s 1s
Thermal Memory
Tolerance trip between 1.05 and 1.2 x I1 ± 10% I ≤ 6 x In / ± 20% I > 6 x In
49 Overload Protection I1 = 0.4…1 x In 0.001 x In with I = 3 I1, t1 = 3...144 s 1s
Standard inverse SI: k=0.14 α=0,02
Very Inverse VI: k=13.5 α=1
Extremely Inverse EI: k=80 α=2
Tolerance trip between 1.05 and 1.2 x I1 ± 10% I ≤ 6 x In / ± 20% I > 6 x In
S 50TD Time-delayed overcurrent protection I2 = 0.6...10 x In 0.1 x In With I > I2, t2 = 0.05...0.8s 0.01s
68 Zone selectivity t2sel = 0.04…0.2s 0.01s
Start up Activation: 0.6…10 x In 0.1 x In Range: 0.1…30s 0.01s
Tolerance ± 7% I ≤ 6 x In The better of the two data:
± 10% I > 6 x In +-10% or +-40ms
51 Time-delayed overcurrent protection I2 = 0.6...10 x In 0.1 x In with I = 10 In, t2 = 0.05...0.8s 0.01s
Thermal Memory
Tolerance ± 7% I ≤ 6 x In ± 15% I ≤ 6 x In
± 10% I > 6 x In ± 20% I > 6 x In
I 50 Istantaneous overcurrent protection I3= 1.5...15 x In 0.1 x In With I > I3, instantaneous -
Tolerance ± 10% ≤ 30 ms
G 50N TD Earth fault protection I4 (1) = 0.1...1 x In 0.001 x In with I > I4, t4 = Instantaneous 0.05s
(with Vaux) + 0,1...1 s
68 Zone selectivity t4sel = 0.04…0,2s 0.01s
Start up Activation: 0.2…1 x In 0.02 x In range: 0.1…30s 0.01s
Tolerance ± 7% The better of the two data: ± 10% or
± 40 ms or 50ms with
t4 = instantaneous
51N Earth fault protection I4 (1) = 0.1...1 x In 0.001 x In with I = 4 In, t4 = 0.1…1s 0.05s
Tolerance ± 7% ± 15%
IU 46 Current unbalance protection I6 = 2…90% In unbalance 1%In with unbalance > I6, t6 = 0.5…60s 0.5s
Tolerance ± 10% The better of the two data: ± 10% or ±
40 ms (for t<5s) / +-100ms (for t≥5s)
2I 50 Programmable instantaneous I31 = 1.5...15 x In 0.1xIn with I>I31, instantaneous
overcurrent protection
MCR Closing on short-circuit protection I3= 1.5...15 x In 0.1 x In With I > I3, instantaneous 0.01s
Monitor time range: 40…500ms
Gext 50G TD Earth fault protection I41(1) = 0.1...1 x In Toroid 0.001 x In with I > I41, t41 = 0.1…1s 0.05s
Toroid
68 Zone selectivity t41sel = 0.04…0,2s 0.01s
Start up Activation: 0.1…1 x In 0.02 x In range: 0.1…30s 0.01s
Tolerance ± 7% The better of the two data:
± 10% or ± 40 ms
51G Earth fault protection I41(1) = 0.1...1 x In 0.001 x In with I = 4 In, t41 = 0.1…1s 0.05s
Tolerance ± 7% ± 15%
Rc 64 50N TD Residual current protection I∆n = 3 - 5 - 7 - 10 - 20 - 30A with I > I∆n, t∆n = 0.06 - 0.1 - 0.2 -
87N Differential ground fault protection 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.8s
Tolerance - 20% ÷ 0% 140ms @ 0.06s (max trip time)
950ms @ 0.80s (max trip time)
UV 27 Undervoltage Protection U8 = 0.5….0.98 x Un 0.001 x Un with U < U8, t8 = 0.05…120s 0.01s
40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
OV 59 Overvoltage protection U9 = 1.02….1.5 x Un 0.001 x Un with U > U9, t9 = 0.05…120s 0.01s
40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
Excludibility Excludibility Pre-alarm Trip curve Ekip Touch Ekip Hi-Touch Ekip G Touch Ekip G Hi-Touch
trip
yes, with rating no 50...90% I1 step 1% t = k / I2 ● ● ● ●
plug L=off
yes ● ● ● ●
yes, with rating no 50...90% I1 step 1% t1xaxb ● ● ● ●

t=
plug L=off If k-1
I1
yes yes no t=k ● ● ● ●

yes ● ● ● ●
yes ● ● ● ●
yes yes no t = k / I2 ● ● ● ●
yes ● ● ● ●
yes no no t=k ● ● ● ●
yes ● ● ● ●
yes yes 50...90% I4 step 1% t = k ● ● ● ●
yes ● ● ● ●
yes ● ● ● ●
yes yes 50...90% I4 step 1% t = k / I2 ● ● ● ●
yes yes no t=k ● ● ● ●
yes yes 50...90% I41 step t=k ● ● ● ●

1%
yes ● ● ● ●
yes ● ● ● ●
yes yes 50...90% I41 step 1% t = k / I2 ● ● ● ●
Available with no no t=k ● ● ● ●

rating plug Rc
yes yes no t=k ● ● ●
Table continued on next page

—
trip units
ABB Code ANSI Code Function Threshold Threshold Trip time Time
step Step
VU 47 Voltage unbalance protection U14 = 2…90% Un unbalance 1%Un with unbalance > U14, t14 = 0.5...60s 0.5s
40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
UF 81L Underfrequency protection f12 = 0.9….0.999 x fn 0.001 x fn with f < f12, t12 = 0.15…300s 0.01s
Tolerance ± 1% (with fn ±2%) The better of the two data: ± 10% or ±
40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
OF 81H Overfrequency protection f13 = 1.001….1.1 x fn 0.001 x fn with f > f13, t13 = 0.15…300s 0.01s
40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
RP 32R Reverse active power protection P11 = -1…-0.05 Sn 0.001 Sn with P > P11, t11 = 0.5…100s 0.1s
40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
ABB: 47 Cyclical direction of the phases 1-2-3 or 3-2-1
Cyclical
direction
ABB: 78 3phase Power factor PF3 = 0.5…0,95 0.01
Power
factor
LC1/2 Current threshold LC1 =50%...100% I1 1%
Iw1/2 LC2 =50%...100% I1 1%
Iw1 = 0.1…10 In 0.01 x In
Iw2 = 0.1…10 In
Activation: up/down
Tolerance ± 10%
S2 50TD Time-delayed overcurrent protection I5 = 0.6...10 x In 0.1 x In With I > I5, t5 = 0.05...0.8s 0.01s
± 10% I > 6 x In ± 10% or ± 40 ms
D 67 Directional overcurrent protection I7 = 0.6...10 x In 0.1 x In with I > I7, t7 = 0.1...0.8s 0.01s
(forward &/or backward)
Start up (forward &/or backward) Activation: 0.6…10 x In 0.1 x In Range: 0.1…30s 0.01s
Trip direction forward &/or backward
Minimum angle direction (°) 3.6, 7.2, 10.8, 14.5, 18.2, 22,
25.9, 30, 34.2, 38.7, 43.4, 48.6,
54.3, 61, 69.6
± 10% I > 6 x In ± 10% or ± 40 ms
UV2 27 Undervoltage Protection U15 = 0.5….0.98 x Un 0.001 x Un with U < U15, t15 = 0.05…120s 0.01s
40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
OV2 59 Overvoltage protection U16 = 1.02….1.5 x Un 0.001 x Un with U > U16, t16 = 0.05…120s 0.01s
40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
UF2 81L Underfrequency protection f17 = 0.9….0.999 x fn 0.001 x fn with f < f17, t17 = 0.15…300s 0.01s
40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
OF2 81H Overfrequency protection f18 = 1.001….1.1 x fn 0.001 x fn with f > f18, t18 = 0.15...300s 0.01s
40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
S(V) 51V Voltage controlled overcurrent I20 = 0.6...10 x In 0.1 x In With I > I20, t20 = 0.05…30s 0.01s
protection
Step mode Ul= 0.2…1 x Un 0.01 x Un
Ks= 0.1…1 0.01
Linear mode Ul= 0.2…1 x Un 0.01 x Un
Uh= 0.2…1 x Un 0.01 x Un
Ks= 0.1…1 0.01
± 40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
Excludibility Excludibility Pre-allarm Trip curve Ekip Touch Ekip Hi-Touch Ekip G Touch Ekip G Hi-Touch
trip
yes only no - ● ● ●
signalling
yes only no - ● ● ●
signalling
yes only no - ● ● ● ●
signalling
yes yes no t=k ● ●

yes yes ● ●
yes ● ●
yes ● ●
yes ● ●
● ●
● ●
Table continued on next page

—
trip units
ABB Code ANSI Code Function Threshold Threshold step Tripping time Time
Step
RV 59N Residual overvoltage protection U22 = 0.05….0.5 x Un 0.001 x Un with U > U22, t22 = 0.5…120s 0.01s
± 40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
OP 32OF Active overpower protection P26 = 0.4…2 Sn 0.001 Sn with P > P26, t26 = 0.5…100s 0.5s
± 40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
OQ 32OF Reactive overpower protection Q27 = 0.4…2 Sn 0.001 Sn with Q > Q27, t27 = 0.5…100s 0.5s
± 40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
UP 32LF Active underpower protection P23 = 0.1...1 x Sn 0.001 x Sn with P < P23, t23 = 0.5…100s 0.5s
Start up range: 0.1…30s 0.01s
± 40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
RQ 40/32R Loss of field or reverse reactive Q24 = -1…-0.1 Sn 0.001 Sn with Q > Q24, t24 = 0.5…100s 0.1s
power protection Kq = -2…2 0.01
Loss of field or reverse reactive Q25 = -1…-0.1 Sn 0.001 Sn with Q > Q25, t25 = 0.5…100s 0.5s
power protection Kq2 = -2…2 0.01
Voltage minimum threshold Vmin. = 0.5...1.2 0.01
± 40 ms (for t<5s) / ± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
S2(V) 51V Voltage controlled overcurrent I21 = 0.6...10 x In 0.1 x In With I > I21, t21 = 0.05…30s 0.01s
protection
Step mode Ul2= 0.2…1 x Un 0.01 x Un
Ks2= 0.1…1 0.01
Linear mode Ul2= 0.2…1 x Un 0.01 x Un
Uh2= 0.2…1 x Un 0.01 x Un
Ks2= 0.1…1 0.01
± 10% or ± 40 ms (for t<5s) /
± 100 ms (for t≥5s)
ROCOF 81R Rate of change of frequency f28 = 0.4….10 Hz/s 0.2 Hz/s with f > f28, t28 = 0.5...10s 0.01s
protection
Trip direction up &/or down
± 20% or ± 200 ms
Synchro- 25 Synchrocheck (Live busbars) Ulive = 0.5…1.1 Un 0.001 Un Stability voltage time 0.001s
check SC ∆U = 0.02…0.12 Un 0.001 Un for live state = 100...30000ms 0.01 s
∆f = 0.1…1Hz 0.1Hz Minimum matching Time =
∆Φ = 5…50° elt 5° elt 100...3000ms
Tolerance ± 10%
Synchrocheck Ulive = 0.5…1.1 Un 0.001 Un tref = 0.1…30s 0.1s
(Live,Dead busbars) Udead = 0.02…0.2 Un 0.001 Un
Frequency check off
Phase check off
Dead bar configuration Reverse/standard
Primary voltage 100...1150 100, 115, 120, 190, 208,
220, 230, 240, 277, 347,
380, 400, 415, 440, 480,
500, 550, 600, 660, 690,
910, 950, 1000, 1150
Secondary voltage 100...120 100, 110, 115, 120
Tolerance ± 10%
(1) With Vaux all thresholds are available. Without Vaux minimum threshold is limited to: 0.3In (with In = 100A), 0.25In (with In = 400A) or 0.2In (for all other ratings)
The tolerances above apply to trip units already powered by the main circuit with current flowing in at least two-phases or an auxiliary power supply.
In all other cases the following tollerance values apply:
ABB Code Trip threshold Trip time

L Trip between 1.05 and 1.2 x I1 ± 20%
S ± 10% ± 20%
I ± 15% ≤ 60ms
G ± 15% ± 20%
Other protection ± 15% ± 20%
Excludibility Excludibility Pre-allarm Trip curve Ekip Touch Ekip Hi-Touch Ekip G Touch Ekip G Hi-Touch
trip

yes
yes yes no t=k ●
yes
yes yes no t=k ●
yes yes no t=k ●
yes only no -
signalling
yes only no -
signalling
yes
yes
yes
Key:
- not available
available
available with Ekip Measuring and Ekip Measuring Pro
available with Ekip Synchrocheck
—
trip units
Measurement functions
Instantaneous measurements Displayed with Parameters

Ekip Multimeter
Currents (RMS) [A] • L1, L2, L3, Ne
Earth fault current (RMS) [A] • Ig
Record of values: of the parameter for each interval with time-stamping Parameters
Current: minimum and maximum [A] • I Min, I Max
Information on trip and opening data: after a fault with or without auxiliary supply Parameters
Type of protection tripped • eg. L, S, I, G
Fault values per phase [A] • eg. I1, I2, I3, neutral for S protection
Time-stamping • Date, time and progressive number
Maintenance indicators Parameters

Information on last 30 trips • Type of protection, fault values and time-stamping
Information on last 200 events • Type of event, time-stamping
Number of mechanical operations (1) [no] • Can be associated to alarm
Total number of trips [no] •
Total operating time [h] •
Wear of contacts [%] • Prealarm >80%, Alarm = 100%
Date of maintenance operations performed • Last
Indication of maintenance operation needed •
Circuit-breaker I.D. • Type of circuit breaker, assigned device name,
serial number
Self-diagnosis Parameters
Check of continuity of internal connections • Alarm due to disconnection: rating plug, sensors,
trip coil
Failure of circuit breaker to open (ANSI 50BF) • Alarm following non-tripping of protection functions
Temperature (T) • Pre-alarm and alarm for abnormal temperature
(1) with auxiliary supply present

Precision Standard Ekip Dip
1% Class 1 IEC 61557-12

2%
Window Intervals
Fixed, synchronizable by remote Duration: 5…120min
Number of intervals: 24
Note:
Opening of circuit breaker can be set in the event of alarm
—
trip units
Instantaneous measurements Parameters

Currents (RMS) [A] L1, L2, L3, Ne
Earth fault current (RMS) [A] Ig
Phase-phase voltage (RMS) [V] U12, U23, U31
Phase-neutral voltage (RMS) [V] U1, U2, U3
Phase sequence
Frequency [Hz] f
Active power [kW] P1, P2, P3, Ptot
Reactive power [kVAR] Q1, Q2, Q3, Qtot
Apparent power [KVA] S1, S2, S3, Stot
Power factor total
Peak factor L1, L2, L3, Ne
Counters recorded from installation or from the last reset Parameters

Active energy [kWh] Ep total, Ep positive, Ep negative
Reactive energy [kVARh] Eq total, Ep positive, Ep negative
Apparent energy [KVAh] Es total
Network Analyzer Parameters

Hourly average voltage value [V] - Umin= 0.75…0.95 x Un
[no] - Umax= 1.05…1.25 x Un
- Events counter (nr. of events day by day in the last year plus the
total events in the breaker's lifetime)
Short voltage interruptions [no] - Umin= 0.75…0.95 x Un
Short voltage spikes [no] - Umax= 1,05…1,25 x Un
Slow-voltage sags and swells [no] - Umin1= 0.75…0.95 x Un
- Umin2= 0.75…0.95 x Un
- Umin3= 0.75…0.95 x Un
- Umax1= 1.05…1.25 x Un
- Umax2= 1.05…1.25 x Un
Voltage unbalance [V] - U neg. seq.= 0.02…0.10 x Un
[no] - Events counter (nr. of events day by day in the last year plus the
Harmonic analysis Current and Voltage
- up to 50°
- Alarm THD: 5…20%
- Single harmonic alarm:
3...10% plus a count of minutes the harmonic has been exceeded
Precision Ekip Touch Ekip Hi-Touch Ekip G Touch Ekip G Hi-Touch

1%
2%
0.5%
0.5%
0.2%
2%
2%
2%
2%
Precision
2%
2%
2%
Intervals
t = 5…120min - -
t <40ms - -
t <40ms - -
t = 0.02s...60s - -
t = 5…120min - -
- -
—
trip units
Record of values: of the parameter for each interval with time-stamping Parameters
Current: minimum and maximum [A] I Min, I Max
Phase-phase voltage: minimum and maximum [V] U Min, U max
Active power: average and maximum [kW] P Avg, P Max
Reactive power: average and maximum [kVAR] Q Avg, Q Max
Apparent power: average and maximum [KVA] S Avg, S Max
Data logger: record of high sampling rate parameters Parameters

Currents [A] L1, L2, L3, Ne, Ig
Voltages [V] U12, U23, U31
Sampling rate [Hz] 1200-2400-4800-9600
Maximum recording duration [s] 16
Recording stop delay [s] 0-10s
Number of registers [no] 2 independent
Information on trip and opening data: after a fault without auxiliary supply Parameters
Type of protection tripped eg. L, S, I, G, UV, OV
Fault values per phase [A/V/Hz W/var] eg. I1, I2, I3, neutral for S protection
V12, V23, V32 for UV protection
Time-stamping Date, time and progressive number
Maintenance indicators Parameters

Information on last 30 trips Type of protection, fault values and time-stamping
Information on last 200 events Type of event, time-stamping
Number of mechanical operations (1) [no] Can be associated to alarm
Total number of trips [no]
Total operating time [h]
Wear of contacts [%] Prealarm >80%
Alarm = 100%
Date of maintenance operations performed Last
Indication of maintenance operation needed
Circuit-breaker I.D. Type of circuit breaker, assigned device name, serial number
Self-diagnosis Parameters
Check of continuity of internal connections Alarm due to disconnection: rating plug, sensors, trip coil
Failure of circuit breaker to open (ANSI 50BF) Alarm following non-tripping of protection functions
Temperature (OT) Prealarm and alarm for abnormal temperature
(1) with auxiliary supply present

Window Intervals Ekip Touch Ekip Hi-Touch Ekip G Touch Ekip G Hi-Touch
Fixed synchronizable by Duration: 5…120min
remote Number of intervals: 24
Note: Opening of circuit

breaker can be set in the
event of alarm
Key:
- not available
available
available with Ekip Measuring and Ekip Measuring Pro
state t4 start-up
54 I SACE EMAX 2 LOW VOLTAGE AIR CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
t
I
—
I3
t 100% 200%
50% 150%
L
Description of protection functions

S I
I
t
I
I2
t t2
I
t I4
t4
I7 Overload (L - ANSI 49): available with three different types of trip curve:
t
I1 I 1. t = k/l2 with inverse long time;
t1 t7 2. IDMT in accordance with 60255-151 for coordination with medium voltage protections, that are
t I available according to the Standard Inverse (SI), Very Inverse (VI) and Extremely Inverse (EI) curves;
3. with t = k/l4 curve for better coordination with upstream circuit-breakers or with fuses.
I3
t steady I The thresholds can be fine tuned (for example 1A for circuit-breaker E1.2 1000A) and the timings to the
state start-up
second can be set directly from the display. The settable pre-alarm indicates the set threshold is
reached before the protection is tripped. The protection can be disabled by rating plug L=off.
I
Time-delayed overcurrent (S - ANSI 51 & 50TD): with constant tripping time (t = k), or with constant
t
I specific let-through energy (t = k/l2), this provides 15 current thresholds and 8 curves, for fine adjust-
ment. The function can be excluded by setting the dip switch combination to “OFF”.
t I2100% 200%
50% 150%
t t2L
I7
S I
I
t7
t I
I1 Thermal memory: for L and S protection functions, this is used to protect components, such as trans-
t I
t1 formers, from overheating following an overload. The function, which can be enabled by the Ekip Con-
L
t cold curve nect software, adjusts the protection tripping time according to the length of time that has elapsed
t steady
state start-up
S
since the first overload, taking into account the amount of heat generated.
I4
hot curve I
t4
I
I
I
Instantaneous overcurrent (l - ANSI 50): with tripping curve without intentional delay, it offers 15 trip-
t
ping thresholds and can be excluded by setting the dip switch combination to “OFF”.
t 100% 200%
50% 150%
I3 L
t Closing on short-circuit (MCR): the protection uses the same algorithm of the protection l, limiting
S
operation to a settable time window from the closing of the circuit-breaker. The protection can be
I7
I
I disabled, also alternatively to protection l. The function is active with an auxiliary supply.
t7 I
t
I
Earth fault (G - ANSI 51N & 50NTD): with tripping time independent of current (t = k) or constant spe-
t
cific let-through energy (t = k/l2). The function can be excluded by setting the dip switch combination
t I2steady
state t2 start-up to “OFF”.
I4
t4
I
I
t I
t I1
t1
Neutral protection: available at 50%, 100% or 200% of the phase currents, or disabled, it is applied to
t 100% 200%
I3
50% 150%
L the overcurrent protections L, S and I.
S
I
II
I
t
t
I2
t2
I4
t4 I
I7
t7
t steady
state start-up
I Instantaneous Earth Fault (G-ANSI 50N): with trip curve without instantaneous delay.
t
I4
t 100% 200%
50% 150%
L
S
I
I
Earth fault on toroid (G ext - ANSI 51G & 50GTD): with trip time independent of the current (t = k) or with
t
constant specific let-through energy (t = k/l2). Pre-alarm that 90% threshold has been reached permits
t the fault to be reported to supervision systems without interruption of continuity. The protection uses
I4
the external toroid installed, for example, on the star centre of the transformer, and is an alternative to
I7 t4
the G and Rc functions. The function is active with an auxiliary supply.
t7 I
I
t
Start-up function: enables protections S, I and G to operate with higher trip thresholds during the
t steady I3
state start-up starting phase, avoiding untimely trips due to high inrush currents of certain loads (motors, transform-
ers, lamps). The starting phase lasts 100 ms to 30 s and is recognized automatically by the trip unit:
• at the closing of the circuit breaker with a self-supplied trip unit;
I
• when the peak value of the maximum current exceeds the set threshold (0.1…10 x In) with an externally
I supplied trip unit; a new start-up is possible after the current falls below the threshold.
t
t 100% 200%
50% 150%
I2 L Current unbalance (IU – ANSI 46): with constant trip time (t = k), protects from an unbalance between
t t2
the currents of the single phases protected by the circuit breaker.
S
I7
I
I
t7 I
t
I1 I
t1
t
t steady
state start-up
I4 Zone selectivity for S and G protection (ANSI 68): can be used to minimize circuit- breaker trip times
t4 closer to the fault. The protection is provided by connecting all the zone selectivity outputs of the trip
I
Zone 1
units belonging to the same zone and taking this signal to the trip unit input that is immediately upstream.
I Each circuit breaker that detects a fault reports it to the circuit breaker upstream; the circuit- breaker
Zone 2
I thus detects the fault but does not receive any communication from those downstream and opens
Zone 3
t without waiting for the set delay to elapse. It is possible to enable zone selectivity if the fixed-time
t 100% 200% curve has been selected and the auxiliary supply is present.
I3
50% 150%
L
II
I
t
t
I2
t2
I4
t4
I
I
—
Current thresholds: this function enables four independent thresholds to be indicated in order to en-
able corrective action implementation before the overload L protection trips the circuit breaker. For ex-
ample, by disconnecting loads located downstream of the circuit breaker that are controlled by Ekip
Signalling.
Power Controller: Power controller function (optional) with Ekip Measuring module.
Protection functions with Ekip Measuring Pro

The Ekip Touch protection functions can be further increased by using the Ekip Measuring Pro measur-
ing and protection module. With this module, all the protection functions linked to voltage, frequency
and power can be enabled, thus making Ekip Touch a multifunction unit that can measure, control and
protect even the most complex installation.
A different operating mode can be chosen for each protection function:
1. Active: protection enabled by opening of the circuit- breaker when the threshold is reached;
t 2. Only alarm: protection active, with only alarm indication when the threshold is reached;
Extremely Inverse
Very Inverse 3. Deactivated: protection disabled.
t Standard
ExtremelyInverse
Inverse
t
Very Inverse
Standard Inverse
Extremely Inverse 8
Furthermore, when the voltage and frequency protections are activated, they indicate an alarm status
Very Inverse
Standard Inverse 8
even when the circuit breaker is open so that a fault can be identified before the circuit breaker closes.
I
8
I
Undervoltage (UV - ANSI 27): with constant trip time (t = k), function is tripped when phase
t I
voltage falls below set threshold.
t
t U8
UV
t8
U8
UV
t8
U8
V UV
t8 V
t V
Overvoltage (OV - ANSI 59): with constant trip time (t = k), function is tripped when phase voltage ex-
t
ceeds the set threshold.
t U9
OV
U9
U9t9
t8 OV
t9
t8
V OV
t9
t8 V
t V
t
f12 Underfrequency (UF - ANSI 81L): with constant trip time (t = k), function is tripped when network fre-
t
f12
UF
quency falls below set threshold.
t12 f12
UF
t12
f UF
t12 f
t f
t
t f13
OF
f13
t13
OF
f13
t13 f OF
t13 f
f
mean
mean
U14
t8
U8
UV
V P R OT E C T I O N T R I P U N I T S 57
t8
V
t
t
U9
OV
U9
t9
t8 OV
V
t9
t8
V
t
t
f12
UF
f12
t12 UF
f
t12
f Overfrequency (OF - ANSI 81H): with constant trip time (t = k), function is tripped when network fre-
t
quency exceeds the set threshold.
t
f13
OF
f13
t13 OF
f
t13
f
mean Voltage unbalance (VU – ANSI 47): with constant trip time (t = k), protects against an unbalance be-
tween the voltages of the individual phases that are protected by the circuit- breaker.
U14
voltage unbalance
mean
U1 U2 U3
U14
voltage unbalance
U1 U2 U3
V1
V1
L1 L2 senso ciclico
Residual current (Rc – ANSI 64 & 50NDT): with constant temperature (t=k) protects against indirect
contacts and is integrated into Ekip Touch LSIG with Ekip Measuring Pro by a dedicated residual cur-
senso ciclico
rent rating plug and external toroid. The protection is an alternative to the functions G and Gext.
V3 V2
V3 V2
LOAD
Reverse active power (RP - ANSI 32R): with constant trip time (t = k), function is tripped when total ac-
tive power – in the opposite direction of the current - exceeds the set threshold.
M
—
t Extremely Inverse
Very Inverse
Standard Inverse
8
I
U8
UV
t8
V In addition to the protection functions, the following indication and control functions are available to
warn the user that a given condition has been reached. The active indications are always shown on the
t display and are also available by communication on the system bus (with Ekip Com modules) or electri-
cal indication (with Ekip Signalling modules).
U9
OV
t9
t8 Synchrocheck (SC - ANSI 25): the synchronism control function compares the voltages in the modules
V as well as the frequencies and phases of two circuit breakers to which the circuit breaker is connected.
Ekip Touch indicates that conditions have been reached that enable the two lines to be made parallel.
t The function is available with two work modes:
• In systems with both busbars supplied, where synchronism is determined by:
U, f,
f12 1. voltage of the two half-busbars above the Ulive threshold for the set time
UF2. difference of the module of the two voltages below the threshold ΔU
t12 3. difference in the frequency of the two voltages below the threshold Δf
f 4. difference in the phase of the two voltages below the threshold Δ
5. desirable time for synchronism condition tsyn
t 6. circuit breaker open
• In systems with an out-of-service line (dead busbar), where the synchronism condition is determined
f13
OFby the concurrence of the following conditions for the tref set time:
1. voltage of the active half-busbar above threshold Ulive
t13 2. voltage of the dead half-busbar below threshold Udead
f 3. circuit breaker open
In both cases, synchronism consent is withdrawn when one of the above conditions is missing and it
has not been less than 200ms from the change of the circuit- breaker condition (when the relationship
mean
has been set).
The indication of reached synchronism is available directly as an electrical indication via a contact that
U14
voltage unbalance
is always supplied with the module. The function can be activated simply by connecting the Ekip Syn-
chrocheck module to any Ekip Touch provided with an Ekip Measuring Pro module.
U1 U2 U3
Cyclical direction of the phases (ANSI 47): indicates an alarm through inversion of the phases sequence.
V1
senso ciclico
V3 V2
Power factor (ANSI 78): available with a three-phase threshold, warns when the system operates with a
power factor that is less than the set power factor.
The following protections are also available:

Second time-delayed overcurrent protection (S2 – ANSI 50TD): in addition to the standard protection
S, a second (excludable ) time-constant protection is available that enables two independent thresh-
olds to be set in order to ensure precise selectivity, especially in highly critical conditions.
Second protection against earth fault (ANSI 50GTD/51G & 64REF): whereas with Ekip Touch the user
protection zone
has to choose between implementation of the protection G by internal current sensors (calculating the
∆ Y
vector sum of the currents) or G ext external toroids (direct measurement of the earth fault current),
64REF
Ekip Hi-Touch offers the exclusive feature of simultaneous management of both configurations by two
independent earth fault protection curves. Owing to this characteristic, the trip unit is able to distin-
guish a non-restricted earth fault and then activate the opening of Emax 2, from a restricted earth
fault, and to thus command the opening of the medium voltage circuit breaker.
Another possible configuration is with the residual current protection replacing the Gext protection,
whilst the G protection remains active. The residual current protection is activated in the presence of
the residual current rating-plug and of the toroid.
Directional overcurrent (D – ANSI 67): the protection is able to recognize the direction of the current
during the fault period and thus detect if the fault is upstream or downstream of the circuit-
breaker. The protection, with fixed time trip curve (t=k), intervenes with two different time delays
(t7bw and t7fw), according to the current direction. In ring distribution systems, this enables the distri-
bution portion to be identified in which the fault occurred and to disconnect it while maintaining the
operation of the rest of the installation.
Generator Zone selectivity for protection D (ANSI 68): enables the possibility to interconnect circuit breakers so
that, in the event of a fault, the fault area can be rapidly isolated. Disconnection only occurs at the level
close to the fault and operation to the rest of the operation continues uninterrupted. The function is
LOAD B
particularly useful in ring and grid installations where, in addition to the zone, it is also essential to de-
fine the flow direction of the power that supplies the fault. It is possible to enable directional zone se-
lectivity alternatively to the zone selectivity of the protections S and G, and in the presence of an auxiliary
LOAD A
Forward
power flow FAULT
supply.
Start-up function for protection D: enables higher trip thresholds to be set at the outgoing point, as
available for protections S, I and G.
Second protection against undervoltage and overvoltage (UV2 and OV2 – ANSI 27 and 59): enables
t
U9 two minimum and maximum voltage thresholds to be set with different delays in order to be able to
discriminate, for example, between voltage dip transients due to the start-up of a motor and an actual
t9 U16
fault.
t16
V
Second protection against underfrequency and overfrequency (UF2 and OF2 – ANSI 81L and 87H):
t
f17 enables two minimum and maximum frequency thresholds to be set simultaneously. For example, only an
alarm can be set to be tripped when the first threshold is reached, and the circuit breaker can be set to be
f12 t17
opened when the second threshold is reached.
t12
f
—
Dual setting of protections: Ekip Hi-Touch can store a set of alternative parameters for all protections.
This second series (set B) can replace, if necessary, the default series (set A) by an external command.
The command can be given when the network configuration is edited, for example when an emergency
source is activated in the system, changing the load capacity and the short-circuit levels. Another typi-
cal application is protecting the operator opposite the switchgear against the electric arc. In this case,
protection delays are minimized to safeguard the operator (Set A), whereas in the absence of an opera-
tor the protections are set to ensure selectivity with the circuit breakers downstream (Set B). It is pos-
sible to activate series B by:
• Digital input available with an Ekip Signalling module;
• Communication network, by means of one of the Ekip Com communication modules;
• Directly from the Ekip Hi-Touch display;
• By a settable internal time, after the circuit-breaker has closed.
L1 L2 L3 Differential ground fault (Rc - ANSI 87N): protects against internal earth fault on generator winding. It
is required that the toroid hugs the active conductors and the ground conductor. Rc protection is inte-
grated by a dedicated residual current rating plug and the external toroid.
The specific functions for generator protections are described below. For each of these it is possible to
choose the operating mode: active, only alarm or deactivated. All the voltage and frequency protec-
tions also operate when the circuit- breaker is open, enabling the fault to be identified before the clos-
ing of the circuit breaker.
Voltage controlled overcurrent protection (S(V) - ANSI 51V): protection from maximum current with a
t 1 constant trip time (t = k) that is sensitive to the voltage value. The set current threshold, following a volt-
Ks
age drop, decreases by steps or linearly.
t20
KsxI20 I20 I
In step mode (controlled mode) the protection is tripped at the set threshold (I20) if the voltage is above U,
K
whereas it is tripped at the lower threshold of the factor Ks (I20 * Ks) if the voltage is below U.
1
Ks
UI
U V
On the other hand, in linear mode (restrained mode) two voltage limits are selected within which the
K
protection is tripped at the set threshold (I20) reduced by the factor K corresponding to the measured
1
voltage. The variation of the factor K is proportional to the voltage, and for voltages greater than the
upper threshold (Uh) the threshold I20 works, whereas for voltages below the lower threshold (UI) the
Ks
minimum threshold (I20 * Ks) applies.
UI Uh V
Residual overvoltage (RV – ANSI 59N): with constant trip time (t = k), protects against insulation loss in
2
systems with insulated neutral or with neutral earthed with impedance.
V23 V12
α
α
3 V31 1
Loss of field or reverse reactive power (RQ – ANSI 40 or 32RQ): with constant trip time (t = k), the cir-
Q
cuit breaker tripped when the total reactive power absorbed by the generator exceeds the set thresh-
old. It is possible to select the constant threshold (k=0) or a function of the delivered active power of
P
the generator (k≠0).
TRIP
Reactive overpower (OQ – ANSI 32OF): with constant trip time (t = k), the function is tripped when re-
t
active power exceeds the set threshold in the generator to network direction.
Q27
t27
Q
Active overpower (OP – ANSI 32OF): with constant trip time (t = k), the function is tripped when the ac-
t
tive power exceeds the threshold set in the delivering direction of the generator.
P26
t26
P
Active underpower (UP – ANSI 32LF): with constant trip time (t = k), the function is tripped when the
t
active power delivered by the generator is lower than the set threshold. It is possible to disable the pro-
tection temporarily, to manage the start-up phase, by setting a time window from the closing of the
P23
circuit breaker, by using an electrical signal or via incoming communication to a relay.
t23
P
—
Rate of change of frequency (ROCOF – ANSI 81R): enables both positive and negative frequency varia-
f(Hz) frequency
after failure tions to be rapidly detected . The protection is constant and is tripped when the frequency variation in
failure
Hz/s is greater than the set threshold.
50/60Hz
frequency
after failure
Time
Second protection against voltage controlled overcurrent protection (S2(V) - ANSI 51V): available in
t 1
Ks addition to the protection S(V), enables total selectivity to be achieved in all installations.
t21
Ks
t20
KsxI20 I20 I21 I

KsxI21
Second protection against loss of field or reverse reactive power (RQ – ANSI 40 or 32R): enables the
Q
kq kq2
generator’s de-energization curve to be followed very accurately, thereby avoiding any unnecessary dis-
connection.
P
Q25
Q24
SOF T WARE FUNC TIONS 63
—
CHAPTER 4
Software functions
64-65 Introduction
66-67 Interface Protection System and Interface Device
68-69 Adaptive protections
70-71 Load shedding
72-73 ATS function
74-75 Synchro reclosing
76-78 Power Controller

—
Introduction
Renewables have been growing during the last 10 years reducing the
polluting emission for a greenest world. Due to environmental changes,
people has started to think about ecology and sustainability, increasing their
awareness of energy self-consumption in a perspective of energy efficiency.
Emax 2 is the first smart circuit breaker enabling

all-in-one solutions that combine advanced pro-
tection, programmable logic, full connectivity,
easy integration and comprehensive energy man-
agement in a single revolutionary device or at the
local generation side.
Installed downstream the MV/LV transformer,
Emax 2 works like a certified Interface Protection
System in order to check the Main Grid conditions
and disconnect the User’s plant whenever grid
voltage and frequency are out of the ranges pre-
scribed by the connection local standard.
Emax 2 and its Adaptive Protections recognize
the network change and automatically set new
thresholds to guarantee protection and coordina-
tion in on-grid and off-grid conditions.
Solar
Photovoltaic
Utility
Utility Utility Load
Solar Diesel
Photovoltaic Generator
Wind Turbines Load
Advanced Energy Diesel Solar

Storage Generator Photovoltaic
In order to maximize the service continuity, local When the main grid comes back stable, thanks to
generation starts to supply the islanded User’s Synchro Reclosing (in grassetto "Synchro Reclos-
plant. Emax 2 is the first circuit breaker able to in- ing" - ndr) logics, synchronizes the plant voltage
tegrate in one device protection features and Au- and frequency to reconnect it. in grid-connected
tomatic Transfer Switching (ATS) programmable operation, Emax 2 manages the Power Controller
logics. This unique integrated solution avoids the (in grassetto "Power Controller" - ndr) algorithm
usage of other external control unit, guaranteeing to shave peaks and shift loads in order to opti-
switchgear footprint and commissioning time mize system performance and productivity.
saving. Emax 2 advanced features are easily customized
Strong reduction of wiring connection simplify thanks to commissioning software tools which do
the installation and commissioning phase. not require high level engineering competencies.
The Load Shedding embedded algorithm is able Ready to use templates enable the download of all
to manage power system for the comprehensive the logics directly into the trip unit. The solutions
microgrid energy management. become plug & play, increasing modularization and
Before the transfer from the main grid to local standardization for design and installation.
line, selected loads are shed to support power Here following the description of the several
balance. Emax 2 using slope of frequency discon- Adanced functionalities wich have been devel-
nects loads only in case of emergency unbalance oped and integrated in Emax 2 follows the below
condition. compatibility table.
Interface Load Automatic Synchro Power

Protection Shedding Transfer Switch Reclosing Controller
Interface Protection
Load Shedding
Automatic Transfer Switch
Synchro Reclosing
Power Controller
—
Interface Protection System
Emax 2 embeds in a single device both the functions of Interface Protection

System and Interface Device.
Purpose Emax 2 as local generation protection unit
The connection of Active Users to the Utility is In such scenario, there are loads non-operating in
subject to the satisfaction of the Standard re- islanding condition, so, when there is an Utility
quirements. The Interface Protection System is a outage, Emax 2 detects that voltage and fre-
relay with dedicated protections able to satisfy quency values are out of the range prescribed. Ac-
such requirements. In particular, the generating cording to the standard the local generation must
units installed in the User’s plant shall be discon- be disconnected from the Utility, so Emax 2
nected from the grid whenever voltage and fre- opens, acting as interface device, thanks to the
quency values of the grid itself are out of the IPS embedded. In this condition loads are not op-
ranges prescribed by the standard. Such a dis- erating as there is no voltage on the secondary of
connection is usually carried out by means of an the MV/LV transformer and no local generation
Interface Device that trips after receiving an connected.
opening command provided by an external Inter-
face Protection System. Benefits
ABB has developed an integrated solution which Thanks to Emax 2 with embedded Interface Pro-
embeds in a single device both the functions of tection System, the following benefits are guar-
Interface Protection System and Interface Device. anteed:
This advanced feature is possible thanks to the • Emax 2 performs interface protections with ev-
integration of the several interface protections ery possible switching device, ensuring also re-
into the Ekip Hi-Touch trip unit installed on board closing operation.
Emax 2. Today Emax 2 is suitable for Standard CEI • If the Emax 2 is installed on the generator
0-16, the most important Standard for the con- feeder, the unit will be able to perform the triple
nection of Active Users. A lot of local Standards function of Interface Protection System and
take CEI 0-16 as reference. Generator Device thanks to the Interface Pro-
tection System integrated also in the Ekip G Hi-
Application examples Touch trip unit.
ABB has been able to integrate in a single device • Ease of use, thanks to Ekip Connect software
the following functions to be used in the scenar- which allows an immediate and intuitive com-
ios described below. Thanks to these embedded missioning phase.
functions, the number of devices to be installed is
reduced, with consequent space saving inside the For further information, please refer to the White
switchboard. Emax 2 with embedded Interface Paper “Emax 2, all-in-one innovation – Interface
Protection System have been tested and certified Protection System and Interface Device”
in compliance with the Standard CEI 0-16 and are (1SDC007117G0201).
suitable for the following scenarios.
Emax 2 as Microgrid Main protection unit

In such scenario, Emax 2 with embedded Interface
Protection System can fulfill the function of Inter-
face Protection System (IPS). In case of IPS trip-
ping, microgrid, downstream Emax 2 main unit, re-
mains active thanks to both the local generation
and the load shedding feature also embedded in
the main unit.
—
Emax 2 as Microgrid Utility
Main protection unit
GD
MV/LV Transformer
Energy PV Wind Gen

Storage Plant Plant Set
System
G
ID
– –
–
–
Loads
—
Emax 2 as local gener- Utility
ation protection unit
GD
MV/LV Transformer
ID
–
Loads
PV
Plant
—
Adaptive Protections
Emax 2 adds dual setting capability to switching device to

ensure continuous coordination
Purpose Application example
User’s plants can work as a LV Microgrid thanks We have a plant connected to the MV Utility by
to the energy produced by renewable and local means of a MV/LV transformer. If the Utility shuts
power sources, in particular as a consequence of down, the plant will become a Microgrid supplied
lacking of the Utility power supply, e.g. due to a by the local generator G, which will feed the prior-
fault on the MV voltage side. In order to still guar- ity loads by using the loads shedding feature of
antee a high level of selectivity and continuity of Emax 2.
service, it is important to take into account the In grid-connected condition, the generator G is
variation of the short circuit power when moving disconnected. With reference to fig.1:
from. Indeed, during grid connected condition • Circuit breaker A is closed
the fault current on a microgrid feeder is supplied • Circuit breaker B is open
by the Utility, so it is higher than the one supplied • Circuit breakers C are closed. The protections of
only by the local generation during islanded con- the one that supplies loads D are upgraded us-
dition. ing "Set A" of Emax 2 unit.
As a result, it is desirable that the several protec- • Circuit breakers D are closed
tion thresholds of the units can be automatically • Circuit breaker E is closed
changed during the transition to the islanding • Circuit breaker QS1 is closed
condition. • All loads supplied.
The circuit breakers C are selectively coordinated
with the upstream main circuit breaker A, sup-
plied by the Utility, and the downstream load cir-
cuit breakers D (fig. 2).
A B
E C C C
non priority loads
QS1
D D D
—
Fig. 1
With Adaptive protections when there is a Utility Benefits

outage, circuit breaker A opens and B closes in or- Thanks to Emax 2 it is possible to have two sets
der to have operation in islanded condition. In or- of settings implemented in a single device. As a
der to still guarantee selectivity, an alternate set of result, the following benefits are guaranteed:
protection settings is required. Adding Emax 2 • Overcurrent protection and selectivity 100%
adaptive protections to circuit breaker C ensure this guaranteed both in grid-connected and is-
behaviour. The second protection setting is opti- landed condition
mized for the characteristics of the local generator • The service continuity is is granted just adding
ensuring the incoming supply and load side switch- a single unit in the switchboard in every plant
ing devices will remain selectively coordinated. condition
With reference to Figure 1: • Ease of use, thanks to the Ekip Connect soft-
• Circuit breaker A is open ware which allows an immediate and intuitive
• Circuit breaker B is closed commissioning phase.
• Circuit breakers C are closed and the protection
thresholds move automatically to “Set B” For further information, please refer to the White
• Circuit breakers D are closed Paper “Emax 2, all-in-one innovation – Adaptive
• Circuit breaker E is open protections” (1SDC007116G0201).
• Circuit breaker QS1 is closed
• No priority loads can be disconnected using an-
other functionality of Emax 2 units (see next
paragraph).
The following Figure shows how it is possible to

switch to a set of parameters which guarantees
selective coordination between circuit breakers C
and B by means of the “Adaptive protections“
function embedded in the trip unit of the circuit-
breaker C.
103s 103s
A B
102s 102s
10s 10s
C C
D D
1s 1s
10-1s 10-1s
10-2s 10-2s
10-3s 10-3s
1kA 10kA 102kA 103kA 1kA 10kA 102kA 103kA
Time-Current curves Time-Current curves
— —
Fig. 2 Fig. 3
—
Load Shedding
Emax 2 has many load shedding algorithms to avoid power unbalance

in the low voltage plant and stress for all the components.
Purpose Microgrid in grid-connected operation
ABB Emax 2 embeds patented functions based on Under normal circumstances, the microgrid point
load shedding which reduces the Microgrid stress is generally connected to the Utility in order to in-
in all situations. Typically it is the main protection ject/adsorb the surplus or the lacking energy. In
relay of the low voltage Microgrid located at the this situation, with Emax 2 as main circuit breaker
interface point with the medium voltage grid, installed immediately downstream the MV/LV
able to control the plant in every circumstances. transformer in closed status, power overload
should be avoided so as not to excessively stress
Microgrid in islanding operation plant elements. In order to do this, the circuit-
After the Emax 2 circuit breaker opens, because breaker embeds a patented load shedding algo-
of interface protection systems intervention or rithm:
external command, the Microgrid should transit
from on-grid to off-grid state with bumpless • Predictive Load Shedding, slow disconnection
transition. When it is standalone, the power ab- of loads based on the limit of the average power
sorption from the main grid ceases, so that the flow towards the Microgrid according to the
Microgrid loads remains supplied by the local transformer size designed for the power peak
generation, like diesel GenSet or energy storage profile.
systems. This Microgrid generation can be always
active or started up by an automatic transfer All the versions are available on Emax 2 platform for
switching (ATS) logic after the disconnection both the Microgrid situations, sharing some infor-
from the main grid, depending on the plant con- mation about the loads under control in the plant.
figuration. During the islanding transition, it is
very important to avoid the frequency drop, oth- Application examples
erwise the generation protections could trip • Grid-connected plants with running GenSets,
jeopardizing the Microgrid stability with conse- which contribute to the self-consumption to-
quently a long downtime. Emax 2, employing the gether with potential renewable sources and
current and voltage measurements, integrates support the load power supply in emergency
two different fast load shedding logics to reduce conditions. It is the case of hybrid PV-diesel re-
this blackout risk, protecting the Microgrid mote communities connected to weak distribu-
during the intentional or unintentional islanding tion-grids where there are a lot of daily faults,
operation: or of facilities located in geographical areas
where there are frequent environmental events,
• Basic Load Shedding, simple logic able to rec- for example hurricanes or earthquakes.
ognize the Microgrid disconnection event and • Grid-connected plants with back-up GenSets
shed a group of not priority loads thus ensuring started up after main - gen transfer switching
a fast time response and power balance. logics that require high reliability. For example,
• Adaptive Load Shedding, the advanced algo- hospitals, banks or data centers.
rithm available with Emax 2 as an enhancement
of the basic version. The intelligent software Benefits
embedded in the unit sheds very quickly the not Thanks to Emax 2 with embedded Load Shedding
priority loads according to the Microgrid power innovation, the following benefits are guaranteed:
consumption and frequency measurements. Service continuity
Moreover, such software has a dedicated con- • When a plant remain disconnected from the main
figuration for backup generation related to ATS grid, even if local production is present, there is
and the software itself is even able to estimate a significant stress that turns off all the genera-
the energy produced by a solar plant based on tors with consequent blackout. Load Shedding
plant geography settings. logics embedded in Emax 2 reduce the frequency
drop that usually makes the local generation pro-
tection trip, maintaining the plant live.
Space saving -- ATS unit manages only two sources, without

• No other Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) interlock, logic programming and wiring con-
are needed as Emax 2 has embedded the intelli- nections for the third circuitbreaker with less
gence to realize the load shedding logics, taking time required for installation.
advantage of the current and voltage sensors
for electrical parameter measurements. Ease of use
• In addition, static converters for low voltage • Load shedding logics are generally set with high
photovoltaic production have typically anti-is- engineering skills and customization effort with
landing protections: this implies another power devices as programmable logic controllers.
deficit to be added to the main grid contribu- • Emax 2 guarantees easy installation thanks to
tion during the Microgrid islanding. Emax 2 is predefined templates and the user-friendly
the first circuit breaker that estimates solar graphic interface in the SW commissioning tool.
production without additional sensors.
• Load Shedding is suitable with ATS architec- For further information, please refer to the White
tures like Main-BusTie-Gen used to distinguish Paper “Emax 2, all-in-one innovation – Load Shed-
priority/not priority loads. ding” (1SDC007119G0201).
Where feasible, BusTie switching device is not
required anymore and this means:
-- Significant space and material saving up to
50% in the power distribution switchgear for
panel builders.
-- Load Shedding is self-tuned with the specific
power unbalance identification and dynami-
cally choses the controllable loads to be shed,
reducing constraints for consultants during
plant design.
—
Typical load shed-
ding application
Gen PV
Set Plant
LINE 1 OFFICIES LINE 2 WAREHOUSE POWER

FACTOR
CONNECTION
M M M
3 3 3
ASYNCHRONOUS MOTOR LIGHTING SOCKET LIGHTING HVAC

—
Automatic Transfer Switch
Emax 2 is ready for transfer switching applications reducing time for logics
programming and commissioning.
The ATS solution The main applications are:
ABB’s Automatic Switching (ATS) system takes • Power supplies of UPS groups in general
advantage of the new capabilities provided by the • Oil & Gas
new Ekip Connect 3 Software and the intelligent • Operating theatres and primary hospital services
digital unit such as Emax 2 to deliver versatile and • Emergency power supplies for civil building, ho-
reliable solution. tels and airports
• Data banks and telecommunication systems
Application example • Power supply of industrial line for continuous
Automatic Transfer Switch systems is common in processes.
all application where service continuity is essen-
tial and where there are multi source supplies. Another case of use of ATS is in all cases where a
portion of grid with local generation, called mi-
crogrid, can be disconnected from main grid.
Loads
The ATS is a high-performances energy automation system,

easy to install and program.
Benefits Emax 2 compactness
Ready-to-go Programming Space saving on the power
Estimated time and cost savings switchboard: up to 30%.
on the ATS Engineering on the
low voltage project 95%.
Simplify the connections Top rate reliability

Estimated time and cost savings With watchdog functions and
on cabling and commissioning of fewer installed components.
the power switchboard: 50%.
For more info check out the white

paper "Emax 2,
all in one innovation: Embedded
ATS system"
(1SDC007115G0201).
—
Synchro Reclosing
Emax 2 is able to synchronize voltage waveforms from different power sources.
Purpose Sometimes this operation can be very critical, be-

Thanks to its advanced electronics, Emax 2 is the cause the current following during the transient
first smart unit able to island the Microgrid from of the reconnection must not reach values that
disturbances such as in the presence of faults or can potentially cause the Microgrid shut down.
power quality events and reconnect it to the dis- With the aim to avoid complex analysis and cus-
tribution network, when there are the right condi- tomizations, Ekip Connect 3.0 commissioning
tions. tool completes the Synchro Reclosing functional-
This last feature mentioned is the Synchro Reclos- ity, recommending the right settings according
ing function. It consists in synchronization sup- to the plant configuration.
port of the Microgrid reconnection operation or
generator paralleling procedure as prescribed by Application examples
Std. ANSI 25A, with additional automatic re-clos- Synchro Reclosing function is useful in the follow-
ing capabilities based on the synchronism status ing plant-engineering situations:
detection. • During the Microgrid reconnection to the main
grid, speeding up the paralleling procedure be-
Using the Ekip Synchrocheck cartridge module, tween two systems with different steady
Emax 2 monitors the voltage amplitude, the fre- states. This scenario comes after the islanding
quencies and the phase displacement and real- Microgrid operation.
izes simple logics to adapt the Microgrid voltage • When there is the closed transition of an auto-
and frequency to the main grid ones. This regula- matic transfer switch, the main grid should be
tion based on up and down signals sent to the lo- connected to the same busbar with the backup
cal generator controllers is realized by Ekip Sig- Microgrid generation in order to guarantee con-
nalling contacts in order to reach synchronization. tinuos load operation, with or without a bus-tie
The circuit breaker automatically recloses when it switching device.
understands that the synchronism is achieved us- • Besides Microgrid cases, it is possible to adopt
ing Ekip Synchrocheck and the integrated closing this solution also for single GenSet paralleling
coil. operation.
Main
Grid
AVR G GOV
Microgrid islanded Microgrid synchronization Microgrid connected
50.00
Frequency (Hz)
49.75
49.50
49.25
Microgrid
49.00
Distribution grid
48.75
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
Time (s)
1.1
Voltage (p.u.)
1.0
0.9
0.8 Microgrid
Distribution grid
0.7
0.6
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
Load served (%)
Benefits Ease of use

Thanks to Emax 2 with embedded Synchro Re- • The logics are embedded in the trip unit so
closing, the following benefits are guaranteed: there is no need of programming and engineer-
• Space Savings ing skills .
-- Components reduction with no external syn- • Simplified configuration with Ekip Connect
chronizer and less voltage transformers re- software that offers predefined configuration
quired if compared with traditional ap- templates with suggested values and a clear
proaches. user interface for customizations.
-- Increased reliability & time saving during the
installation having less cabling and related in- For further information, please refer to the White
stallation complexity. Paper “Emax 2, all-in-one innovation – Synchro
Reclosing” (1SDC007118G0201).
—
Power Controller
Emax 2 is able to control loads and generator to ensure bill savings
and enable demand response applications according to power
management strategies.
Purpose The algorithm is designed on a foreseen average

Thanks to Power Controller software, Emax 2 power absorption which can be set by the user
manages the power to shave the peaks and shift over a determined time interval. Whenever this
the loads. In this way, it possible to cut electric- value exceeds the fixed power, Power Controller
ity bills, increase energy efficiency up to 20% function intervenes to bring it back within the
and be ready for demand response programs. limits.
Power Controller function is based on a patented This system can be realized with a single Emax 2
calculation algorithm that allows a load list to be Control or Emax 2 Control+ standard equipped
controlled through the remote command of rele- with this function and installed as the low volt-
vant switching device (like switching device, age plant controller.
switching device, contactor, drive) or control cir- Furthermore, the control unit, shall not only
cuit according to a priority defined locally by the command the passive loads, but it can also man-
user ore remotely by a load aggregator or utility, age a reserve generator.
based on his own requirements and types of
load.
Non-controllable Non-controllable Controllable Controllable

generator load generator load
Control circuit
Emax 2 with
Power Controller
Transformer
Energy Meter
Ekip Power Controller, which can be used with all —

Ekip Touch trip units of the Emax 2 series, effec-
tively helps to improve energy efficiency by man- The exclusive Power Controller
aging the entire low-voltage electrical system. It function available on the new
is, in fact, able to adapt the demand for power ac-
cording to the availability of the energy source, Emax 2 units monitors the power,
the time of day and the costs indicated in the cur- keeping it below the limit set by
rent pricing plan.
In this way Ekip Power Controller is able to main- the user. As a result of this more
tain power consumption within the limits de- effective use, the peak of power
fined, thereby optimizing the costs of managing
the installation and reducing emissions. consumed can be limited allowing
savings on electricity bills.
The command sent to the downstream devices
can be performed in two different ways: The Power Controller, patented by ABB, discon-
• through the wired solution, by commanding the nects non-priority utilities, such as electric car
shunt opening/closing releases or acting on the charging stations, lighting or refrigeration units,
motor operators of the loads to be managed; during the times when consumption limits need to
• through a dedicated communication system. be respected, and connects them again as soon as
it is appropriate. When required, it automatically
The ability to control the loads according to a list activates auxiliary power supplies such as genera-
of priorities already defined provides significant tor sets. No other supervision and control system
advantages from both economic as well as tech- is required: it is sufficient to set the required load
nical points of view: limit on Emax 2, which can control any switching
• economical: energy consumption optimization device located downstream, even if it is not
is focused on the control of the costs linked in equipped with a measurement function.
particular to the penalties that are levied when
the contractual power is exceeded or when the Application examples
contractual power is increased by the Distribu- Electricity bill savings, demand response, avoiding
tion System Operator (DSO) as a consequence power overload are the typical scenarios where
of exceeding the limit repeatedly. Power Controller is adopted.
• technical: the possibility of power absorption As it operates on not critical loads, it is common of
over the contractual limits for shorter periods office building, shopping malls, hotels, campuses,
and, as well as, the management and the con- waste and water industries or every plant that
trol of the power consumption over long peri- works like a low voltage microgrid.
ods of time. Thus it is possible to reduce the
likelihood of malfunctioning due to overloads,
or worse, complete inefficiency of the entire
plant due to tripping ofthe LV main switching
device.
—
Power Controller
Benefits • Thanks to integrated communication modules,

Thanks to Emax 2 with embedded Power Control- Power Controller can receive the maximum ab-
ler, the following benefits are guaranteed: sorbable power directly from the medium volt-
age control system, determining consumption
• Reduction of energy costs with minimum im- for the next 15 minutes. Ekip Power Controller,
pact. according to the information received, manages
• The loads are disconnected from the power the switching off of non-priority loads or the
supply for short periods, in the minimum num- switching on of reserve generators. The soft-
ber necessary and in a fixed order of priority, ware gives maximum priority to non-program-
enabling power consumption peaks to be lim- mable preferred energy sources, such as wind
ited. This allows the contract drawn up with the and solar, and they are therefore considered un-
energy provider to be renegotiated, reducing interruptable. In the event the production of in-
the power allocated, with a consequent reduc- ternal power to the controlled network is re-
tion in total energy costs. duced, due, for example, to decreased
• Power limited only when necessary. production of solar power, Power Controller will
Power Controller function manages up to four disconnect the necessary loads to respect the
different time bands, it is therefore possible to consumption limit set.
respect a particular power limit according to • This benefit is used, for example, in installa-
whether it is during the day (peak) or night (off tions with a system of cogeneration. Indeed
peak). In this way, consumption during the day Power Controller controls the total consump-
when rates are at their highest can be limited. tion drawn from the electrical network, inter-
• Easy of use rupting non-indispensable loads when produc-
Power Controller function allows the installation is reduced and reconnecting them when
tion to be managed efficiently with a simple ar- generator power is sufficient to not exceed lim-
chitecture. Thanks to a patented design, it is its. There are multiple advantages: reduction in
sufficient to measure the total power of the in- energy costs, maximum use of local production
stallation without having to measure the power and greater overall energy efficiency.
consumed by each load. Installation costs and
times are thereby reduced to a minimum. For further information, please refer to the White
Power Controller function does not require the Paper “Load management with Ekip Power Con-
writing, implementation and testing of compli- troller for SACE Emax 2” (1SDC007410G0202).
cated programmes for PLC or computer be-
cause the logic has already been implemented
in the protection unit and is ready to use; it is
sufficient to set the installation parameters
from a smartphone or directly from the switch-
ing device display.
Power Controller significantly helps to flatten
the load curve, limiting the use of peaking
power plants in favour of base load power
plants with greater efficiency.
SUPERVISION AND CONNEC TIVIT Y 79
—
CHAPTER 5
Supervision and connectivity

80-81 Introduction
82-87 Supervision and control
82-83
Supervision of the switchgear compartment
84-85
Switchgear supervision
86-87
Supervision of the electrical installation
88-95 Software and web application
88-91
Ekip Connect
92-93
Ekip View
94-95
ABB Ability Electrical Distribution Control System
—
Introduction
SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers provide a complete and flexible offering that
can be adapted to the actual level of supervision and control required.
According to their complexity, the supervision of • electrical system: to manage complex systems
low-voltage systems may involve different levels: in which devices must be integrated with auto-
mated industrial processes or in intelligent elec-
• switchgear compartment: for control of the trical networks, better known as smart grids.
main electrical values of the circuit breaker, The system can be supervised by the Ekip View
thanks to Ekip Touch trip units with high resolu- software or via Internet with the ABB Ability™
tion display and the Ekip Multimeter display. Electrical Distribution Control System webapp.
• electrical switchgear: to display the data of all

circuit breakers installed in the switchgear from
a single point: in local mode via control panel on
the front of the switchgear, or remotely via sev-
eral communication protocol.
—
Supervision and control
Supervision of the switchgear compartment
—
For the list of information — —
available for each trip
unit, consult chapter 3. The SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers The Ekip Multimeter is a display
equipped with Ekip electronic trip unit to be installed on the front of
units enable electrical the switchgear for SACE Emax 2
measurements and diagnostic air circuit breakers equipped with
data to be displayed on the front Ekip electronic trip units.
of the switchgear. Solution with Ekip Multimeter Display on the
front of the switchgear
Solution with Ekip Touch trip units This device remotely displays the information
The Ekip Touch electronic trip units are the ideal about the system that is available in the trip unit to
solution for supervision and control of the com- which it is connected.
partments in switchgear. In particular: The main characteristics of the Ekip Multimeter
unit are:
• their use is simple and intuitive thanks to a
large, high resolution, colour touch screen; • Graphical and functional uniformity with the
Ekip Touch trip units; Ekip Multimeter uses the
• they do not require an auxiliary power supply same display as the trip unit to which it is con-
for safety; the Ekip Touch trip units are directly nected, ensuring perfect continuity between
supplied by the current sensors integrated in the graphic display and the menu items.
the circuit breaker, thereby avoiding the use of
external power supplies. • Reduced dimensions; the Ekip Multimeter guaran-
tees the precision of the trip unit to which it is
connected and performs the function of a mea-
suring instrument without requiring the installa-
tion of external current and voltage transformers.
• Flexible installation; the Ekip Multimeter can be

installed at a distance from the trip unit, en-
abling access to information from the most con-
venient point.
• Simultaneous reading of the various electrical

values; the advanced connection system used
allows several Ekip Multimeter devices to be
connected to the same protection trip unit.
Furthermore, if connected to trip units equipped

with display, the Ekip Multimeter enables adjust-
ment of the parameters and protection thresholds.
—
01 Ekip Touch
—
02 Ekip Multimeter
— —
01 02
Electronic trip unit Ekip Dip Ekip Touch Ekip Touch + Ekip Ekip Hi Touch
measuring module
Ekip G Touch Ekip Hi-G Touch
Solution Ekip trip units + Ekip Multimeter
Type of trip units connectable to Ekip Multimeter Ekip trip units
Number of trip units connectable to Ekip Multimeter 1
Currents
Voltages - -
Powers - -
Energies - -
Harmonics - - -
Network analyzer - - -
Adjustment functions
Setting of thresholds -
Setting of thresholds second set - - -
Resetting of alarms
Diagnostics
Protection function alarms
Device alarms
Protection unit tripping details
Events log
Protection unit tripping log
Maintenance
Number of operations
Number of trips
Wear of contacts
Other data
Status of circuit breaker
Circuit-breaker position 1)
Local/remote mode
1) Circuit-breakers equipped with auxiliary contacts to indicate position

—
Switchgear supervision
— • access via the Internet with any Internet

browser using the web server function per-
Ekip Link is a flexible and efficient formed by the Ekip Control Panel.
• rapid installation, through the use of standard-
solution for controlling and ized EtherNet™ components such as STP cables
supervising low-voltage electrical and RJ45 type connectors.
• ease of use; due to the Ekip Control Panel oper-
switchgear. ator panel in front of the switchgear with colour
touch screen, the system mimic panel can be
It is a system that enables SACE Emax 2 circuit-
displayed so that the entire installation can be
breakers to be connected to the Ekip Control
controlled rapidly and intuitively.
Panel operator panel by means of Ekip Link inter-
• ready to use; Ekip Control Panel is supplied with
face modules.
pre-configured software that requires no pro-
gramming. It is only necessary to start scanning
Ekip Link system
the Ekip Link system from the operator panel
The main characteristics of the Ekip Link System are:
and in a few seconds communication with the
• centralized control; from the Ekip Control Panel
connected devices is active.
operator panel, all the main values of the installa-
tion (electrical measurements, system diagnos-
Ekip Link enables supervision of electrical switch-
tics, trends…) can be monitored and controlled.
gear on which up to 30 ABB SACE circuit breakers
• adaptation to real requirements; when the elec-
have been installed. Tmax T and Tmax XT series
trical values to be monitored are limited to cur-
circuit breakers equipped with Modbus RTU com-
rents only, the Ekip Dip trip unit can be con-
munication can also be easily integrated into the
nected to the Ekip Link without having to use
Ekip Link system using the multi-serial port fitted
circuit breakers equipped with communication
on the Ekip Control Panel.
modules.
Electronic trip unit Ekip Dip Ekip Touch Ekip Touch + Ekip Ekip Hi Touch
measuring module
Solution Ekip protection trip units equipped with Ekip link module
+ Ekip Control Panel operator panel + standard EtherNet™ components
Type of trip units connectable Ekip protection trip units
Number of trip units connectable to the Ekip link system up to 30 1)
Data exchange rate of Ekip link system 100 Mbit/sec
Supervision and control functions
Opening and Closing of circuit breakers 2)
Electrical value trends I I I,V,P I,V,P
Log of electrical value trends I I I,V,P I,V,P
Dynamic installation mimic panel • •
Automatic scanning of the Ekip link system • •
Centralized synchronizing of time • •
Web server function 3) 3) 3) 3)
Currents
Voltages - -
Powers - -
Energies - -
Harmonics - - -
Network analyzer - - -
Data logger -
Setting of thresholds -
Resetting of alarms
Diagnostics
Device alarms
Events log
Transmission of alarms via text message optional optional optional optional
Transmission of alarms via e-mail optional optional optional optional
Maintenance
Number of trips
Wear of contacts
Other data
Local/remote mode
1) Ekip Control Panel is available in two versions that can manage a maximum of 10 or 30 circuit breakers. The number of circuit breakers may vary depending on their type.
For details, ask ABB SACE
2) Circuit-breakers equipped with actuation module, electric accessories, opening and closing releases and spring charging motor
3) Two client web accesses included in the licence
—
Supervision of the elettrical installation
The integration of low-voltage devices in commu- • Installation times reduced to a minimum due to
nication networks is required in particular for: au- the plug & play technology of the communica-
tomated industrial processes, industrial and pet- tion modules, which are connected directly to
rochemical sites, modern data centres and the circuit breaker terminal box without having
intelligent electricity networks, better known as to remove the electronic trip unit.
smart grids.
• Repetition of communication for greater reli-
Ekip Com Modules ability of the system; the circuit breaker can be
Thanks to the wide range of communication pro- equipped with two communication modules at
tocols supported, SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers the same time, allowing the information on two
equipped with Ekip Touch electronic trip units buses to be exchanged simultaneously.
can be integrated into communication networks
without the need for external interface devices. • Ready to smart grid; the Ekip Com 61850 mod-
The distinctive characteristics of the SACE Emax ule is the solution for integrating SACE Emax 2
2 circuit breakers offering for industrial commu- circuit breakers into the automated systems of
nication are: electrical substations based on the IEC 61850
standard without the need for complex external
• Wide range of protocols supported; the Ekip devices.
Com communication modules enable integra-
tion with the most common communication • Complete supervision of Modbus RTU or Mod-
protocols based on RS485 serial lines and the bus TCP/IP networks via the software for PC
most modern communication systems based on Ekip View.
EtherNet™ infrastructures, which guarantee an
exchange of data in the order of 100 Mbit/s.
Supervision of the electrical installation

Electronic trip unit Ekip Touch Ekip Touch + Ekip Ekip Hi Touch
measuring module
Solution Ekip Touch trip units + Ekip com modules
Protocols supported:
Modbus RTU Ekip com Modbus RTU
Profibus-DP Ekip com Profibus
DeviceNet™ Ekip com DeviceNet™
Modbus TCP/IP Ekip com Modbus TCP
Profinet Ekip com Profinet
EtherNet/IP™ Ekip com EtherNet™
IEC61850 Ekip com IEC61850
Open ADR Ekip com OpenADR
Hub Ekip com Hub
Control functions
Circuit-breakers opening and closing 1)
Currents
Voltages -
Powers -
Energies -
Harmonics - -
Network analyzer - -
Data logger
Setting of thresholds
Resetting of alarms
Diagnostic
Device alarms
Events log
Maintenance
Number of trips
Wear of contacts
Other data
Local/remote mode
1) Circuit-breakers equipped with Ekip Com Actuator module, electrical accessories, opening and closing releases and spring charging motor
Ekip E-Hub ble to connect sensors for environmental param-

This is a DIN-rail mounted communication mod- eters (temperature, water, gas) via both analog
ule for cloud-connectivity. Ekip E-Hub can collect and digital I/O. Modules for Wi-Fi or GPRS con-
data throughout the system from ACBs to MCCBs, nection are provided as optional features.
multimeter, miniature CBs. Moreover, it is possi-
—
Software and web application
Ekip connect
ABB SACE offers software applications that allow the potential of the Ekip
electronic trip units to be utilized in the best possible way in terms of the
management of power, acquisition and analysis of the electrical values, and
testing of the protection, maintenance and diagnostic functions.
Overview of the software

An overview of the software available and their
main characteristics are given below:
Software Functions Distinctive characteristics

Ekip Connect - commissioning of circuit breakers - simple and intuitive use
- analysis of faults - integrated with DOC electrical design software
- testing of communication bus - useable via EtherNet™
- automatic updating from Internet
- off-line mode
- multi-media (smart phone, tablet or PC)
Ekip View - supervision and control of communication networks - engineering free
- analysis of electrical value trends - analysis of past trends
- condition monitoring - customizable reports
- access via Internet to the installation
- possibility of integrating third party devices
ABB AbilityTM - monitoring of plants - alerts notification via mail
Electrical Distribution - optimization of the plant - automatic report for energy efficiency
Control System
- control center - asset management
Ekip Connect Ekip Connect is the ABB commissioning and pro-

The ABB programming and commissioning soft- gramming software that allows the potential of
ware tool that allows the user to unlock the full Ekip electronic trip units to be fully realized. Us-
potential of circuit breakers, improving the effi- ing Ekip Connect, the user can manage power, ac-
ciency of the electrical plant. quire and analyze electrical values, and test pro-
A circuit breaker is an essential part of any electri- tection, maintenance and diagnostic functions.
cal system that guarantees that the day-by-day Just as Emax 2 has evolved into a true power man-
processes can be performed safely and continu- ager that has simplified the electrical plant, so
ously. For this reason, it is vital that the installa- too has Ekip Connect software become the user’s
tion and use of the circuit breaker is made as er- key to access the full capability of the breaker.
ror-free and simple as possible.
From commissioning to implementation, through
monitoring, testing and analysis, Ekip Connect is
the perfect tool for guiding the user in the man-
agement of ABB circuit breakers throughout the
whole product life cycle.
Breaker Start-up
Record events Export report
CB diagnostic Logic activation
Perform tests Configure system

parameters
Test
Set protections View CB status

—
Ekip connect
—
Ease of use
Panel builders
- 50% commissioning time Imagine you are a panel builder. You have to commission a circuit breaker and you
need to save time. You can! Using Ekip Connect it is possible to cut commission-
ing time by up to 50%. Providing a stress-free interaction with the device com-
plexity, Ekip Connect 's easy-to-use software has all the answers.
Ekip Connect’s simple and intuitive interface means that, from the very start, it is
possible to easily navigate through the tool and access every circuit breaker oper-
ation. At a glance, the user can see all the information he needs, giving him the
possibility to quickly and effectively assess any situation.
—
Full exploitation
Facility manager
100% full exploitation Imagine you are a facility manager. You need to perform fast and precise diagno-
of your device
sis in order to have everything under control and avoid failures. You can! Using
Ekip Connect you can exploit the full capabilities of your device and thanks to the
customizable dashboard you can organize the functions displayed, just the way
you want it. It is possible to manage all the CB settings and specifications directly
with Ekip Connect, making it the perfect instrument for exploring and using the
breaker.
Diagnostics are easy too: It is possible to consult and download the log of events,
alarms and unit trips, thereby facilitating the identification and understanding of
any anomalies.
This software able to manage all ABB low-voltage circuit breakers equipped with
an electronic trip unit, giving a full integration of air and molded case circuit
breakers.
—
Product enhancement
Consultant/system
integrator Imagine you are a consultant or a system integrator and you want to implement
Complex logic at your
advanced features while avoiding the risk of errors. You can! Using Ekip Connect
fingertips
it’s possible to implement complex logic with a few clicks of your mouse.
To add, set and manage advanced functions has never been so easy. Automatic
transfer switch logic, load shedding, advanced protection and demand manage-
ment can be managed and
easily set through the Ekip Connect software.
Expand software features by purchasing and downloading software packages for
advanced functions directly using Ekip Connect.
—
Accessing the full potential of the circuit breaker is finally possible.
Thanks to Ekip Connect software, you can achieve complete utilization
of the breaker and more with a few clicks of your mouse.
Configuration Monitoring & analysis

• Set protections • View CB status and measure
• Configure system and • Read events list
communication parameters • CB diagnostic
• Breaker start-up
Product implementation Test Testing & reporting

• Set advanced protections Check correct functionality
• Logic activation Perform tests
• Enable advanced functions Export report
—
Ekip Connect is available
for free download at
http://www.abb.com/
abblibrary/Download-
Center/
—
Ekip View
—
• Dynamic mimic panel; after automatic scanning
Ekip View is the software for of the network, for each of the devices found,
Ekip View proposes a dynamic symbol that sum-
supervising devices connected to marizes the most important information (sta-
a communication network that tus, electrical measurements, alarms). The ex-
tensive library of electrical symbols enables the
uses the Modbus RTU or Modbus entire electrical system to be depicted in detail.
TCP protocol.
• Analysis of trends; the instantaneous and past
It is the ideal tool for all applications that require: trends of currents, powers and power factors
• remote control of the system, are represented graphically and can be exported
• monitoring of power consumption, into Microsoft Excel for detailed analysis.
• fault detection of the system,
• allocation of energy consumption to the differ- • Reports; advanced reports can be created re-
ent processes and departments, garding system and communication network di-
• preventative planning of maintenance. agnostics. Using the Alarm Dispatcher option,
the user can receive the most important notifi-
The main characteristics of Ekip View are: cations via text message.
• Engineering free and ready to use software
which guides the user in the recognition and • Access via web to the installation, thanks to
configuration of the protection units without Ekip View's Web Server function.
the need for any supervision system engineer-
ing activities.
Ekip View Software

Communication characteristics
Protocol Supported Modbus RTU Modbus TCP
Physical layer RS 485 EtherNet™
Maximum data exchange rate 19200 bps 100 Mbps
Operating system Windows XP, Windows 7, Windows Vista
Devices supported
SACE Emax 2 trip units Ekip com Modbus RS485 Ekip com Modbus TCP
SACE Emax,T7,X1,T8 trip units PR120/D-M, PR330/D-M -
SACE Tmax T trip units PR222DS/PD, PR223DS -
SACE Tmax XT trip units Ekip com -
Third party devices optional 1) optional 1)
Licences available - up to 30 2) controllable devices - up to 30 2) controllable devices
- up to 60 2)
controllable devices - up to 60 2) controllable devices
- unlimited number 3) controllable devices - unlimited number 3) controllable devices
Supervision and control functions
Opening and Closing of circuit breakers 4)
Electrical value trends
Log of electrical value trends
Dynamic installation mimic panel
Automatic scanning
Centralized synchronizing of time
Web server function 6) 5) 5)
Currents
Voltages
Powers
Energies
Harmonics
Network analyzer
Data logger
Setting of thresholds
Resetting of alarms
Diagnostics
Device alarms
Communication system alarms
Events log
Generation of Reports
Maintenance
Number of trips
Wear of contacts
Other data
local/remote mode
1) Contact ABB SACE to integrate other devices in the Ekip View software 5) two client web accesses included in the licence
2) can be increased 6) according to the values supported by the trip units
3) within the physical limit of the protocol used 7) circuit breakers equipped with auxiliary contacts for position indication
4) circuit breakers equipped with Ekip com Actuator module and electrical accessories
—
ABB Ability Electrical Distribution
Control System
— • Control
Set up alerts and notify key personnel, and re-
ABB Ability™ Electrical Distribution motely implement an effective power manage-
Control System is the innovative ment strategy to achieve energy savings in a
simple way.
cloudcomputing platform
designed to monitor, optimize and ABB Ability™ Electrical Distribution Control Sys-
tem also provides access on a multi-site level -
control the electrical system. monitoring and comparing the performances of
different facilities at the same time. In addition, it
Part of the ABB Ability™ offering, ABB Ability™ allows profiling of the users’ experience accord-
Electrical Distribution Control System is built on a ing to the level of access they require. According
state-of-the-art cloud architecture for data col- to the customer needs and application, the user
lection, processing and storage. This cloud archi- can choose between two configurations to con-
tecture has been developed together with nect the system to ABB Ability™ Electrical Distri-
Microsoft in order to enhance performance and bution Control System: embedded or external.
guarantee the highest reliability and security The first, just a cartridge-type module, the inno-
Through a compelling web app interface, ABB vative Ekip Com Hub, has to be provided to Emax
Ability™ Electrical Distribution Control System 2 circuit breaker.
assists anytime and anywhere via smartphone, The second, the Ekip E-Hub module has to be
tablet or personal computer so the user can: mounted on DIN-rail.
• Monitor
Discover plant performance, supervise the elec- Embedded solution with Ekip Com Hub
trical system and allocate costs. Emax 2 equipped with the new Ekip Com Hub es-
• Optimize tablishes the cloud connection for the whole
Schedule and analyze automatic reports, im- switchboard. This dedicated cartridge type com-
prove the use of assets and take the right busi- munication module just needs to be inserted into
ness decision. the terminal box and connected to the internet.
External solution with Ekip E-Hub For any further information please visit our web-
The Ekip E-Hub module can be mounted on DIN site : http://new.abb.com/low-voltage/launches/
rail to collect data throughout the system. abb-ability-edcs.
Moreover, it is possible to connect sensors for en-
vironmental parameters (temperature, water,
gas) via both analog and digital I/O.
Modules for Wi-Fi or GPRS connection are pro-
vided as optional features.
ACCESSORIES 97
—
CHAPTER 6
Accessories
98-98 Functional areas
99-99 Standard supply
100-114 Accessories for circuit-breakers
101-103 Signalling
104-106 Control
107-107 Safety
108-109 Protection devices
110-111 Connections
112-114 Interlocks and switching devices
115-125 Accessories for Ekip trip units
117-117 Power supply
117-118 Connectivity
119-120 Signalling
120-123 Measurements and protection
124-124 Displaying and supervision
125-125 Testing and programming
126-127 Service
—
Functional areas
The new SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers have been designed to
optimize the installation and commissioning of accessories.
The front of the circuit-breaker features two func- The auxiliary connection terminal box also fea-
tional areas, which are protected by separate covers: tures two areas:
Accessories area for the installation of accesso- • Terminal area for housing and inserting the ter-
ries inside the circuit-breaker and Ekip trip unit. minals for wiring the auxiliary connections. The
The areas dedicated to accessories can be ac- terminals can be wired first and then installed
cessed by removing the flange and the accesso- on the circuit-breaker terminal box, thereby fa-
ries covers. On removal, the operating mecha- cilitating cable connection for the operator.
nism area remains segregated and protected,
providing safety for operators. • Cartridge module area, housing for the Ekip
modules. These are installed directly on the up-
• Safety area, which delimits the housing of the per part of the circuit-breaker or of the fixed
stored energy operating mechanism of the cir- part without having to remove the Ekip elec-
cuit-breaker. To carry out maintenance on the tronic trip unit, thereby minimizing the time re-
operating mechanism, the covers of the acces- quired for the installation and commissioning
sories and safety area must be removed. of accessories.
ACCESSORIES 99
—
Standard supply
The fixed versions of SACE Emax 2 automatic cir- The withdrawable versions of automatic circuit-
cuit-breakers and switch-disconnectors are al- breakers and switch-disconnectors are always sup-
ways supplied as standard with the following ac- plied as standard with the following accessories:
cessories: • closed circuit-breaker racked-out mechanism lock
• IP30 protection for switchgear door • lifting plates for E2.2 ... E2.6 circuit-breakers
• lifting plates for E2.2 … E6.2 circuit-breaker • lever for racking in and racking out
• front terminals for E1.2 circuit-breaker • anti-insertion lock.
• adjustable rear terminals for E2.2 … E6.2 cir-
cuit-breaker, mounted in HR – HR configuration. In addition, for withdrawable automatic circuit-
breakers only:
In addition, for fixed automatic circuit-breakers • four standard open/closed auxiliary contacts -
only: AUX 4Q 400V
• four standard open/closed auxiliary contacts - • four terminals for auxiliary connections
AUX 4Q 400V • mechanical signalling of the tripping of the pro-
• four terminals for auxiliary connections tection trip unit - TU Reset
• mechanical signalling of the tripping of the pro- • contact signalling tripping of Ekip protection
tection trip unit - TU Reset trip unit S51 250V.
• contact signalling tripping of Ekip protection
trip unit S51 250V. The fixed parts feature:
• IP30 protection for switchgear door
• anti-insertion lock
• standard shutter lock – SL
• adjustable rear terminals, mounted in HR – HR
configuration.
100
—
Accessories for circuit-breakers
SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers offer a wide range tion and installation requirements of every cus-
of accessories developed to satisfy the applica- tomer.
Automatic Switch- Derived versions

circuit-breaker disconnector
E1.2 E2.2 - E1.2 E2.2 - CS MT MTP
E4.2 - E4.2 - E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2
E6.2 E6.2
Signalling
Standard open/closed auxiliary contacts - AUX 4Q / / / / - -
Open/closed auxiliary contacts - AUX 6Q - / - / - -
Open/closed auxiliary contacts- AUX 15Q / / / / - -
Auxiliary position contacts - AUP
Ready to close signalling contact - RTC / / / / - - -
TU Reset mechanical signalling of the tripping of protection trip unit - TU Reset / / - - - - -
Contact signalling tripping of Ekip protection trip unit - S51 / / - - - - -
Second contact signalling tripping of Ekip protection trip unit - S51/2 - / - - - - -
Contact signalling loaded springs – S33 M/2 (supplied with Motor) / / / / - -
Control
Opening and closing release - YO/YC / / / / - - *
Second opening and closing release - YO2/YC2 / / / / - - -
Undervoltage release - YU / / / / - - -
Electronic time-delay device for undervoltage release - UVD / / / / - - -
Motor - M / / / / - -
Remote reset - YR / / - - - - -
Opening and closing release test unit - YO/YC Test Unit / / / / - - *
Safety
Key lock and padlock in open position - KLC and PLC / / / / - -
Key lock and padlock in racked-in / test / racked-out position - KLP and PLP
Shutter lock - SL
Lock for racking-out mechanism with circuit-breaker in closed position
Lock for racking in / racking out the mobile part when the door is open - DLR - - - -
Lock to prevent door opening when circuit-breaker is in racked-in /
- -
test position - DLP
Lock to prevent door opening when circuit-breaker is in closed position - DLC / / / / - -
Anti-insertion lock / / / /
Mechanical operation counter - MOC / / / / - -
Protection devices
Protection device for opening and closing pushbuttons - PBC / / / / - -
IP30 Protection / / / / - -
IP54 Protection / / / / - -
Terminal covers - HTC / LTC / - - - - - -
Separators - PB / / / / - - -
Connections
Orientable rear terminal - HR/VR / / / / - -
Front terminal - F / / - -
Other configurations / / / / - -
Interlocks and switching devices
/ / / / / / / /
Mechanical interlock - MI - - -
Automatic transfer switches - ATS / / / / - - -

Standard accessory for fixed circuit-breaker Standard accessory for fixed part
Accessory on request for fixed circuit-breaker Accessory on request for fixed part
Standard accessory for mobile part * Only closing release YC
Accessory on request for mobile part
ACCESSORIES 101
Signalling
Open / closed auxiliary contacts - AUX (Fig. 01A/B/C)
SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers can be equipped with auxiliary contacts that signal the open or closed
status of the circuit-breaker. The first block of four standard contacts is always provided with the auto-
matic circuit-breakers. The switching contacts are available in the following configurations:
Open / closed auxiliary contacts (AUX 4Q) E1.2 E2.2 … E6.2
4 auxiliary standard
contacts digital signals
— mixed
Fig. 01-A
Open / closed supplementary auxiliary contacts (AUX 6Q)
6 auxiliary standard -
contacts digital signals -
mixed -
Open / closed external supplementary auxiliary contacts (AUX 15Q)
15 auxiliary standard
contacts digital signals
—
Fig. 01-B Maximum number of open / closed 19 25
auxiliary contacts that can be installed
Standard contact Contact for digital signals

Type changeover contacts changeover contacts
Minimum load 100mA @ 24V 1mA @ 5V
Breaking capacity
DC 24V - 0.1A
125V 0.3A @ 10ms -
250V 0.15A @ 10ms -
AC 250V 5A @ cosϕ 1 -
—
Fig. 01-C 5A @ cosϕ 0.7 -
5A @ cosϕ 0.3 -
400V 3A @ cosϕ 1 -
2A @ cosϕ 0.7 -
1A @ cosϕ 0.3 -
—
Electrical diagram reference: figures 1, 81, 91
Aux 6Q is an alternative to the Ekip Signalling 4K module. AUX 15Q is an alternative to the mechanical
interlock (MI), the DLC for E1.2 lock or the DLP lock if mounted on the right side.
102
—
Auxiliary position contacts - AUP (Fig. 02A/B)
When the circuit-breaker is a withdrawable version, the position of the mobile part can be signalled
electrically by accessorizing the fixed part with one of the following signalling contact units:
Auxiliary position contacts (AUP) E1.2 E2.2 … E6.2
5 standard -
supplementary
—
auxiliary digital signals -
Fig. 02-A
contacts
Maximum number of auxiliary position
6 10
contacts that can be installed

Breaking capacity
—
Fig. 02-B DC 24V - 0.1A
125V 0.3A @ 0ms -
250V 0.15A @ 0ms -
AC 250V 5A @ cosϕ 1 -
5A @ cosϕ 0.7 -
5A @ cosϕ 0.3 -
400V 3A @ cosϕ 1 -
2A @ cosϕ 0.7 -
1A @ cosϕ 0.3 -
—
Ready to close signalling contact - RTC (Fig. 03)

The ready to close signalling contact – RTC – indicates that the circuit-breaker is ready to receive the closing
command. The circuit-breaker is ready to close when the following conditions have been met:
• circuit-breaker open
• springs loaded
• no opening command or locks on the opening command
• circuit-breaker reset following tripping of Ekip protection trip unit.
Type Switching
Breaking capacity
24V - 0.1
DC
—
250V 0.5A @ 0ms / 0.2A 10ms -
Fig. 03 AC 250V 3A @ cosϕ 0.7 -
—
Electrical diagram reference: figure 71
ACCESSORIES 103
Mechanical signalling of the tripping of protection trip unit - TU Reset (Fig. 04)
The automatic circuit-breakers are always equipped with a mechanical device that signals
the tripping status of the protection trip units. After the Ekip trip unit has tripped due to an electrical
fault, the signalling device clearly indicates the tripping status on the front of the circuit- breaker. The
— circuit-breaker can be reset only after the signalling pushbutton has been restored to its normal oper-
Fig. 04 ating position. The device conforms to the Ansi 86T standard.
Emax 2 is fitted with the anti-pumping function. With the anti-pumping function the opening order al-
ways takes priority over a closing order. Moreover, when the Circuit Breaker is in open position due to a
trip, the anti-pumping function allows the reclosing of the operating mechanism only after a reset of
the trip, avoiding improper or accidental closing.
Contact signalling tripping of protection trip unit Ekip – S51 (Fig. 05)
The contact signals the opening of the circuit- breaker after the Ekip protection trip unit has tripped.
The circuit-breaker can only be closed after the “TU Reset” tripped trip unit mechanical signalling push-
button has been restored to its normal operating position.
The switching contact, which is always supplied with the standard version of the automatic cir-
cuit-breakers, is also available on request in a version for digital signals (for electrical characteristics,
please refer to the RTC contact). It can also be associated with an optional accessory for resetting by
—
remote control - YR. For electromechanical characteristics, please refer to the RTC contact.
Fig. 05 For E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 it is possible to double the signal for the tripping of the Ekip Trip Unit specifying
the dedicated code for the S51/2. The S51/2 is an alternative of the YR contact.
—
Contact signalling loaded springs – S33 M/2

This contact is always supplied with a geared motor; it remotely signals the spring status of the circuit-
breaker operating mechanism. It is available in both standard version and version for digital signals.

Breaking capacity
DC 24V - 0.1A
125V 0.3A @ 0ms -
250V 0.15A @ 0ms -
AC 250V 5A @ cosϕ 1 -
5A @ cosϕ 0.7 -
5A @ cosϕ 0.3 -
400V 3A @ cosϕ 1 -
2A @ cosϕ 0.7 -
1A @ cosϕ 0.3 -
—
104
—
Control
Opening and closing release- YO/YC (Fig. 06)
The opening and closing releases enable the circuit-breaker to be controlled remotely. Opening
is always possible, while closing is available only when the closing springs of the operating mechanism
are loaded and the circuit-breakers is ready to close. The releases operate by means of minimum im-
pulse current duration time of 100 ms.
Furthermore, they can operate in permanent service. In this case, if opening command is given by
means of the opening release, the circuit-breaker can be closed by de-energizing the opening release
and, after a time of at least 30 ms, by controlling the closing.
The circuit breaker operating mechanism has an anti-pumping function that ensures safety and reli-
ability.
—
Electrical diagram reference: figures 75, 77
—
Fig. 06
Second opening and closing release - YO2/YC2

For certain installations the redundancy of mechanisms and circuit-breaker operating circuits is
often requested. To answer these needs, the SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers can be equipped
with double opening release and double closing release. The technical characteristics of the second
opening release remain the same as those of the first opening and closing release. A double closing re-
lease can be used for E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 circuit-breakers; a second open release in an alternative to un-
dervoltage release.
—
General characteristics
Power supply (Un) AC DC
24V
30V
48V
60V
110V…120V
120V…127V
220V…240V
240V…250V
380V…400V -
415V…440V -
480V…500V -
YO/YO2: 70%...110% Un
Operating limits (IEC60947-2 standards)
YC/YC2: 85%...110% Un
Inrush power (Ps) 300VA 300W
Continuous power (Pc) 3.5VA 3.5W
Opening time (YO/YO2)
E1.2 35 ms
E2.2 … E6.2 35 ms
Closing time (YC/YC2)
E1.2 50 ms
E2.2 … E6.2 70 ms
ACCESSORIES 105
Opening and closing release test unit - YO/YC Test Unit

The opening and closing releases test unit helps ensure that the various version of releases are running
smoothly, to guarantee a high level of reliability in controlling circuit-breaker opening.
The test unit ensures the continuity of the opening and closing releases with a rated operating
voltage between 24V and 250V (AC and DC), as well as verifies the functions of the opening and closing
coil electronic circuit. Continuity is checked cyclically with an interval of 30s between tests. The unit
has optic signals via LEDs on the front, which provide the following information:
POWER ON: correct power supply of the YO/YC Test Unit
OPEN ON: coil switch absent, power supply absent or insufficient, interrupted cables
SHORT ON: coil switch failure, short-circuited cables
OPEN and SHORT FLASHING: faulty coil switch or incorrect supply
OPEN and SHORT OFF: correct operation of the coil switch.
Two relays with one change-over area also available on board the unit, to allow remote signalling of the
following events:
Failure of a test - resetting takes place automatically when the alarm stops
Failure of three tests - resetting occurs only by pressing the manual RESET on the unit.
Characteristics of device
Auxiliary power supply 24V...250V AC/DC
Specification of the signalling relays
Maximum interruped current 6A
Maximum interrupted voltage 250V AC
Undervoltage release – YU (Fig. 07)

The undervoltage release opens the circuit- breaker when there is a significant voltage drop or power
failure. It can be used for safe remote tripping, for blocking closing or to control the voltage in the pri-
mary and secondary circuits. The power supply for the release is therefore obtained on the supply side of
the circuit-breaker or from an independent source. Circuit-breaker closing is permitted only when the re-
lease is powered. The undervoltage release is an alternative to as second shunt trip or the anti-racking
out device. The circuit-breaker is opened with trip unit power supply voltages of 35-70% Un. The cir-
cuit-breaker can be closed with a trip unit power supply voltage of 85-110% Un.
24V
30V
— 48V
Fig. 07
60V
110V…120V
120V…127V
220V…240V
240V…250V -
380V…400V -
415V…440V -
480V…500V -
Inrush power (Ps) 300VA 300W
Continuous power (Pc) 3.5VA 3.5W
Opening time (YU)
E1.2 30 ms
E2.2 … E6.2 50 ms
—
106
—
Time-delay device for undervoltage release (UVD) (Fig. 08)
The undervoltage release can be combined with an electronic time-delay device for the circuitbreaker,
allowing for delayed external tripping with adjustable preset times. Use of the delayed undervoltage
trip unit is recommended to prevent tripping when the power supply network for the trip unit is subject
to brief voltage drops or power supply failures. Circuit-breaker closing is inhibited when it is not pow-
ered. The time-delay device must be used with an undervoltage release with the same voltage.
Power supply (UVD) AC DC
24-30V -
— 48V
Fig. 08
60V
110-127V
220-250V
Adjustable opening time (YU + D): 0.5-1-1.5-2-3 s
Resetting remotely- YR
The reset coil YR permits remote resetting of the circuit-breaker after a release has tripped due to an
overcurrent condition. It is available for all automatic circuit-breakers, in different voltage supply:
24V
110V
220V
Operating limits 90%...110% Un
—
Motor – M (Fig. 09A/B)

The motor automatically loads the closing springs of the circuit-breaker. The device, which can be in-
stalled from the front, automatically reloads the springs of the operating device when they are un-
loaded and power is present. In the event no power is present, the springs can be manually loaded by a
dedicated lever on the operating device. The motor is always supplied with the limit switch contact S33
M/2 which signals the status of the springs.
24V-30V
48V-60V
100V…130V
220V…250V
—
Fig. 09A 380V…415V -
440V…480V (E2.2 ... E6.2) -
Operating limits (IEC60947-2 standards) 85%...110% Un
Inrush power (Ps) 300VA E1.2 300W E1.2
500VA E2.2 ... E6.2 500W E2.2 ... E6.2
Inrush time 200ms
Continuous power (Pc) 100VA E1.2 100W E1.2
150VA E2.2 ... E6.2 150W E2.2 ... E6.2
Charging time
E1.2 8 sec
E2.2 … E6.2 7 sec
—
—
Fig. 09B
ACCESSORIES 107
Safety
Key lock in open position - KLC (Fig. 10)
Due to these safety devices, the SACE Emax 2 circuit-breaker can be locked in the open position. The
lock can also be used during maintenance activities when the shield of the accessories area is removed.
The device is available with lock with different keys – KLC-D (for only one circuit- breaker) or with the
same keys – KLC-S (for several circuit-breakers). Four different key numbers are available for the KLC-S.
SACE Emax 2 also allows alternative key lock to be installed. The following key lock set-ups are also
available:
• Ronis
• STI
• Kirk
• Castell
— In this case, the key locks must be supplied by the customer.
Fig. 10
Padlocks - PLC (Fig. 11)

These padlock options allow the circuit-breaker to be kept open by acting directly on the mechanical
operating device (opening pushbutton). Three different padlock versions are available:
• Locking device with plastic structure for up to a maximum of three padlocks of 4 mm
• Locking device with metal structure for up to a maximum of two padlocks of 8 mm
• Locking device with metal structure for one padlock of 7 mm or for padlock holders
The padlocks must be supplied by the customer. This device is an alternative to the PBC.
Key lock in racked-in / test / racked-out position - KLP (Fig. 12)

This device enables the mobile part to be locked in one of the three positions: racked-in, test
and racked-out. This device can be supplied with locks with different keys – KLP-D or with the same
keys – KLP-S.
A second key lock option can be added for a maximum of two key locks per breaker. Locking in the
racked-in, test and racked-out positions can be achieved by using other key locks – KLP-A.
Adapters are offered for acceptance of Ronis, STI, Kirk and Castell locks, which are to be provided by
the customer. With the exception of the Castell version, every circuit-breaker can accept up to two key
—
locks. Moreover, it is possible to allow locking only when in the racked-out position with a supplemen-
Fig. 11
tary accessory.
Padlock in racked-in / test / racked-out position - PLP (Fig. 13)

This device can hold up to three padlocks of 8 mm in diameter. The structure housing the padlocks can
also be used in combination with the 2 lock KLP keylock option. Furthermore, it enables the lock of the
moving part in the racked-out position only by means of the supplementary lock in racked-out position.
Shutter lock – SL
When the mobile part is in the test position, the shutters of the fixed part close, maintaining the insula-
tion distance and physically segregating the live parts of the of the cradle from the internal breaker
compartment of the cradle. Using two dedicated mechanisms, the upper and lower shutters can be
locked independently of one another. The shutter lock is always supplied with the fixed part of the
— SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers and locks the shutters, using a maximum of three padlocks of 4 mm, 6
Fig. 12 mm or 8 mm.
—
Fig. 13
108
—
Protection devices
Lock for racking-out mechanism with circuit- breaker in closed position (Fig. 14)
All SACE Emax 2 withdrawable circuit-breakers are always supplied with a lock that prevents the mobile
part from being racked in and racked out when the circuit- breaker is in the closed position. To rack in
the mobile part, the circuit-breaker must be in the open position.
—
Fig. 14 Lock for racking in / racking out the mobile part when the door is open - DLR
This accessory, which is mounted on the fixed part, prevents the mobile part from being racked in or
out when the switchgear door is open.
Lock to prevent door opening when the circuit- breaker is in racked-in / test position - DLP (Fig. 15)
This safety device prevents the switchgear door from being opened when the mobile part of the with-
drawable version of the circuit-breaker is in the racked-in or test position.
The circuit-breaker can only be racked in when the door is open, which is then closed. This accessory
can be installed on either the right-hand or left-hand side of the fixed part. It is available for cir-
—
Fig. 15
cuit-breakers E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2.
If mounted on the right side, it is an alternative to the mechanical interlock, the AUX 15Q or the DLC.
Lock to prevent door opening when the circuit- breaker is in the closed position - DLC (Fig. 16)
This prevents the compartment door from being opened when the circuit-breaker is in the closed posi-
tion (and with the circuit-breaker racked in for withdrawable circuit-breakers).
It also blocks the circuit breaker from closing when the compartment door is open. DLC for E1.2 is an al-
ternative to the mechanical interlock and the AUX 15Q. DLC direct door for E2.2...E6.2 is compatible
—
with mechanical interlocks type A-B-D and the AUX 15Q. DLC cable door for E2.2...E6.2 is not compati-
Fig. 16 ble with mechanical interlock. DLC cable door for E2.2... E6.2 is compatible with the AUX 15Q.
Anti-insertion lock
The withdrawable circuit-breakers are equipped with special locks that allow the mobile part to
be inserted only into the corresponding fixed part.
Mechanical operation counter - MOC (Fig. 17)

The number of mechanical operations is often one of the elements that determines the frequency of or-
dinary maintenance operations on circuit-breakers. With this mechanical operation counter, which is al-
ways visible on the front of the circuit-breaker, the user knows how many mechanical operations the
device has performed.
—
Fig. 17
ACCESSORIES 109
Protection device for opening and closing pushbuttons - PBC (Fig. 18)
This accessory is applied to the safety cover of the circuit-breaker and is available in two
versions:
• Pushbutton protection device, which blocks operations on both the opening and closing pushbuttons
unless the special key is used.
• Padlockable pushbutton protection device, which makes it possible to block either or both pushbut-
tons and lock the covers in place. It does not trip the breaker as a standard "Padlock device" would.
• PBC is an alternative to PLC padlocks.
IP30 Protection (Fig. 19)

Supplied with every circuit-breaker, the cover frame is installed on the door of the switchgear
to achieve IP30 degree of protection on the front part of the circuit-breaker.
IP54 Protection (Fig. 20)

— This transparent cover completely protects the front of the circuit-breaker, enabling an IP54 degree of
Fig. 18
protection to be achieved. This accessory is provided with double key lock (same or different keys).
Terminal covers – HTC / LTC (Fig. 21)

These accessories are installed over in the terminal area, thereby reducing the risk of direct contact
with the live parts of the circuit-breaker. Two versions are available for E1.2: HTC high terminal covers
and LTC low terminal covers.
Separators - PB (Fig. 22)

These protection devices increase the insulation distance between adjacent phases. They are available
for all the frames.
— 0-ARC Distance top cover

Fig. 19
This accessory allows the circuit-breakers to reach the 0-arc distance performance. Installable on the
fixed part of E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 gives the possibility to dimension the cubicle at the same height of the
fixed part. The 0-arc distance top cover is not compatible with the AUP auxiliary contacts IEC version,
but alternatively it is possible to install the AUP auxiliary contacts UL version.
—
Fig. 20
—
Fig. 21
—
Fig. 22
110
—
Connections
The SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers offer a wide va-
riety of terminals, thereby always guaranteeing
an optimal solution for connection to the power
circuit.
Solution for fixed circuit-breakers
Type Abbreviation E1.2 E2.2 E4.2 E6.2

Single stab design
Iu = 2000A Iu = 3200A Iu = 5000A

HR
Rear adjustable terminal *
VR Multiple stab design
Iu = 2500A Iu = 4000A Iu = 6300A
Single stab design
Iu = 2000A Iu = 3200A
Horizontal rear spread terminal SHR
Multiple stab design
Iu = 2500A Iu = 4000A
Single stab design
Iu = 2000A Iu = 3200A
Vertical rear spread terminal SVR
Iu = 2500A Iu = 4000A
Extended front terminal EF
Front terminal F
Front spread terminal ES
Terminal for cable

FcCuAl
FcCuAl 4x240mm2
Standard configuration
Configuration on request
(*) The adjustable terminals are supplied as standard in the HR – HR configuration.
ACCESSORIES 111
Solutions for fixed parts, withdrawable circuit-breakers

Single stab design
Iu = 2000A Iu = 3200A Iu = 5000A

HR
Rear adjustable terminal *
VR Multiple stab design
Iu = 4000A Iu = 6300A
Iu = 2500A
Iu = 3200A** or X performance
Single stab design
Iu = 2000A Iu = 3200A
Horizontal rear terminal SHR
Iu = 2500A Iu = 4000A
Single stab design
Iu = 2000A Iu = 3200A
Vertical rear spread terminal SVR
Iu = 2500A Iu = 4000A
Front terminal F
Extended front terminal EF
Front spread terminal ES
Terminal for cable

Fc CuAl
FcCuAl 4x240mm2
Flat terminal FL
Standard configuration
Configuration on request
(*) The adjustable terminals are supplied as standard in the HR – HR configuration.
(**) Fixed parts with Iu 3200A acesssorized with rear orientable terminals with multiple stabs guarantee higher performances in switchboard installations.
112
—
Interlocks and switching devices
Mechanical interlocks
These interlock systems enable various opening
and closing configurations to be obtained be-
tween two or three circuit-breakers. Four types of
interlock configuration are available:
Types of interlock Possible application Logic Circuit-breakers

Type A
Excludes the possibility of having two Main line power supply and emergency Available between
1 2
circuit-breakers in the closed position power supply. circuit-breakers of
at the same time. O O different sizes and
with any fixed /
I O withdrawable version
O I

Type B
Permits a pair of circuit-breakers to be Two power supplies from transformers 1 2 3 Available between
closed if the third is open. The latter can and one emergency power supply. E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2
only be closed when the pair is open. O O O circuit-breakers
and with any fixed /
I O O withdrawable version
O O I
I O I
O I O
Type C
Permits two out of three circuit-breakers Two half-busbars can be powered by a 1 2 3 Available between
to be closed at the same time. single transformer (bus-tie closed) or by E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2
both at the same time (bus-tie open). O O O circuit-breakers
O I O
O O I

O I I
I I O
I O I
Type D
Permits one out of three interlocked Three power supplies on the same busbar 1 2 3 Available between
circuit-breakers to be closed. that must not operate in parallel. E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2
O O O circuit-breakers

O I O
O O I

ACCESSORIES 113
The mechanical interlocks offer multiple solu- ATS022 is also designed for the connection of an
tions for installation that simplify their integra- auxiliary supply, which enables the use of further
tion into the switchgear. The interlocks can be functions.
mounted: The ATS021 and ATS022 devices carry out control
• vertically VR of both power supply lines and also analyze:
• horizontally HR • phase imbalance;
• mixed L • frequency imbalance;
• phase loss.
Different types of interlocks can be supplied ac- In addition to the standard control functions, the
cording to the maximum distance between two ATS022 unit also permits:
interlocked breakers: • the priority line to be selected;
Configuration Type A Type B, C, D
• a third circuit-breaker to be controlled;
• the device to be integrated into a supervision
Horizontal 2750mm 1600mm
system with Modbus communication (auxiliary
Vertical 1000mm 1000mm
supply needed);
Breakers E1.2 -
• parameters to be read and set, and measure-
E2.2
ments and alarms to be displayed by means of a
E4.2
graphical display.
E6.2
Typical applications are: supply of UPS (Uninter-

For B, C and D types, the maximum distance be-
rupted Power Supply) units, operating rooms and
tween the two furthest breakers is 3200mm for
primary hospital services, emergency power for
horizontal configurations and 2000mm for verti-
civil buildings, airports, hotels, databases and
cal configurations. It is possible to make the me-
telecommunication systems and power supply of
chanical interlock among three circuit-breakers
industrial lines in continuous processes.
disposed in 'L position' by using the cables of
For correct configuration, each circuit-breaker
three horizontal circuit-breakers interlock. Make
connected to the ATS021 or ATS022 device must
sure the distance between the horizontal and ver-
be fitted with the following accessories:
tical circuit-breakers respects the minimum and
• mechanical interlock;
maximum distance. All cables can be cut to guar-
• motorized control of opening and closing;
antee easy installation in switchboards.
• contact for signalling status (open / closed) and
Mechanical interlocks are not compatible with AUX
contact for signalling tripping;
15Q, the lock for preventing door opening when
• contact for signalling circuit-breaker racked in
the circuit breaker is in the closed position (DLC)
(for withdrawable circuit-breaker).
or when the circuit breaker is in the racked in or
test position (DLP). if mounted on the right side.
External Automatic Transfer Switches ATS

The ATS (Automatic Transfer Switch) is a net-
work-unit transfer device used in installations
where switching from the main power line to an
emergency line is required in order to ensure that
power is supplied to the loads in the case of
power loss or abnormalities from the main line.
These devices are able to control the entire trans-
fer procedure automatically, but also offer com-
mands for performing the procedure manually.
The new generation of ATSs (ATS021 and ATS022)
offers the most advanced and complete solution
for ensuring service continuity. The ATS021 and
ATS022 devices can also be used with all auto-
matic circuit-breakers and switch-disconnectors
of the Tmax XT family. The ATS021 and ATS022 de-
vices have been designed to be self-powered.
114
—
Technical characteristics
ATS021 ATS022
General Auxiliary supply voltage Not required Not required
(24-110V DC is required only for
Modbus communication and
systems of 16 2/3 Hz)
Supply voltage, Un Max 480V AC Max 480V AC
Frequency, fn 50, 60 Hz 16 2/3, 50, 60, 400 Hz
Dimensions H mm 96 96
H W mm 144 144
W
D D mm 170 170
Type of installation Installation on front of switchgear Installation on front of
Installation switchgear Installation
on DIN rail on DIN rail
Operating mode Automatic/Manual Automatic/Manual
Characteristics Monitoring of normal and emergency line
Control of circuit-breakers on normal and emergency line
Setting start-up of generator
Setting switch-off of generator with settable time delay
Third circuit-breaker -
Selection priority line -
Modbus Rs485 communication -
Display -
Environmental Protection degree IP20* IP20*
conditions Operating temperature -20 … +60 °C -20 … +60 °C

Humidity 5% - 90% without condensation 5% - 90% without condensation
Operating Undervoltage -30% … -5% Un -30% … -5% Un
thresholds Overvoltage +5% …+30% Un +5% …+30% Un
Frequency thresholds -10% / +10% fn -10% … +10% fn
Tests Test Mode
Mode Test Gen set
Standards Electronic devices for use in electrical installations EN-IEC 50178 EN-IEC 50178
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 50081-2 EN 50081-2
EN 50082-2 EN 50082-2
Environmental conditions IEC 68-2-1 IEC 68-2-1
IEC 68-2-2 IEC 68-2-2
IEC 68-2-3 IEC 68-2-3
Electrical diagram reference: figures 100,101 and 102.

* IP54 available with 1SCA101001R1001 accessory
ACCESSORIES 115
—
Accessories for Ekip trip units
The electronic trip unit accessories enable utiliza-
tion of all the potential of Ekip protection trip
units in terms of signalling, connectivity, protec-
tion functions and testing.
Electronic trip unit

Ekip DIP Ekip Touch Ekip Hi-Touch Ekip G Touch Ekip G Hi-Touch
Power supply
Ekip Supply
Battery for Ekip trip units
Connectivity
Ekip Com
Ekip Com Redundant
Ekip Com Actuator
Ekip Link
Ekip Bluetooth
Signalling
Ekip Signalling 2K
Ekip Signalling 4K (1)
Ekip Signalling 10K
Ekip Power Controller
Measurement and Protection
Ekip Measuring Pro
Ekip Measuring
Ekip AUP
Ekip RTC
Ekip Synchrocheck
Ekip LCD
Rating Plug
Homopolar toroid
Toroid for differential protection
Current sensor for neutral conductor
outside the circuit-breaker
Displaying and Supervision
Ekip Multimeter
Ekip Control Panel
Testing and Programming
Ekip TT
Ekip T&P
Ekip T&P: Ekip Programming
Standard accessory
Accessory on request
(1)
not available for E1.2
116
—
All accessories are automatically recognized by
the Ekip units without the need for any specific
configuration. Based on the installation method
and connection of the trip units, the electronic
accessories can be divided into:
Installation Modules Highlights

Terminal box Cartridge modules: - The Ekip Supply module enables the trip units to be supplied with a wide range of control voltages
- Ekip Com - The Ekip supply module must be present for the other modules to be used
- Ekip Link
- Ekip 2K - The Ekip Supply module has a dedicated position in the installation area in the terminal box;
- Ekip Supply the other modules can be installed as desired in the positions available
- Ekip Synchrocheck - When fitted with the Ekip Supply module, up to 2 additional modules can be installed on E1.2, and
up to 3 on E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2
Accessorizing Ekip LCD - These are installed in specific housings from the front of the circuit-breaker
area Ekip Com Actuator - For all the trip units with a touch screen interface, an LCD version is available with any adjustment
Ekip RTC in the protection and measurements functions
Ekip AUP
- Thanks to the optional modules Ekip RTC and Ekip AUP, all the Ekip trip units can acquire and
Ekip Measuring
monitor the ready to close state and the racked-in/test isolated/racked-out position of the circuit-
Ekip Signalling 4K
breaker. The module to acquire the open/closed position is supplied as standard for all Ekip trip
Rating Plug
units.
Battery for Ekip
- The Ekip Signalling 4k module increases the remote signalling possibilities for E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2
and can be installed if the Ekip Supply module or another 24V auxiliary power supply is present
Ekip trip unit Ekip T&P - These can be connected to the front test port of the trip units even with the device in operation
test port Ekip TT - Compatible also with the SACE Tmax XT range
Ekip Bluetooth
External Ekip Multimeter - Ekip Multimeter can supply a 24V DC output to the trip unit it is connected to
Ekip Control Panel - Several Ekip units and / or Ekip Signalling 10K can be connected at the same time to the same Ekip
Ekip 10K trip unit
External neutral sensor - These are connected to the trip unit by the terminal box of the circuit-breaker
Homopolar toroid
Differential toroid
ACCESSORIES 117
Power supply
Ekip Supply Power Supply module (Fig. 23)
The Ekip Supply module supplies all Ekip trip units and modules present on the terminal box
and of the circuit-breaker with several auxiliary power (in AC or DC) available in the switchgear.
The module is mounted in the terminal box and permits the installation of the other advanced
modules. It can be field installed at any time.
Two versions are available according to the control voltage available:
• Ekip Supply 110-240V AC/DC
• Ekip Supply 24-48V DC
—
Fig. 23
Connectivity (Fig. 24)

The Ekip Com modules enable all SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers to be integrated in an industrial commu-
nication network for remote supervision and control of the circuit-breaker. They are suitable for all dis-
tribution and generator protection versions of the Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch trip units. Since they are
mounted in the terminal box, communication can be maintained with
withdrawable circuit-breakers, even while in the racked-out position. Several Ekip Com modules can be
installed at the same time, thereby enabling connection to communication systems that use different
protocols.
The Ekip Com modules for Modbus RTU, Profibus-DP and DeviceNet™ contain a terminating resistor
and dip switch for optional activation to terminate the serial network or bus.
The Profibus-DP module also contains a polarization resistor and dip switch for its activation.
The Ekip Com modules are supplied complete with auxiliary position contacts Ekip AUP and
—
Fig. 24
ready to close circuit-breaker contacts Ekip RTC.
For industrial applications where superior reliability of the communication network is required,
the Ekip Com R communication modules, installed together with the corresponding Ekip Com modules,
guarantee redundant connection to the network.
The Ekip Com modules enable Ekip trip units to be connected to networks that use the following protocols:
Protocol Ekip Com Module Ekip Com Redundant Module
Modbus RTU Ekip Com Modbus RS-485 Ekip Com R Modbus RS-485
Modbus TCP Ekip Com Modbus TCP Ekip com R Modbus TCP
Profibus-DP Ekip Com Profibus Ekip Com R Profibus
Profinet Ekip Com Profinet Ekip Com R Profinet
EtherNet/IP™ Ekip Com EtherNet/IP™ Ekip Com R EtherNet/IP™
DeviceNet™ Ekip Com DeviceNet™ Ekip Com R DeviceNet™
IEC61850 Ekip Com IEC61850 Ekip Com R IEC61850
Open ADR Ekip Com Open ADR –
Cloud connectivity Ekip Com Hub –
—
Electrical diagram reference: figures from 51 to 57. Redundant version from 61 to 66.
118
—
Ekip Link Module (Fig. 25)
The Ekip Link module enables the SACE Emax 2 circuit-breaker to be connected to ABB communication
system for locally supervising switchgear by means of the Ekip Control Panel and to act as Power Con-
troller. It is suitable for all Ekip trip units and can be factory or field installed in time to the cir-
cuit-breaker terminal box, even when Ekip Com communication modules are present. In this way, it is
possible to have both local supervision of the control panel by means of the Ekip Control Panel and su-
pervision of the system by means of the Ekip Com modules connected to the communication network.
The Ekip Link modules are supplied complete with auxiliary position contacts Ekip AUP and ready to
close circuit-breaker contacts Ekip RTC.
—
Ekip Com Hub (Fig. 26)

Ekip Com Hub is the new communication module for Emax 2 cloud-connectivity.
Emax 2 equipped with Ekip Com Hub can establish the connection to Ekip SmartVision for the whole
low-voltage power distribution panel. This dedicated cartridge-type communication module just needs
— to be inserted into the terminal box and connected to the internet.
Fig. 25
For further information related to Ekip SmartVision, please visit the dedicated website
http://new.abb.com/low-voltage/launches/ekip-smartvision.
—
Fig. 26
Ekip Com Actuator module (Fig. 27)

The Ekip Com Actuator module enables the SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers to be opened and closed re-
motely. The Ekip com Actuator is optional and can be ordered for all Ekip trip units equipped with Ekip
Com or Ekip Link modules; it is installed on the front of the circuit-breaker in the right-hand accessories
area.
—
Ekip Bluetooth wireless communication unit (Fig. 28)

Ekip Bluetooth permits remote connection with the trip unit by portable PC, tablet or smart phone on
which Ekip Connect software has been installed. The device is connected to the front test connector
—
Fig. 27 found on all Ekip trip units in SACE Emax 2 and SACE Tmax XT circuitbreakers and supplies power by
means of a rechargeable Li-ion battery.
—
Fig. 28
ACCESSORIES 119
Signalling
Ekip 2K Signalling modules (Fig. 29)
The Ekip 2K Signalling modules supply two input and two output contacts for control and remote sig-
nalling of alarms and circuit-breaker trips. They can be programmed from the trip unit’s display or
through the Ekip Connect software. Furthermore, when using Ekip Connect, combinations of events
can be freely configured. They are suitable for all distribution and generator protection versions of the
Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch trip units. Three versions of the Ekip 2K Signalling modules are available: Ekip
2K-1, Ekip 2K-2, Ekip 2K-3. In this way, a maximum of three modules for E2.2, E4.2, E6.2, and two for E1.2
can be installed at the same time.
—
—
Fig. 29
Ekip 3T Signalling modules

The Ekip 3T Signalling modules supply three analog inputs for thermo-resistances PT1000 and one ana-
log input 4-20mA for external sensors. Through the Ekip Connect software is possible to set different
thresholds and link them to a digital signal. The Ekip 3T Signalling modules are suitable for all distribu-
tion and generator protection versions of the Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch trip units. Two versions of the
Ekip 3T Signalling modules are available: Ekip 3T-1, Ekip 3T-2.
Ekip 4K signalling module (Fig.30)

The Ekip 4K Signalling module, available for E2.2 – E4.2 – E6.2, supplies four input contacts and four
output contacts for control and remote signalling. It can be programmed from the trip unit’s display or
through the Ekip Connect software. Furthermore, when using Ekip Connect, combinations of events
can be freely configured.
It is installed in the housing provided in the front left of distribution and generator protection versions of
the Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch trip units, without having to remove the trip unit itself and is an alternative to
the AUX 6Q auxiliary contacts unit.
—
Ekip 10K signalling unit (Fig. 31)

—
Fig. 30
Ekip 10K Signalling is an external signalling unit designed for DIN rail installation for SACE Emax 2 auto-
matic circuit-breakers. The unit provides ten contacts for electrical signalling of timing and tripping of
protection devices.
If connected via the Ekip Connect software, the contacts can be freely configured in association
with any event and alarm or combination of both.
Several Ekip 10K Signalling (max 4) can be installed at the same time on the same Ekip trip unit.
The Ekip 10K Signalling module can be powered either by direct or alternating current and can be con-
nected to all the trip units via internal bus or Ekip Link modules.
—
—
Fig. 31
120
—
Ekip Signalling Modbus TCP (Fig. 32)
It is an external signalling unit designed for DIN rail installation. Function of the signalling module is to
share, via an Ethernet network with Modbus TCP communication protocol, information about the state
of circuit-breakers that might not have the ability to provide such information via Ethernet, and also to
allow these circuit-breakers to be operated via remote control.
Characteristics of output contacts Number of contacts

Type Monostable Ekip 2K Ekip 4K Ekip 10K
Maximum switching voltage 150V DC / 250V AC
Maximum switching current
30V DC 2A 2 4 10
output output output
50V DC 0.8A
+2 +4 + 11
150V DC 0.2A input input input
250V AC 4A
— Contact/coil insulation 1000 Vrms (1min @50Hz)
Fig. 32
Ekip 10K signalling unit power supply

Auxiliary supply 24-48V DC, 110-240V AC/DC
Voltage range 21.5-53V DC, 105-265V AC/DC
Rated power 10VA/W
Inrush current 1A for 10ms
Signalling contacts for Ekip trip units (Ekip RTC and Ekip AUP) Ekip trip units can acquire the status of
circuit-breaker ready to close (RTC) and the racked-in, test, or racked-out position though the optional
signalling contacts Ekip RTC and Ekip AUP. These contacts, housed in the accessories area of the cir-
cuit-breakers, are available with Ekip Dip, Ekip Touch and Ekip Hi-Touch.
— Ekip COM communication modules and Ekip Link modules are always supplied with Ekip AUP and
Fig. 33
Ekip RTC contacts. (Fig. 33)
Measurement and protection

Ekip Measuring module (Fig. 34)
The Ekip Measuring module enables the trip unit to measure the phase and neutral voltages, powers
and energy.
The Ekip Measuring module is installed on the front, right housing of the distribution protection
versions of the Ekip Touch trip units, without having to remove the trip unit itself. The voltage connec-
tions are installed by default on the lower terminals, but can be altered to the upper terminals on re-
quest. The measuring module requires no external connection since it is connected internally to the
lower or upper terminals of Emax 2. If necessary, the voltage outlet connection can be moved outside
the circuit-breaker by using voltmetric transformers and the alternative connection positioned in the
terminal box. The use of external connections is obligatory for rated voltages that are higher than 690V.
The module must be disconnected for dielectric strength tests on the main busbars.
—
Fig. 34 —
Electrical diagram reference: figures 20, 21, 22, 23
ACCESSORIES 121
Ekip Measuring Pro module (Fig. 35)

The module has the same connection and installation characteristics as the Ekip Measuring module. In
addition, the Ekip Measuring Pro version offers:
• Protection features voltage and power values
• Ekip trip unit power supply from busbar voltage (for line voltages greater than 85V)
• LED signalling when voltage is detected on the main busbars.
The Ekip Measurement Pro module comes standard with the Ekip Hi-Touch, Ekip G Touch and
Ekip G-Hi Touch trip units.
—
Fig. 35
Ekip Synchrocheck (Fig. 36)

This module enables the control of the synchronism condition when placing two lines in parallel. The
module can be used with distribution and generator protection versions of the Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch
trip units equipped with the Ekip Measuring Pro module.
Ekip Synchrochek measures the voltages from two phases of one line through an external transformer
and, compares them to the measured voltages at the breaker utilizing the Ekip Measuring Pro Module. An
output contact is available, which is activated upon reaching synchronism, and enables the cir-
cuit-breaker to be closed by means of wiring with the closing coil.
Characteristics of output contacts Number of contacts

Type Monostable Ekip Synchrocheck
Maximum switching voltage 150V DC / 250V AC
Maximum switching current
— 30V DC 2A
Fig. 36
1
50V DC 0.8A output
150V DC 0.2A
250V AC 4A
Contact/coil insulation 1000 Vrms (1min @50Hz)
—
(Phase)
220Vac
Vbar1 (Neutral)
SYNCRO
Supply
Ekip Ekip
G Touch Measuring
operating
External operating
YC
(synchronizing
mechanism (synchronizing
unit or manual
unit manualoperating
operating
mechanism)
Vbar2
122
—
Ekip LCD display interface (Fig. 37)
For installations in particularly aggressive environments, as low temperatures, high humidity or presence
of dust or chemical agents, the Ekip protection trip units can be requested with an LCD black and white
display interface with pushbuttons for navigation. This version guarantees excellent immunity by inte-
grating all functions, with regard to protection devices, measuring devices and the possibility of intro-
—
ducing accessories, available on the colour touch screen.
Fig. 37
Rating Plug (Fig. 38)

The rating plugs are field interchangeable from the front on all trip units and enable the protection
thresholds to be adjusted according to the actual rated current of the system.
This function is particularly advantageous in installations that may require future expansion or
in cases in which the power supplied needs to be limited temporarily (e.g. mobile Gen Set). The Overload
—
Fig. 38 (L) protection function can be disabled at any time by using an L OFF version of the rating plug. There is a
matching L OFF version for each standard version of rating plug.
Circuit-breaker Rating plugs available (both in standard and L OFF versions)

E1.2 400-630-800-1000-1250-1600
E1.2 250 100-200-250
E2.2 400-630-800-1000-1250-1600-2000-2500
E2.2 250 100-200-250
E4.2 400-630-800-1000-1250-1600-2000-2500-3200-4000
E6.2 400-630-800-1000-1250-1600-2000-2500-3200-4000-5000-6300
Special rating plugs are also available for differential protection against earthing faults in combination with
a suitable toroid to be installed externally.
Circuit-breaker Rating plug available for Rc protection

E1.2 400-630-800-1250
E1.2 250 100-200-250
E2.2 400-630-800-1250-2000
E2.2 250 100-200-250
E4.2 400-630-800-1250-2000-3200-3600-4000
ACCESSORIES 123
Current sensor for neutral conductor outside the circuit-breaker (Fig. 39)
This is only for three-pole circuit-breakers; it enables protection of the neutral conductor to be
achieved through connection to the Ekip trip unit. It is supplied on request.
—
—
Fig. 39
Homopolar toroid for the earthing conductor of main power supply (Fig.40)
The distribution and generator protection versions of the Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch trip
units can be used with an external toroid positioned, for example, on the conductor that
connects the star centre of the MV/LV transformer to earth (homopolar transformer): in this
case, the earth protection is called Source Ground Return. There are four sizes of the toroid:
100A, 250A, 400A, 800A. The homopolar toroid is an alternative to the toroid for differential
protection.
—
—
Fig. 40
Toroid for differential protection (Fig. 41)

Connected to the Ekip Touch and Hi-Touch LSIG trip units equipped with a rating plug for
differential protection, this toroid enables earth fault currents of 3…30A to be monitored.
To be installed on the busbar system, it is an alternative to the homopolar toroid.
—
—
Fig. 41
124
—
Displaying and supervision
Ekip Multimeter Display on front of switchgear (Fig. 42)
Ekip Multimeter is a display unit to be installed on the front of the switchgear for SACE Emax 2 cir-
cuit-breakers equipped with Ekip electronic trip units. The device, 96mmx96mm sized, is equipped
with a large touch screen display and enables measurements to be displayed with the same levels of
precision. If connected to trip units with a display, Ekip Multimeter enables the adjustment of parame-
ters and protection thresholds. Up to 4 Ekip Multimeter devices can be connected at the same time to
the same Ekip protection trip unit to display currents, voltage, powers and energy.
—
Fig. 42
Ekip Multimeter can be powered either in direct current (24-48V DC or 110-240V DC) or in alternating
current (110-240V AC). It is equipped with a 24V DC output that supplies the trip unit to which it is con-
nected.
Power supply 24-48V DC, 110-240V AC/DC

Tolerance 21.5-53V DC, 105-265V AC/DC
Rated Power 10VA/W
Inrush current 2A for 20ms
Ekip Control Panel on front of switchgear (Fig. 43)

The Ekip Control Panel enables the SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers connected to the Ekip Link system to
be controlled and monitored.
The panel is supplied already equipped with supervision software and requires no programming. Ekip
Control Panel requires a 24V DC power supply and is equipped with:
• 2 RJ45 EtherNet ports for connection to the Ekip Link system and to the local network for remote con-
trol via web server option
—
Fig. 43 • 1 RS485 serial port for integration of the Modbus network if it is to be used with circuitbreakers of
the Tmax series
• 4 USB ports for downloading data.
ACCESSORIES 125
Testing and programming

Ekip TT testing and power supply unit (Fig. 44)
It also allows a trip unit not provided with auxiliary power supply to be supplied with power so that the
last protection device tripped can be displayed directly on the screen or by the lighting up of corre-
sponding LEDs. Ekip TT is a device that allows you to verify that the circuit-breaker trip mechanism is
functioning correctly (trip test).
The device can be connected to the front test connector of any Ekip trip unit of SACE Emax 2 to set pro-
— tection functions setting.
Fig. 44
Ekip T&P testing kit (Fig. 45)

Ekip T&P is a kit that includes different components for programming and testing the electronic
protection trip units.
The kit includes:
• Ekip T&P unit;
• Ekip TT unit;
— • adaptors for Emax and Tmax trip units;
Fig. 45
• USB cable to connect the T&P unit to the Ekip trip units;
• installation CD for Ekip Connect and Ekip T&P interface software.
The Ekip T&P unit is easily connects from your PC (via USB) to the trip unit (via mini USB) with the cable
provided.
The Ekip T&P unit can perform simple manual or automatic tests on the trip unit functions. The Ekip
T&P will also provide the ability to conduct more advanced function testing that allows the addition of
harmonics and the shifting of phases to more accurately represent the real conditions of an applica-
tion. Thus, leading to more concise protection function parameters that may be required for critical
applications. It can also generate a test report as well as help you to monitor maintenance schedules.
Ekip Programming Module (Fig. 46)

The Ekip Programming module is used for programming Ekip trip units via USB to a PC using
the Ekip Connect software that can be downloaded on-line. This can be useful for uploading/
downloading entire sets of parameters for multiple breakers both for set-up as well as for
maintenance (for periodic cataloging breaker parameters in case of a catastrophic situation).
—
Fig. 46
—
Service
Extended warranty Warranty coverage:

For ABB Low Voltage circuit breakers, extending -- Any possible issues related to circuit breaker
the 1-year standard factory warranty to up to quality for the complete extra warranty time
5 years has never been so simple. -- Accessories mounted by the factory only.
Extended warranty activation can be requested
after the online registration in the Extended War-
ranty tool. This web-tool verifies that the applica-
tion of the circuit breaker is within the recom-
mended guidelines, and grant the registration of
the circuit breaker.
When end users details are registered, one year of
extra warranty is offered free-of-charge.
Extended Warranty can be ordered by following
the steps:
1) Registration in the online tool (Extended War-
ranty Tool) to verify the application.
2) Extended Warranty part number(s) and regis-
tration code received by email
3) Place the order of the circuit breaker(s) to-
gether with:
-- Extended warranty part number(s)
-- Unique registration code
Delivery from factory End of year 1 End of year 2 End of year 3 End of year 4 End of year 5
Free warranty
Standard factory when site details
warranty are registred
Standard factory
Standard factory
3 years extra warranty
warranty
warranty
Standard factory
Standard factory
4 years extra warranty with site details registred
warranty
warranty
ACCESSORIES 127
Spare parts • Main board

The following original and guaranteed spare • Lifting plates
parts are available: • Main board + Sensors + cables
• Accessories and Safety Covers • Operating mechanism
• Closed Door lock lever • Racked in and out device
• Closing Spring • Racking in and out lever
• Conversion kit from Fixed to Moving part • Safety shutters for fixed part
• Conversion kit from Moving Part into Fixed • Side walls
version • Sliding contacts/ Terminal Box
• Conversion kit into Switch Disconnector MS • Transparent cover
• Earth sliding contacts • Trip coil
• Fixing screws kit • Trip Unit Battery
• Arching chambers • Tripping mechanism
• Jaw contacts • Spring charging device
• Moving part Terminals • Spring Charging lever.
• Poles
• Kit front cover plugs For further details, please refer pag 296-301 or to
• Lateral guides for Fixed and Moving part ABB SACE Spare Parts Catalogue
• Left and Right plates for accessories (1SDC001007D0203).
(Left MID, Right MID)
I N S TA L L AT I O N 129
—
CHAPTER 7
Installation
130-137 Circuit-breaker
131-131 Sizes
132-132 Versions
133-133 Poles
134-134 Terminals
135-135 Degree of protection
135-135 Power losses
136-136 Temperature derating
137-137 Current-limiting curves
138-141 Installation environment
138-138 Temperature
138-138 Environmental conditions
139-139 Vibration
139-139 Electromagnetic compatibility
142-144 Installation in switchgear
142-142 Position
142-142 Power supply
142-142 Insulation distances and connection
143-143 Earthing connection
144-144 Busbar types
144-144 Accessories
145-152 Performance in switchgear
—
Circuit-breaker
The new SACE Emax 2 family maintains the characteristics of
strength and reliability that have always distinguished the
tradition of ABB SACE air circuit breakers.
The new SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers, available Safety is guaranteed thanks to the double insula-
in four sizes, are extremely compact due to their tion of the live parts and total segregation of the
new dimensions: with reduced depths and phases. Furthermore, the new functional design
heights, combined with standarized widths, they of the SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers has been de-
provide the answer to the most stringent installa- veloped with the purpose of improving installa-
tion requirements. tion operations and use of the devices and acces-
sories; making them simple, intuitive and safe.
Distinctive characteristics Benefits

- Ekip protection trip units are interchangeable from front of circuit breaker Reduced times during the stages of:
- Rapid configuration of the Ekip trip units - installation
- wiring
- Electronic modules can be installed on terminal box without removing the electronic trip - configuration
units and protection shield - commissioning
- Electrical plug-in accessories can be installed from the front of circuit breaker - maintenance
- New push-in terminal box allows rapid auxiliary connections
Simplicity of Increased level of safety
use and safety - Horizontal or vertical rear connections can be modified on-site by turning 90°
- Accessorizing logic common to the entire family of circuit breakers
- Accessory cabinet and terminal box are stamped with accessory codes for easy identification
- Accessories area is separated functionally from the safety area
- Mechanical safety locks in open position are active when the shield is removed
- Guided racking in and out of the mobile part
Sizes • Opportunities, optimization of the dimensions

The SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers, available in 4 of the electrical switchgear results in a poten-
sizes up to 6300A, provide: tial reduction in the consumption of the materi-
• Versatility, where installation space is a critical als used.
and influential factor, such as naval applica-
tions, wind turbine towers or switchgear
6300A
4000A
2500A
1600A
Emax E1.2 Emax E2.2 Emax E4.2 Emax E6.2

—
Circuit-breaker
Versions The fixed version, which is connected directly to
The SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers are available in power system through the circuit breaker termi-
both fixed and withdrawable versions. The with- nals, is recommended in applications in which the
drawable version is recommended in applica- need for space means that compact products are
tions in which service continuity is a fundamen- required without compromising the performance
tal requirement. and possibility of fitting accessories.
Replacement of the moving part with a new de-
vice does not require any intervention on power
connections or on auxiliary connections, thus
permitting reset in the shortest time possible.
1. Moving part Fixed Withdrawable

2. Sliding contacts
3. Fixed part
4. Terminal box
5. Racking-out 2
mechanism
6. Racking-out
guide rails 4 4
7. Pushbuttons
8. Data label and
accessories
1
3
7 7
6
8 8
5
Poles are available with neutral set at 50 percent of nor-

SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers are available in three- mal supply and with full-sized neutral, so that the
pole and four-pole versions and can be used in all customer does not need to oversize the neutral
types of distribution systems. Furthermore, with unless strictly necessary.
the possibility of connecting the external current
L1 L2 L3
sensor, three-pole circuit breakers can be used ef- The standard supplied circuit breakers are suitable
ficiently even in systems in which the neutral confor connection of phases in the sequence L1, L2, L3
ductor cannot be isolated. for three-pole circuitbreakers, or N, L1, L2 and L3
for four-pole circuit breakers with neutral on the
The four-pole circuit breakers E1.2, E2.2 and E4.2 left; a special optional kit enables the position of
are always provided with full-size neutral pole with the circuit breaker neutral to be changed to the
rated uninterrupted current-carrying capacity right, making the sequence L1, L2, L3, N available
L1 L2(refer N
L3to page 9/53 L1 L2 L3
identical to the phase poles. The E6.2 circuit- for the commercial codes).
breakers, thanks to their construction modularity,
Circuit-breaker Standard version Optional version with neutral on the right

Three-pole Four-pole Four-pole
Emax E1.2 L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 N
Emax E2.2
Emax E4.2
Emax E6.2
N L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3 N
L1 L2 L3 N
—
Circuit-breaker
Terminals the standard width of busbar for that amperage
The integration of the circuit breaker in the elec- and is equipped with one, two or three terminal
trical system is simplified because of the connec- stabs for easy connection to multiple bus runs
tion terminals of the circuit breakers. that may be required for the application.For par-
The silver-plated copper terminals are designed ticular installation requirements, the circuit
to assist installation of connecting bars accord- breakers can be equipped with different combi-
ing to the change in the rated capacity of the cir- nations of terminals for the upper and lower part.
cuit- breaker. Each terminal has been created to
Rear adjustable HR
F, W F, W F, W F, W
terminal (1) VR
Horizontal rear
SHR W F, W F, W F, W
spread terminal
Vertical rear
SVR F, W F, W
spread terminal
Front terminal F F F, W F, W F, W
Extended front
EF F, W
terminal
Front spread
ES F, W
terminal
Terminal for cable

Fc CuAl F, W
FcCuAl 4x240mm2
Flat terminal FL W W W
(1) The rear adjustable terminals are supplied as standard in the HR-HR configuration.
Degree of protection Power losses

The SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers guarantee the To guarantee the performance of the electrical
following degrees of protection: switchgear in terms of rated uninterrupted cur-
• IP20 for circuit breakers in fixed or with- rent-carrying capacity, the design of the electrical
drawable versions, excluding the terminals. switchgear must take into consideration the
• IP30 for the front parts of the circuit breaker power losses of the apparatus and by live parts
when installed in switchgear with IP30 flange installed.
mounted on the door.
• IP54 for circuit breakers equipped with optional These power losses are measured according to
IP54 transparent flange fixed on the door in IEC60947 product standard. The values given in
front of the switchgear. the table below refer to total power for three and
four pole circuit breakers with balanced loads
with a current flow equal to rated uninterrupted
current "Iu" at 50/60Hz.
Circuit-breaker type Iu 630A 800A 1000A 1250A 1600A 2000A 2500A 3200A 4000A 5000A 6300A
E1.2 B/C/N [W] 31 50 78 122 201 - - - - - -
E2.2 B/N/S/H [W] - 34 53 83 136 212 267 - - - -
Fixed
E4.2 N/S/H/V [W] - - - - - - - 425 465 - -
E6.2 H/V/X [W] - - - - - - - - 309 483 767
E1.2 B/C/N [W] 62 100 156 244 400 - - - - - -
E2.2 B/N/S/H [W] - 72 113 176 288 450 550 - - - -
Withdrawable
E4.2 N/S/H/V [W] - - - - - - - 743 900 - -
E6.2 H/V/X [W] - - - - - - - - 544 850 1550
—
Circuit-breaker
Temperature derating carrying capacity at the reference temperature:
Under certain installation conditions, the circuit- therefore the derating coefficients shown in the
breakers can operate at higher temperatures than table must be applied. Percentage values refer to
the reference temperature of 40 °C. In this case withdrawable and fixed circuit breaker.
the current-carrying capacity of the circuit- If not specified, all data refer to a copper accord-
breaker may be lower than the rated current- ing to IEC60947.
Emax 2 E1.2 Cross section Temperature [°C]

<40 45 50 55 60 65 70
E1.2 250 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
E1.2 630 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
E1.2 800 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
E1.2 1000 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
E1.2 1250 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
E1.2 1600 100% 100% 100% 98% 95% 93% 90%
E1.2 1600 1200 mm 2 100% 100% 100% 100% 97% 95% 92%

<40 45 50 55 60 65 70
E2.2 250 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
E2.2 800 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
E2.2 1000 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
E2.2 1250 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
E2.2 1600 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 98%
E2.2 2000 100% 100% 100% 100% 95% 91% 87%
E2.2 2500 100% 100% 100% 100% 98% 94% 90%

<40 45 50 55 60 65 70
E4.2 2000 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
E4.2 2500 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
E4.2 3200 3000 mm 2 100% 100% 97% 93% 89% 86% 82%
E4.2 (*) 3200 3000 mm 2 100% 100% 100% 100% 95% 93% 89%
E4.2 4000 4000 mm 2 100% 100% 97% 93% 89% 86% 83%
(*) Three stabs terminal kit only for withdrawable version

<40 45 50 55 60 65 70
E6.2 4000 4000 mm 2 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
E6.2 5000 5000 mm 2 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 98% 95%
E6.2 6300 6000 mm 2 100% 100% 95% 91% 87% 84% 81%
Current-limiting curves These features ensure rapid interruption which

The SACE Emax 2 series features a series of cur- consequently reduces electromechanical and
rent-limiting circuit breakers in sizes E1.2 up to thermal stress on the system during a short-cir-
1600A. These circuit breakers are distinguished cuit.
constructively by: The current-limiting circuit breakers are distin-
• Dedicated stored energy operating mechanism, guished by short-time withstand currents Icw
which reduces opening times. that are not particularly high and therefore not in-
• Specific main contacts that, utilizing the elec- dicated for applications in which chronoampero-
trodynamic forces generated by the short-cir- metric selectivity is required with several down-
cuit current, accelerate opening of the main stream devices or in which devices are present
contacts. with high inrush current in the start-up stage.
Current-limiting curves Current-limiting curves of specific let-through energy
E1.2 L E1.2 L
—
Installation environment
— In addition, ABB provides instructions for the use
of circuit breakers in nonstandard environments,
SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers as for example personalized maintenance pro-
have been designed and tested in gram or installation solutions aimed at increasing
performances and extending the lifecycle of the
accordance with major circuit breaker.
international Standards to
manage the electrical plant.
Temperature
The installation requirements prescribed by the SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers can operate in the
international Standards are listed below. following environmental conditions:
Temperature (°C)
Operating Active Display Storage
Emax 2 with Ekip DIP -25°C … +70°C - -40°C … +70°C
Emax 2 with Ekip Touch -25°C … +70°C -20°C … +70°C -30°C … +70°C
Emax 2 with LCD -25°C … +70°C -25°C … +70°C -40°C … +70°C
Emax 2 swith-disconnectors -25°C … +70°C - -40°C … +70°C
Environmental conditions Altitude

The devices can be installed in industrial environ- SACE Emax 2 air circuit breakers do not undergo
ments with pollution level 3, IEC60947. SACE changes in rated performance up to 2000 metres.
Emax 2 circuit breakers also comply with: Beyond this altitude, the properties of the atmo-
• IEC60721-3-6 class 6C3 sphere in terms of composition, dielectric capaci-
• IEC60721-3-3 class 3C2 tance, cooling power and pressure can vary and,
therefore, the performance of the circuit breakers
is subject to derating, which can be measured by
means of the variation in maximum rated service
voltage and rated uninterrupted current.
Altitude [m] 2000 3000 4000 5000

Rated service voltage - Ue Versions 690V [V] 690 607 538 470
Versions 1150V [V] 1150 1012 897 782
Rated current [% In] 100 98 93 90
An installation at 3000 m of a 690V AC rated ser- Electromagnetic compatibility

vice voltage can be an explicative example. The use of specific devices in industrial installa-
The altitude, as shown in the table, may cause a tions may cause electromagnetic interference in
derating which precludes the use of a standard the electrical system. SACE Emax 2 circuit break-
automatic circuit breaker. To use a circuit breaker ers have been developed and tested for electro-
at a 690 V AC service voltage, a 1,150 V AC version magnetic compatibility in accordance with IEC
has to be used. This version, even after derating, 60947-2, Appendices J and F.
fulfils the service voltage required. In addition,
the selection of the circuit breakers has to be
based on the short -circuit performance required
by the application.
Vibration
The circuit breakers have been tested according to:
• IEC60068-2-6
• From 1 to 13 Hz with amplitude 1mm
• From 13 to 100 Hz with constant acceleration
0.7g
• IEC60721-3-1
• Storage: 1M3
• IEC60721-3-2
• Transport: 2M2
• IEC60721-3-3
• Operational conditions: 3M2
• Shipping registers or certifications
—
Installation environment
Due to the four construction sizes and the re- of the compartments of electrical switchgear,
duced insulation distances required, SACE Emax 2 thereby providing a rational solution to the cus-
circuit breakers optimize the installation spaces tomers’ application needs.
Emax E1.2 Emax E2.2 Emax E4.2 Emax E6.2

1600 A 2500 A 4000 A 6300A
300...400 400...600 600...800 1000...1200

SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers enable the design of • Metal frame and structure: reduced volumes
electrical switchgear to be improved, optimiza- also mean less surface space is used for panels
tion in terms of performance and also in the use and internal structures.
of the main materials:
• Space: the optimization of the individual units
• Copper: thanks to the possibility of developing benefits the entire switchgear, which is more
compact units, the length of the distribution compact and can therefore be installed taking
system / busbar can be minimized. up less surface space.
Traditional circuit breaker Emax E2.2 3p Iu 2500A

3p Iu 2500A
Efficiencies with Emax 2:

Possibility of saving in
copper
Possibility of saving
in metal frame,
segregation and plates
Possibility of saving in
the installation surface
600 400 200

—
Installation in switchgear
Position Power supply
All SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers can be floor The Emax 2 circuit breakers can be supplied, from
mounted in a vertical position inside the switch- either the upper or lower terminals. In the event a
gear compartment. measurement module is present, in order to make
The E1.2 circuit breaker can also be installed in a use of all information when the circuit breaker is
horizontal position and wall mounted. Conve- in the open position, the voltage sockets must be
niently, the screens of the Ekip Touch and Hi- installed on the power supply side.
Touch versions rotate to a horizontal view for key
data when the E1.2 is installed horizontally.
Insulation distances and

connection
The circuit breakers can be connected to the main Installation of live parts must ensure:
power system using the most common configura- • Minimum insulation distances between the
tions and dimensions of copper bars. phases
Rated insulation voltage Ui Minimum distance [mm]

1000V for voltages upper to 440V in fixed circuit breakers,
please use phase separators
• Insulation distance of installation cubicle
Fixed circuit breakers Withdrawable circuit breakers

A B C D A B C D
[mm] 3p 4P [mm] 3p 4P
E1.2 250 322 382.5* 130 E1.2 280 350 440* 252
E2.2 400 490 500 221 E2.2 400 490 500 355
E4.2 500 600 500 221 E4.2 500 600 500 355
E6.2 900 1000 500 221 E6.2 900 1000 500 355
E6.2/f - 1200 500 221 E6.2/f - 1200 500 355
* 332.5mm for voltage less ≤ 440V AC * 390mm for voltage less ≤ 440V AC
C
B A
B A
• Anchorage plates switchgear. To minimize this, fastening plates

The electrodynamic force released during a must be positioned near the circuit breaker ter-
short-circuit can cause high levels of mechanical minals.
stress on the devices and structures of the
500/
L [mm]: Max distance of the first anchorage plate from the circuit breaker terminals
19.69
450/ E1.2 E2.2 E4.2 E6.2

17.72
400/
15.75
350/
13.78
300/
11.81
250/
9.84
200/
7.87
150/
5.91
100/
3.94
40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
Ipk [kA]: Peak current
• Tightening torques
The following table indicates the values required
for connecting the circuit breaker terminal and
the connecting bars.
Terminals E1.2 E2.2 / E4.2 / E6.2

Modifiable HR/VR rear 40 Nm 70 Nm
Spread rear 40 Nm 70 Nm
Front 40 Nm 70 Nm
Extended front 40 Nm 70 Nm
Spread front 70 Nm 70 Nm
Front for cables 43 Nm 70 Nm
• Segregation plates and separator plates

The rear part of the circuit breaker has been de-
signed with specific slots in which insulating
walls can be housed to facilitate segregation of
live parts. In addition, phase separators are avail-
able as optional accessories.
Earthing connection • If the continuity of the circuit breaker frame

To achieve continuity and equal potential of with the switchboard earthing is guaranteed by
earthing between the Emax 2 circuitbreaker the metal contact (support) between the circuit
and the protection circuit of the switchboard, breaker and the metal structure of the switch-
customers can do either of the options below: board (which is a part of the protective circuit)
• Connect the Emax 2 fixed circuit breaker or the no connection is necessary (provided that no
fixed part of the withdrawable circuit breaker to panels of insulating material are interposed be-
the protective circuit by means of a cable with tween the circuit breaker and the metal frame
suitable crosssectional area to fulfil the require- of the switchboard).
ments of clause 10.5.2 of the Standard IEC Emax E1.2, fixed version, does not require any
61439-1. earthing connection.
14 4 SACE EMAX 2 LOW VOLTAGE AIR CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
—
Installation in switchgear
Busbar types Accessories

The circuit breakers, via the terminals, can be The SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers offer a wide
connected to the main distribution system by range of accessories that improve safety levels
busbars of different types: copper, silver-plated for technicians working on the switchgear and
copper and tinned aluminium when the main dis- circuit breakers. Furthermore, thanks to the dif-
tribution system is made of aluminium. ferent types of mechanical interlock available,
The circuit breakers can be connected directly pre-determined coordination strategies can be
with copper or aluminium cables in the case of achieved between the circuit breakers. In detail:
E1.2 circuit breakers, or indirectly by cable-carry- • Horizontal and vertical interlocks between
ing bars in the case of E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2. circuit breakers
• Door lock with circuit breaker in closed position
• Switchgear door lock in racked-in/out position
• Lock of racked-out mechanism with door open
• External lock of shutters
• Flange for switchgear door IP30 and IP54
For further information of the operation of acces-
sories, see chapter 5.
—
Performance in switchgear
The many types of switchgear that can be created and the installation and
environmental conditions can considerably influence the performance of the
circuit breaker. In this regard, SACE Emax 2 circuit breakers offer the best
solution for improving the capacity in switchgear.
The following application situations have been
assessed by taking into consideration the main
factors that can influence the performance of the
circuit breaker in switchgear:
• Type of switchgear
• Switchgear degree of protection
• Segregation form 3
• Size of circuit breaker
• Number of devices connected at the same time
in the unit
• Type of terminal and connection
• Ambient temperature Ta (IEC61439-1 )
• Withdrawable circuit breakers
• Maximum withstand temperature for the termi-
nal 120° C
—
The following tables provide an indication of the

performance of the apparatus inside the switch-
gear. The data shown are a summary of software
model simulations and real tests.
SACE Emax 2 E1.2 B C N Circuit-breaker

Switchgear dimensions 2200x400x600 (HxWxD)
HR Terminal
One circuit breaker in the column
Environment temperature
IP Iu Connection [mm] Compartment 35 °C 45 °C 55 °C
IP31 2
630 2x40x5
1 630 630 630
2
800 2x50x5
1 800 800 800
2
2x50x10
1 1000 1000 1000
1000
2
2x50x8
Compartment 2 1
2
2x50x10
1 1250 1250 1200
1250
Compartment 1 2
2x50x8
1
2
3x50x8
1 1440 1360 1290
1600
2
2x50x10
1
Performances with EF, SHR and F terminals can be compared, with the same connection sections, to the performances of circuit breaker with HR terminal.
Performances with ES terminals can be compared to the VR terminals.
Performances with FC CuAl terminals, with cables in the prescribed sections, can be compared to HR performances.
HR Terminal VR Terminal VR Terminal

Two circuit breakers in the column One circuit breaker in the column Two circuit breakers in the column
Environment temperature Environment temperature Environment temperature

35 °C 45 °C 55 °C 35 °C 45 °C 55 °C 35 °C 45 °C 55 °C
630 630 630 630 630 630
630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
800 800 800 800 800 800
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
970 930 900
1000 960 920
1000 1000 950
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970
1200 1150 1100
1250 1200 1140
1250 1250 1150
1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200
1330 1260 1220
1370 1315 1262
1430 1355 1265
1520 1440 1330 1475 1415 1310
—

SACE Emax 2 E2.2 B N S H Circuit-breaker

HR Terminal
One circuit breaker in the column
Environment temperature
IP Iu Connection [mm] Compartment 35 °C 45 °C 55 °C
IP31 2
800 1x60x10
1 800 800 800
2
1000 1x60x10
1 1000 1000 1000
2
1250 2x60x10
1 1250 1250 1250
2
2x60x10
1 1600 1540 1480
1600
Compartment 2 2
1x100x10
1
2
Compartment 1 3x60x10
1 2000 1940 1850
2
2x80x10
1
2000
2
3x60x10 *
1 2000 2000 1940
2
2x80x10 *
1
2
3x60x10
1 2500 2350 2200
2
4x100x5
1
2500
2
3x60x10 *
1 2500 2460 2320
2
4x100x5 *
1
* Performances refer to SHR and SVR terminals.
Performances with F and FL terminals can be compared to the performance of circuit breakers with HR terminals.
HR Terminal VR Terminal VR Terminal

Two circuit breakers in the column One circuit breaker in the column Two circuit breakers in the column
Environment temperature Environment temperature Environment temperature

35 °C 45 °C 55 °C 35 °C 45 °C 55 °C 35 °C 45 °C 55 °C
800 800 800 800 800 800
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
1470 1410 1360
1550 1490 1430
1500 1470 1400
1600 1600 1520 1580 1550 1475
1920 1810 1720
1950 1850 1760
1950 1860 1760
2000 2000 1920 2000 1920 1810
2000 1900 1810
2000 1945 1850
2000 1950 1850
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1900
2280 2200 2100
2400 2310 2170
2400 2270 2160
2500 2450 2350 2500 2380 2270
2394 2310 2205
2500 2430 2280
2500 2390 2270
2500 2500 2460 2500 2500 2380
—

SACE Emax 2 E4.2 N S H V Circuit-breaker

HR Terminal VR Terminal
One circuit breaker in the column One circuit breaker in the column
Environment temperature Environment temperature

IP Iu Connection Compartment 35 °C 45 °C 55 °C 35 °C 45 °C 55 °C
[mm]
IP31
2000 2x80x10 1 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
2500 2x100x10 1 2500 2450 2400 2500 2500 2500
Compart-
ment 2
3200 3x100x10 1 3050 2900 2755 3200 3080 2920

Compart-
ment 1
3200 3x100x10* 1 3200 3050 2850 3200 3200 3020
4000 4x100x10 1 3450 3200 2970 3650 3400 3200
* Performances refer to withdrawable circuit breakers with a fixed part accessorized with three stab rear terminals for 4000A (Example: 1SDA074021R1 - KIT VR 4000A)
Performances with F and FL terminals can be compared to the performances of circuit breaker with HR terminal.

SACE Emax 2 E6.2 H V X Circuit-breaker

Switchgear dimensions 2200x1200x900 (HxLxD)

[mm]
IP31
4000 4x100x10 1 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Compart-
ment 2 5000 5x100x10 1 5000 5000 4900 5000 5000 5000
Compart-
ment 1
6300 6x100x10 1 5650 5350 5100 6000 5700 5250
Performances with F and FL terminals can be compared to the performances of circuit breaker with HR terminal.
—

SACE Emax 2 E1.2 L Circuit-breaker


[mm]
IP31
630 2x40x5 1 630 630 630 630 630 630
800 2x50x5 1 800 800 800 800 800 800
Compart- 2x50x10 1 1000 1000 950

ment 2
1000
2x50x8 1000 1000 1000

Compart-
ment 1
2x50x10 1 1250 1125 955
1250
2x50x8 1 1250 1205 1050
Performances with EF, SHR and F terminals can be compared, with the same connection sections, to the performances of circuit breaker with HR terminal.
Performances with ES terminals can be compared to the VR terminals.
Performances with FC CuAl terminals, with cables in the prescribed sections, can be compared to HR performances.
DIMENSIONS 153
—
CHAPTER 8
Dimensions
154-171 Fixed circuit-breaker
156-159 E1.2
160-163 E2.2
164-167 E4.2
168-171 E6.2
172-194 Installation environment
174-177 E1.2
178-183 E2.2
184-189 E4.2
190-194 E6.2
—
Fixed circuit-breaker
E1.2 E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2
A A
B
B
Y
40 C
C
Y
A B C
[mm] 4p 3p 3p 4p
134 E1.2 284 214 107 107
291
331 X X E2.2 366 276 138 138
268 x x
E4.2 510 384 192 192
168.5
E6.2 888 762 318 444
E6.2/f 1014 - - 444
Y Y
6
12
Compartment door drilling

E1.2 E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2
306 306
244 244
226 226 Y Y
122 Y 122 Y
153 153
179
179
224
224
112
112
100
100
100
100
348
348
254
254
X X X X X X X X
100
100
121
121
37
37
100 100 100 100
Y Y
Ø4 n°6 holes
Y Y
158 158
Ø5 n°8 holes
E1.2
306 Standard
306 Ronis/STI Kirk Castell
A MIN [mm] 49.5 63.5 63.5 83.5
274 274 Y Y
161 161
A MAX [mm] 83.5 97.5 97.5 117.5
Y Y
153 153
192
192
E1.2 12.5 E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2

138,5
138,5
150
150
12.5
100
100
384
374
384
374
X X X X
262
262
X X X X
138,5
138,5
50
50
19
19
100 100 100 100

Y Y
23 23
143,5 143,5 143,5 143,5 Y Y
158 158
3 130 MIN A MIN 2 (48) A MIN

164 MAX A MAX 3 130 MIN (88)
A MIN A MAX (48) A MIN
164 MAX A MAX (88) A MAX
E2.2-E4.2-E6.2 Standard Ronis/STI Kirk Castell

A MIN [mm] 29.5 41.5 46.5 65
A MAX [mm] 69.5 81.5 86.5 105
DIMENSIONS 155
Dimensions of the compartment
C
C
A B C D
[mm] 3p 4p
E1.2 250 322 382.5* 130
E2.2 400 490 500 221
B A
B A E4.2 500 600 500 221
E6.2 900 1000 500 221
E6.2/f - 1200 500 221
* 332.5 for voltages ≤ 440V AC
Floor fixing
Y
A B C D
D = [mm] 3p 4p 3p 4p
X X C E1.2 117 187 117 117 80 5.5
= E2.2 154 244 154 154 150 10.5
E4.2 208 334 208 208 150 10.5
Y
A (III) B
E6.2 460 460 334 460 150 10.5
A (IV) E6.2/f - 586 - 460 150 10.5
Wall fixing (only for E1.2) Earthing device E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2
—
A
1) for fixing with
61.25
rear terminals Y
59.75
42.75
Ø 10 MAX
122.5
8
M5x8 screws supplied

Tightening torque 3Nm
245
X X
35
R10
1)
Y
Ø 5.5 - M5 17.5
B
[mm] 3p 4p
A 192.5 262.5
B 70 140
29.5 29.5
15 70 70 70 15 70 70 70
Y
4 1
2 4 1
2
Y
7 7
~100 ~100
95 95
150 150
173 173
134 134
—
102 102
20 20 20 20
291
204 X X 268 X X 204 X X 268 X X
20 20
5
Fixed circuit-breaker - E1.2 5
Y Y
6 107 6 107
178 214 (III) 178 214 (III)
184
Front terminals – F 284 (IV) 184 284 (IV)
129 129
3 24
284 (IV) 3 24
284 (IV)
10 214 (III) 10 214 (III)

4 10 4 10
1 Y
107
1 107
10 10 Y
1 2 1 2 1
134 134
102 102
291 III - 70 III - 70

204 X X 268 X X IV - 140 X
204 X 268 X X IV - 140
8 35 8
122.5 Y Y
122.5
5 25
Y 2 25
Ø 11
5 15
MIN. 130 - MAX. 164 WITH FLANGE
Y 2 25
25 Ø 11
170 WITHOUT FLANGE
245
245
178 50 X X 178 50 X
14 14
184 70 70 70 184 70 70 70
12.5 12.5
25 25
95
Y Y
Ø 5.5 - M5 Ø 5.5 - M5
Extended front terminals – EF = 44 = 20.5 = 44 =
129 129
29.5 29.5
15 70 70 70 70 70 70
15
Y
4 1
2 4 1
2
129 Y
7 29.5 7
15
~100
95
1
~100
4 95 2 1
2
150 150
173 173 ~100

134 134
102 102 150
20 20 20 20
291
204 X X 268 X X 204 X X 268 X X
20 20 134
102
291
204 X X 268
5 5
Y
6 107 6 MIN. 130 - MAX. 164 WITH FLANGE
Y
107
2 25
1 1 2 2 170 WITHOUT FLANGE

178 214 (III) 178 214 (III)
184 284 (IV) 184 5 284 (IV) 14
25
6
129 129
3 24
284 (IV) 3 24
178 284 (IV)
10 214 (III) 10 184 214 (III)

4 10 4 10
1 Y
107
1 107
10 10 Y
2 2 25 25
Ø 11
15 15
Ø 11
129
14 14 3 24 = 44 =
12.5 12.5
25 25 10
4 10
102
134 95 95
102 129
134
1
10
291 III - 70 29.5 III - 70
204 X X 268 X X IV - 140 X
204 X 268 X 70 70 70X IV - 140
15
Y
4 1
2
= 44 = = 44 = 20.5
8
20.5 35 8 7
Y Y
— 129 134
129 ~100
102
Key 15 29.5 29.5 95
70 70 70 70 70 70
15
291 150
4 1 Front 1 terminals 2 for
Y
122.5
122.5
5 4 5
1 Y
2 Y 204 X Y X 268
7 7
flat connection 25 25
~100 173
245
2 Extended front
245
178 ~100 95 50
95 X X 178 134 50 X
150
184 terminals
150 102 70 20 70
70 70 70 184 70 20
3 To be 134 supplied134 by 173 173 291
204 X X 268 X X
102 102
291
the customer 20 20 20 20
291 X X
X204 268X 268 X
20
204
4 Tightening
X X X
20
Y 5 Y
torque 18Nm 20 Ø 5.5 - M5 Ø 5.5 - M5
5 Door position - 178
Ref. page 7/2 184
5 5 6 Obligatory phase
separators 100mm Y Y 5
6 6 107 107
7 Obligatory insulating 214 (III)
Y
214 (III)
6
178 178
184 plate
184 to be supplied 284 (IV) 284 (IV) 107
by the customer 178 214 (III)
129 129 184 284 (IV)

3 3 24 24 284 (IV) 284 (IV)
10 10 214 (III) 214 (III)
4 4 10
10
1 1 107
Y
107
10 10 Y
129
3 24
284 (IV)
DIMENSIONS 157
23.5
1.5
12.5
70 70 70
Y
1
R 5.5
55
R 5.5 73
1
Y
N L1 L2 L3
Orientable rear terminals - HR/VR
= 44 =
284 (IV)
184 59
214 (III)
12.5
3 129
12.5
107
11
7.5 7.5 23.5
2 Y
2 1.5
12.5
127.25 138.5
102
212 204 x x 254.5 277 x x 295 55

R 5.5 73
15
18 25.5 = 44 =
Y
4 7.5 7.5 23.5
1.5
178 12.5
70 70 70
Y
1
70 70 70 184 59 184 59
R 5.5 129
R 5.5
55
73
3.75
2
12.5
3 129
12.5
1 15
3 2 1
2 Y
Y
N L1 L2 L3
5
5
18 25.5 Terminals
= 44 = HR
127.25
61.25 106 102
Y
59.75
42.75
x x x x 212 204 x x 254.5
284 (IV) 15
70 70 184 59 184 59
214 (III)
129
3.75
2 7.5
12.5
7.5
3 129 23.5
12.5
107
Y X
3 2 1.5
1 Y
Y
3.75 4
4
35
12.5
1
2
1 1
70 7070 7070 70 178 178
127.25 138.5
Y
1
106 102
R 5.5
55
x 5x x 212 204 x
R 5.5
x 73
254.5 277 x x 295
Y
17.5
15
0 Y
N L1 L2 L3
18 25.5 = 44 =
III - 192.5
Y Y IV - 262.5
3.75 47.5 MIN. 130 - MAX. 164
61.25
4 7.5
WITH FLANGE 23.5 7.5 7.5 Y 23.5
59.75
170 WITHOUT FLANGE
42.75
1.5 7.5 1.5 7.5 23.5
70 70 178 178
284 (IV) 1.5
70 70 70 184 59 184 59 12.5 12.5
70 70 70
214 (III)
3.75 129 12.5
3 12.5 1 12.5
122.5
2
8
129 107 Y
15
Y
3 2 R 5.5 1 55 Y
R 5.5
R 5.5
55
R5
73 73
X X
245
35 55
R 5.5 73
R10
III - 192.5 138.5 Y
127.25 N L1 L2 L3
IV - 262.5
Terminals VR
18
106
61.25
102
25.5 = 44 = 18 25.5 = 44 =
x x x Y x 212 204 x x 254.5 277 x x 295
5
59.75
42.75
18 Y 25.5 = 44 =
Ø 5.5 - M5 17.5
15
III - 70
284 (IV) IV - 140
70 70 70 184 59 184 59 70 70 70 184 59 184 59
122.5
Y 214 (III)
Y
3.75
3.75
2 4
129 12.5
3 12.5 3.75
2
129 12.5
3 12.5
X 4 X
3
129 107 129
245
15 15 703
Y1 1
70 70 184 59 184
70 70 70
Y
178
35
178
2 Y 2
R10 1 3.75 129 12.5
3
2 2 129
15
3 2
138.5 Y 138
— 106 102
127.25
106 102
127.25
Key 5
Y x x212295 204
x x x x 212 204 x x 254.5 277 x x x x x 254.5 277
1 Horizontal
Ø 5.5 - M5 orientable 17.5
terminals HR III - 70
IV - 140 106 102
15 15
2 Vertical orientable III - 192.5
terminals VR IV - 262.5 x x x x 212 204 x
61.25
3 Tightening Y Y
59.75
Y Y
4 4
42.75
MIN. 130 - MAX. 164

torque 20Nm 3.75 3.75
4 WITH FLANGE
170 WITHOUT FLANGE
4
4 Door position - 7.5 7.5 23.5
70 70 70 178 178 70 70 70 178 178
Ref. page 7/2
1.5
122.5
Y
12.5 3.75 4
4 70 70 70
X X
245
35 70 70 70 178
Y
1 178
R10 R 5.5
55
R 5.5 73
III - 192.5 III - 192.5

IV - 262.5 IV - 262.5
5 61.25 61.25
Y Y Y Y
N L1 L2 L3
59.75
59.75
Ø 5.5 - M5 17.5
42.75
42.75
18 25.5 = 44 =
III - 70
IV - 140
III - 192.5
IV - 262.5
.5
.5
8
8
31.5
45 15
15
0 22.5
20
171.5 171.5
—
15 Fixed circuit-breaker - E1.2
31.5
22.5
= 90 =
45 15
31.5
20
171.5
Splayed extended front terminals - ES 171.5
3-pole version
116 116
116 116 116
23
23
Y Y
~200 ~200 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
230 230
258.5 258.5
56 100 100 56 55 100

X X X X
= 90 = 31.5
= 90 = 31.5
45 15
45 15
1 1 = 90 = 20 31.5 22.5 =9
= 90 = 31.5 22.5 = 90 = 31.5
5 45 15
45 15
45 15 = 90 20
= 31.5
4
Y
22.5
20 5 Y 22.5
22.5
20
45 15
22.5
107 171.5 20 171.5
107 20 22.5
214
284
III - 70
IV - 140
171.5
6 35 171.5 171.5
= 90 = 31.5
= 90 = Y 31.5
= 90 = 31.5 = 90 = 31.5 171.5
45 15 45 15 45 15
45 15
20 22.5 22.5 22.5
22.5
122.5
20 20 20
245
= 90 = 31.5 X X = 90 = 171.5 31.5

= 90 = 31.5 171.5
171.5 171.5
45 15 45 15 45 15 = 90 = 31.5
22.5 22.5 22.5 45 15 22.5
20 20 20 22.5
129 116 116
Y 116 116 116
= 90 = 31.5 = 90 =
Ø 5.5 - M5 31.5 40.5
23 20
23
45 15 45 15
1 15
1
22.5
22.5 171.5 171.5Y 171.5 Y
20 20
2 171.5
4 -pole version ~200 ~200
171.5 171.5 230 230

258.5 258.5
134
102
129 116
56 129
116
100 100 56 55 100
116 116 116 204 X X 268 X X 116
X 116 116
X
40.5 40.5 129
23
129 116 116 23 23 116 116
40.5
40.5
1 15 116 116
1
116
23
23 1 15
1
Y Y
15
1 Y
Y 1 15
1
Y Y
2 3 2
5
~200 ~200 ~200 4 ~200
Y
~200 2 5 Y
~200
107 ~200
230 230
258.5
230
258.5
178
230 107
1 230
214
1 230
258.5 184 284 258.5 230 258.5
III - 70
134
IV - 140
134 55 100
134 1 1 1 135
X 268 102
56 100
X
100
X
56
X X 102 6
56 100 100 56 55 100 56 100
Y
100 56
134
204 X X 268 X X 204X X X X 268 102 X X
56 100
204 X X 268 X
122.5
245
X X
5
Y
5 Y
= 90 = = 90 = 31.5 31.5
3 3
107 = 90 = = 90 = 31.5 31.5
107 45 45 15 15
178 45 45 15 15
1 214 1 1 1
184 284 5 III - 70 = 90 =
22.5 22.5
20 20
3
31.5
5 Ø 5.5 - M5
22.5 Y22.5
= 90 =
4 Y IV - 140
5 4 Y MIN. 130 - MAX. 164 Y
20
5
20
45 5
6 35
Y
107
45 107
20
WITH FLANGE15
170 WITHOUT FLANGE
171.5
4 171.5 107 22.5 171.5 171.5
Y
178 22.5 214 178
184 284 184 178 284
20
122.5
III - 70
184 284
IV - 140
6 35
245
X X
= 90 = = 90 = 31.5 31.5
= 90 = = 90 = 31.5 31.5 = 90 = = 90 = 31.5 31.5 = 90 = = 90 = 31.5 31.5
Y
— 45 45 15 15
45 45 15 15 45 45 15 171.5
15 45 45 15 15
20 20 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
Key 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
20 20 20 20 20 20
1 Splayed extended
122.5
Y
Ø 5.5 - M5
front terminals 171.5 171.5 171.5 171.5 171.5 171.5 171.5 171.5
2 Tightening
245
X X
torque 18Nm
3 Door position - = 90 =
129 129
31.5 = 90 =
116 116 116 116
Ref. page 7/2 = 90 = = 90 = 31.5 31.5 = 90 = = 90 = 31.5 45 31.5 40.5 40.5 15
116 116 116 116 116 116
23 23 45
23 23
45 45 15 15 45 45 15 15
4 Obligatory phase 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 1 15
1 1
15
1 Y Y
22.5
Y Y
Y
separators 200mm 20 20 20 Ø 5.5 - 20
M5 2 2 20 20
5 Obligatory insulating ~200 ~200 ~200 ~200
plate to be supplied 171.5 171.5 171.5 171.5 230 230

258.5
230
258.5
230
258.5 258.5
by the customer 134 134 171.5
102 102
56 56
100 100 100 100 56 55
56 55 100 100
204 X 204 X X 268 X 268 X X X X X X X X
129 129 116 116 116 116

116 116 116
116 116 116
40.5 40.5
23 23
23 23
1 15
1 1
15
1 Y Y Y Y
3 3
2 2 129 5 5 116
DIMENSIONS 159
= 58 = 70 = 58 = 70
1 28 38 1 28 38
1 1
13 13
30.4 30.4
31 31
73 73 31.6
31.6 87 87
25 25
Front terminals for cables – FcCuAl

16.75 16.75
Ø 21.5 Ø 21.5
31.5 31.5
184 284 (IV) 184 284 (IV)
129 214 (III) 129 214 (III)

5 2 5
59.25 107 59.25 107
27.75 1 20
Y
3 27.75 1 20
Y
95 95
1
191.5 202 191.5 202

166 166
147.5 147.5 134
134 20 20
102 20 102 20
291 291
X X 268 X X 404 204 X X 268 X X
150 150
95 95
4 4= 58 = 70
Y
Y
1 28 38
101 1 70 70 70 101 70 70 70
184
13 MIN. 130 - MAX. 164 WITH FLANGE
170 WITHOUT FLANGE 129
178 178
30.4
2
59.25
31
73
III - 70 31.6 87
3 III - 70
IV - 140 27.75 1
IV - 140
= 58 = = 58 = 70 70 = 58 = 70
61 1 35 28 28 38 38 1 28 38 6 35
1 1 1 Y 25 Y
13 13 13
16.75
Ø 21.5
30.4 30.4 30.4
31 31 31 16
122.5 73 73 73 122.5 147.5
31.6 31.6 87 87 31.5 31.6 87
102
245 X X 245 X X
404 204 X X
184 25 25 284 (IV)

25
129 16.75 16.75 214 (III) 16.75

2 Ø 21.5 Ø 21.5 Ø 21.5 5
59.25 107
Y Y
3 Ø 5.5- M5
27.75 1
31.5 31.5 20
Y
31.5 Ø 5.5- M5 150
184 184 184 284 (IV)284 (IV)

95
284 (IV) 4
129 129 129 214 (III)214 (III) 214 (III) 101
2 2 2 202
5 5 5
59.25 59.25 59.25191.5107 107 107
166
147.5 134
3 3 27.75 27.75 1102 1 3 20 20
27.75Y Y
1 20
20
Y
20
178
291
404 204 X X 268 X X
95 95 95
202
191.5 191.5 202 191.5 202
166 166 166
147.5 147.5 134 134 150 147.5 134
20 20 20
102 102 102 20 20 20
95
291 291 291
404 204
404 204 X X X X 404 204 X
268 268X X X X X 268 X X
4 Y
101 70 70 70
150 150 178 150

95 95 95
III - 70
IV - 140
4 4 4 Y Y Y
101 101 70
101 7070 7070 70
6 70
35
70 70
Y
178 178 178
122.5
III - 70 III - 70 III - 70
IV - 140IV - 140 IV - 140
245 X X
— 6 6 35 35 6 35
Key Y Y Y
1 Front terminals
for cables FC CU AL
2 Tightening 122.5 122.5 Ø 5.5- M5 122.5Y
torque 43Nm
3 Tightening 245 245 X X X X 245 X X
torque 18Nm
4 Door position -
Ref. page 7/2
5 Obligatory insulating Y Y Y
Ø 5.5- M5
Ø 5.5- M5 Ø 5.5- M5
plate to be supplied
by the customer
2000A 2500A 2000A 2000A 2500A 2
30 30
160 SACE EMAX 2 LOW VOLTAGE
Ø 13 AIR CIRCUIT-BREAKERS Ø 13 Ø 13
Ø 13 35 10 35 10 Ø 13 35 10 Ø 13 35 35 10 10
12 12 12 12 12
33
45 3 4 33
45
33
45 3 4 33
45 33
45
3 4
—
60 50 60 60 60 50 60 60 50 60
35 - 2000A 35 - 2000A 35 - 2000A 35 - 2000A 35 - 2000A 35 - 2000A

47 - 2500A 47 - 2500A 47 - 2500A 47 - 2500A 47 - 2500A 47 - 2500A
Fixed circuit-breaker - E2.2

90 90 90 90 90 90
2 10
2 10 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 4 4
500 N 500 L1 L2 L3 500 N L1 L2 L3
2000A 2500A
114 114
4 90 90 90
114 114 114
4 2000A 90 90
114
90 4
10 10 Ø 13

Ø 13 35 Ø 13 10
35 10 35
12 12 12
97 97 97 97 33
45
97
33 345 4 97
3 4 33
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
5 5
E2.2 B/N/S/H 2000A 5 5
E2.2 N/S/H 2500A
7 1 3 90
7 90 90 7 1 35 90 90 590 1 3
60 50 60 50 60
6 6 6 6 6 6
270 35 47 270 35 47 270 35 47
35 - 2000A
2000A 366 (IV) 2500A 47 - 2500A
366 (IV)
35 - 2000A
35 - 2000A
47 - 2500A
47 - 2500A
35 - 2000A
47 - 2500A
366 (IV)
30
276 (III) N L1 L2 Ø 13 L3 276 (III) N L1 L2 L3 276 (III)
Ø 13 10 10 90 90
35
1240 138 35
12 40 138 40 2 138
33
45 3 4 33
45
2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4
500 10 10 500 10 500 10 500 500 10 10 N L1
60 50 60 60
325
124 114
331 325
124 114
331
325
114 124 114 114
114
331
114
4 90 90
8 M5 35 - 2000A
8 M5
8 M5
35 - 2000A 168.5 168.5 168.5
47 - 2500A 47 - 2500A
92 97 92 97 97 92 97 9797 97
24 24 24
N L1
6 90 90 90 6
12 2 7 10
12
7 5 5 5 12 1 53
6
1 3 1 3 1 3 90 90
Ø 10.5 Ø 10.5 6 6 6 Ø 10.5 6
7 5 6 2 2 7 5 6 2707 35
5 6
84 84 84 47
270 35 47
48 MIN
88 MAX
150 23 4 4 48 MIN
88 MAX
150 23 48 MIN
88 MAX
150 23
366 (IV) 366 (IV)
500 = N L1 L2 L3 = 276 (III) N
276 (III) L1 =
150 150
8 MESSA A TERRA 8 MESSA A TERRA
8 MESSA A TERRA 40 138
40 138 1
114 114
=
4 90 90 90
= =
10
9 2000A 9 2500A 9
Ø...MAX
E2.2 B/N/S/H 2000A 154 (III) 154
Ø 13
Ø...MAX500 30 500 10 (III)
154 154
Ø...MAX
10 10 10 154 (III) 154
97 97
Ø 13 35 2000A 244 (IV) 10 35 2500A12 10 244 (IV) 244 (IV)
10 12
OK Ø 10.5 10 NO 325 10 30 325 331
OK Ø 10.5 NO
331 OK Ø
N L1 L2 L3 124 114 124 114
Ø 13
7
Ø 13 35 33
545
10
5 3 4 35 33 8
10 8
12 1 3 90 1290 45 90
M5 M5 168.5
633 2000A 6 2500A 92 97 92 97
45 3 4 33
24
4513
Ø
24
30
270 35
60 47Ø 13 50 10 60 60 35 10 6 6
35 12
12 12 12
366 (IV) 1 3 1 3
Ø 10.5 Ø 10.5
60 35 - 2000A 50
35 - 2000A 33
45 276 (III) 3 4 N
60 L1 7 L2 L3 60
7 335 45 6 5 6
47 - 2500A 84 84
47 - 2500A
40 138 48 MIN
150 48 MIN
23
88 MAX 150 23
35 - 2000A 88 MAX
35 - 2000A =
47 - 2500A 90 90 90
60 47 - 2500A 50 2 60 60
150
8 MESSA A10
TERRA
8 MESSA A TERRA
=
500 10
2 10 35 - 2000A 2 35 - 2000A 2
90 90 90 2000A2000A
10
2000A 4
47 - 2500A 47 - 2500A 2500A 9 9
4 30 Ø...MAXØ 13 Ø 1335 35Ø...MAX 154 (III) 15410 10
2 2
154 (III) 154
500
325 331 Ø 13 N L1 L2 L3 12 12
124 114 90 90 90
10 244 (IV)
Ø 13 35
12 4
10
4 35
12 10 2 10
244 (IV)
8 10
33 33
OK Ø 10.5
3 4 3
500 M5 168.5 4 N
90 L1
90 L2
90 L3 45 45
2 3 4
114 114 10
33
92 45 97 2 33
45
24
114 114 4 4 4 90 90 90
10
500
97 97 6 N L1 L2 L3 60 60 50 50
60 E2.2
1
N/S/H 2500A
3
50 12 60 60
N L1 L2 L3
97 97Ø 10.5 4 90 90 90 35 - 2000A35 - 2000A 35 - 2000A35 - 2000A
7 84
535 - 2000A5 6 114
35 - 2000A 5
114
1 3 90 90 90
10
47 - 2500A47 - 2500A 47 - 2500A47 - 2500A
47 - 2500A 47 - 2500A N L1 L2 L3
48 MIN 6 6
88 MAX 7 270
150
35
23
547 97 5 97 1 3 90 90 90
= 90 90 90
2000A 6 6
2500A 366 (IV)
2 10N
150 L1 L2 L3
8 MESSA A TERRA
270 35 47 Ø 13
30
N L1 L2 L3
Ø 13 35
12
10 7 2 35 25 12
276 (III) 10
366 (IV)
5 =
1 3 90 90 90
2 2 2 2
40 138
4 46 6 4 4 4 4
9500 33
45 3 4 33
45
276 (III) N
N
L1
L1
L2
L2
L3
500
L3 500
Ø...MAX 270 35 47
40 154 (III) 154138
366 (IV)
60 50
244 (IV)
4 90 90 90
500 10 10 114 10 60
114 60
OK Ø 10.5 276 (III) NO 10N L1 L2 L3
114 114 114 114
—
40 138
Key
35 - 2000A
500
47 - 2500A
325
35 - 2000A
10 10 331
2000A 2000A 2500A
2500A
47 - 2500A 30 30
1 Horizontal terminals 124 97 114 97
Ø 13 Ø 13 97 97 97 97
2000A 8 Ø 1390 Ø 13 90 35 9035 N10 10
L1 L2 L3 35 35 10 10
325
2 Vertical terminals 500
M5
124 114
2331 12
10
12
168.5 12 12
10 10
7
2000A
92 5 97 5 1 3
2 8 2 33 33
90 90
3 7
90
43 4 7 5 33 33 5 5 5
24
3 Horizontal terminals
M5
6 6 45
168.5 45 45 45
4 325 4 92 97 6 331
6 6 6 6
2500A 270 35 47 124
12 N L1
114
L2 L3
24
4 Vertical terminals 1 8 3 366 (IV) 270 270 35 35 47 47
M5 Ø 10.5 606 60 50 50 168.5 60 60 60 60
72500A 114 114 5 6 4 92 12 90 90 27690(III) N L1 L2 L3 366
5 Tightening torque
84 1 3 97 10
24 40 Ø 10.5 138 276

48 MIN
882000A 8.6Nm150 35 - 2000A
35 - 2000A
7
MAX
23
5 6 47 - 2500A
47 - 2500A 6
35 - 2000A
35 - 2000A
97 84 97 47 - 2500A
47 - 2500A
6 Tightening torque 12 = 40 40
48 MIN 1 N L2 3 L3
82500A 8.6Nm 150 23 L1 150
MESSA A TERRA
88 MAX Ø 10.5
7 Door position
500 5 - 75 10 10 1 3 5 90 90 6
90
= =
2 2
90 90 90 90 90 90
84 10 10
Ref. page 7/2 A TERRA
8 6 MESSA 6 150
8 9
48 MIN
Earthing47device - 150 23 500 500 10 10 10 10
270 35 325
Ref. page 7/3
88 MAX
Ø...MAX
124 114
331
154 (III) 154
2 2 =
2 2 =
366 (IV)
9
9 Metallic sheet8 M5 8 MESSA A TERRA
276 (III) N 244 (IV)
L1 L2 L3
4 4 4 4 150
168.5 325 325 331 331
10
10 Insulating sheet or 40
Ø...MAX 500 500
138 154 (III) 154 OK Ø 10.5 NO = N
124 N124
L1 L1 L2 114L2 L3 114L3
92 97
insulated
24
metallic 244 (IV) 8 8M5 M5
10
sheet 9 OK Ø 10.5 NO 4 4 90 90 90 90 90 90
Ø...MAX 6 114 114 114 114 92 92 97 10
97 10
12 154 (III) 154
10 10 1 3 244 (IV)
24 24
Ø 10.5
7 10 5 6 OK Ø 10.5 NO 6
84 331 97 97 97 97 12 12
124
48 MIN
114
1 1 3 3
8 M5 88 MAX
150 23 N N L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 Ø 10.5 Ø 10.5
168.5
= 7 7 5 5 6 6
92 97
5 5 5 5 84 84
DIMENSIONS 161
12 1
47
20
2
81 81
230 230
15
13
1 1
35 60
12
Front
13
terminals – F 12 13
486 IV
10 = =
10
35 35
90 90 90 396 III
= = 90 90 90
12 25
Y 12 25
Y
7 167
455
Y Y
77.5 N L1 L2 L3 77.5 N L1 L2 L3
13 13
280 III
= =
1 370 IV
= = 1
17 17
332
20 366 (IV) 20 366 (IV)
9 270
276 12 1
276
12 138 12 149.5 12 138
10 10
Y
15
4 Y
40 169 40
11 11 2
60 60
3 500 3
60
60 60
X 327.5 331 X X 325 X X 327.5 331 X

514
M5 M5
3 5 3
168.5
486 IV
11 19.5 11 19.5 = =
10
396 III
= =
12
15 103 167
2 24
84 2
85 85 455
Y Y
20 20 77.5
47.5 8 47.5
23 12 1
150 23 280 III
= =
88MAX 48 MIN 88MAX
370 IV
= =
17
332 20
20
2 9 270
81
1 12 230
1 149.5
15
13
10
47
47
1 4
169 35
20
20 1
2 12 13
2 81
81 2 3408 6 I V
= =
10 15
230
396 III 13
35
1
90 90
500
90
3
= = 13
1 12 Y
1 167
25
35 60 325 X X 327
35 60 M5
455 5 3
12 13 12 Y
13 77.5 N L1 L2 L3
486 IV
10 486 IV 11
= =
= =
10 35 13
I
= =
—396 III 9 03 5 90 90 280 III
= =0
Key =12= 90 90 9
25 12 Y
370 IV Y
1
167
1 Upper front terminals 167
25 = =
24
84 2
17
5 2 Lower front terminals 85
455
3 Tightening Y
332 20
77.5 N L1 L2 L3 Y
torque 8.6Nm 77.5 N L1 L2 L3 20 366 (IV) 47.5
9
4 Door position - 13 270
II 13 276 150 23
= = Ref.
2 8 0 I page
II 7/2 149.5 12 1 3 84 8 M I N 8 81M2A X
= =
V 5 Earthing device - 1
= = 370 IV
Ref. page 7/3 = 1=7 1 10
17 4 Y
15
8 External fixing point. 169 40
3 3 2 Reccomended screws
20
M10x25 high class
332
20 366 (IV) 11
366 (IV)
270 9
9 Metallic sheet 2 7 0 276
276
149.5 12 138 12
10 Insulating sheet or 149.5 12 138 12 60
insulated metallic 500 3
10
sheet 10 Y
15 60
60
169
4 40
Y
15
11 Crossbeam front 1 6 9 40
325 X X 327.5 331 X X
514
M5
terminals 11 5 3
11
12 Plastic protection 168.5
13 Customer bus 11 19.5
60
bar and screws 3 60
500
(not provided)
3 60
60 60
60 15 103
5 X X 327.5 331 X
24
8X4 2
514
M5 325 X X 327.5 331 X X
5 3 M5 85 514
Y
5 3
168.5 20
11 47.5
168.5
8
19.5
11 19.5
3 = 60 = 30 30 3 3 = 60 == 60 = 30 30
4 35 4 4 35 35
35 10 10 35 35 10 10
15 15 15 15 15
55 55 55 55
67 67 67 67
60 60 60
—
100 = 60 = = 60 = = 60 = 100 100 = 60 == 60 = = 60 == 60 =
130 130 130 130 130 130

2 4 Y 2 42 4 Y Y
1
1 3
Fixed circuit-breaker - E2.2 III

L1
Y
L2 L3
III III
L1 L1
Y
L2 L2
Y
L3 L3
130 90 130 130 130 90 90 130 130

2 4 2 42 4
Y Y Y
1 3 1
Horizontal spread terminals – SHR
IV Y IV IV Y Y
N L1 L2 L3 E2.2 B/N/S/H 2000A E2.2 N/S/H 2500AN N L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3
10 10 10
10 9 9 10 10
1 3
2 4
= 60 = 10 35 10
1 35 2
15 15
55 55
67 67
60
100 = 45 = = 60 = = 45 =
1 3
3 = 60 = 30 30
4 35
35 10 10
15 15
E2.2 B/N/S/H 2000A 55

67
55
67
2 4
= 60 = 10 35 10
1 35
60
2
100 = 60 = = 60 = = 60 =
11 15
33 15
130 130
67 1
55 55
2 4 Y 67 3
1 3
60 1
III Y
100 = 45 = = 60 = = 45 =
22 44 L1 L2 L3
3 = 60 =
1 2 30 3 30 4
= 60
= 60
= = 10 10 35 35 10 10 130 4 90 35130
11 35 35 22 35 10 2 4 10
= 60 = 10 35 10
Y
1 15
2 15 1 3 2
15 15 15 35
15
55 55
55 55 55 55 67 67
67 67 67 67 15 15
2 55
IV Y
55 4 1
= 60 = 10
67 N L1 L2 L3 67
35
60 60 = 60 = 60 10 35 10
100
100 = 45
= 45 = =
1 = 35
= 60 = 100
60 = == 60
= 45
= 45 = = 2 = 60 = = 60 =
15
60
10 55
67
9 10 100
15 = 45 =
130 130
= 15
60 = = 45 =
33 = 60
= 60 = = 30 30 30 30
2 4
44 35 35 55
67
Y
1 3 55
67
35 35 11 10 10 3 = 60 =
33 10 10 30 30
15 15 15 15
4 35 60
35 10 10
55 55
67 67
E2.2 N/S/H 2500A 60 55 55
67 67 15
III Y
15
100 = 45 =
L1 L2 L3
100 55 = 45 = = 60 = 55 = 45 =
67 67 3 = 60 = 30
22 3 = 60 =
44 30 130 90 130 30 35 1
60 60 2 4 4 35
35 10 Y 10 15
—100100 = 60
= 60 = = = 60
= 60 = = 60 = 60
= 60 = =
1 3
= 60
= 60
= = 10 10 35 35 10 10
11 Key 15
100 = 60 =
15
= 60 = = 60 = 55
67
35 35
1 Side horizontal
130
130 22 130
130
55 55
2244 Y Y
1133
67
IV Y 130 130
67
splayed terminals
15 15 15 15
2000A 55 55 67 67 55 55
2N 4 L1 L2 L3
Y
1 3
67 67
60
2 Central horizontal 1
III III Y Y 60
100 3 = 60 =
splayed terminals L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3
100 10
= 60 = III Y= 60 = = 60 =
60 60
2000A 9 10 L1 L2 L3
130 130
3 100 100
Side horizontal = 45= 45 = =
130
130 90 90 130
130
= 60
= 60
= = ==
= 45 45 =
2
splayed terminals 2244 2 4 Y
1 3
Y Y 130 90 130
33 = 60
= 60
= =
2500A
30 30 1133 30 30
2 4
44 35 35
Y
35
435 Central horizontal 10 10 10 10
III
2 Y 1 3 4
splayed terminals
15 15 IV IV Y Y 15 15 L1 L2 L3
2500A 55 55 67 67 N N L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 55 55 = 60 = 10 35 10
5 Tightening torque
67 67
1 35
IV
130 N 90 L1 130 L2
Y
L3 2
2000A 8.6Nm 2 4 2
15 Y 15
6 Tightening torque1010 1 3
10 10 60 60 55 55
2500A 8.6Nm 10 67 67
100100
7 Door position -
= 60
= 60
= =
9
= 60
= 60 = =
10 = 60
= 60 = =
IV Y
Ref. page 7/2 130130 130130 N L1 L2 L3 I
8 Earthing device - 2 24 4 Y Y
1 13 3 60
Ref. page 7/3 100 = 45 = = 60 = = 45 =
9 Metallic sheet 10
9
III III Y Y 10
10 Insulating sheet or L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 3 = 60 = 30 30
10
insulated metallic 9 4 35 10
35 10 10
sheet 130130 90 90 130130 15 15
2 24 4
Y Y 55 55
1 13 3 67 67
IV IV Y Y
N N L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 60
60 60 60
60
100 = 45 =
DIMENSIONS 100 = 60 =
100 100 = 45 = = 45 = 163 1
90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90
Y 10 Y Y10
1
Y Y Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 N L2 L1 L3 L2
90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90
Y 10 Y 10
Y
2
Vertical spread terminals – SVR

N L1
Y
L2 L3 N L1 N
Y
L2 L1
Y
L3 L2
7 8 7 7
8 8 8
1 2
= 60 = 10 2 = 60 = 30
1 1
35 35 2 10
15 15
55 55
67 67
E2.2 B/N/S/H 2000A 60

60
100 1 = 45 =
100 2 = 60 =
= 60 = 10 2 = 60 = 30
1 35
90 90 90
35 10
1
15 Y 10 15
55 1 55
67 67
Y
60
= 60 = 10 N L1 L2
2 L3
= 60 = 60
30
1 35
100 = 45 =
35 100 = 60 = 10
15 15
55 90 90 90 55 = 60 = 10
67 67
90 90
Y
90
10 1 35
Y 10
12
60 15
60
100 = 45 = 55
Y
Y 100 = 60 = 67
N
N L1
L1 L2
L2 L3
L3
1 2
90 90 90 60
7 Y 10 100 = 45
90 90 90
1 8
Y 10
E2.2 N/S/H 2500A 8 Y

2
N L1 L2 L3
Y
= 60 = 10 2 = 60 = 30 N L1 L2 L3
1 35
— 35 10 1 90 90 90 2
Key 15 15 10
1 Vertical55splayed 7 Y
2 8
55
67 67
terminals 2000A
2 Vertical splayed
8 Y
terminals 2500A
60 N L1 L2 L3
60
3 Tightening torque
100 = 45 =
100 = 60 =
2000A 8.6Nm
4 Tightening torque 7
2500A 8.6Nm = 60 = 10 8 2 = 60 = 30
90 90 90 1 35
5 Door position - Y 10 35 10
Ref. page 7/2 8 1 15 15
6 Earthing device -
55 55
Ref. page 7/3 67 67
Y
7 Metallic sheet N L1 L2 L3
8 Insulating sheet or 7
insulated metallic 60
60
sheet 100 = 45 =
= 60 =
90 90 90
100
8
Y 10
2
90 90 90
Y 10
Y 1
N L1 L2 L3
Y
N L1 L2 L3
8
8
90 90 90
35 20 35 35 20 50 3
35 20 35 50 12 12 12
12 12 10
Ø 13 10Ø 13 Ø 13 Ø 13 Ø 13
Ø 13
164 33
45
SACE EMAX 2 LOW VOLTAGE AIR CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
33
45
33
45 33
45
33
45
1 2 = 80 = = 70 =
3 4 = 80 = 1 2 = 80 =
= 80 =
1 2
= 70 =
3 = 804 = = 80 = =
= 70
3 4
= 80 = =8
2 126 126 126

2 126 126 126 2 126
1 2
—
Y
Y
20
1 220
9 9 9
10 10 10 Y
Y

N L1 L2 L3 35 - 3200A 35 - 3200A 35 - 3200A
N L1
35 - 3200A
L2 L3 N
35 - 3200A 35 - 3200A Y
Y 47 - 4000A 47 - 4000A 47 - 4000A 47 - 4000A
47 - 4000A 47 - 4000A
4 126 126 126 4 126 126 126 4 126
10 10
10 10
2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 35 4
12 35 20 4 20 35
12
Y Y
Ø 13 Ø 13 Ø 13
N L1 L2 X L3 N L1 L2 L3 N
X X 114 X X 114
1 3 Y
X 114 X X X 114
1 3
X 114
33
X X 114
33 Y 1 3
45
126 126 126 126 126 45 126 126
97 97 97 97 97 97
1 2 = 80 =
1 2 = 80 = = 70 = 3 4= 70 =
3 4
= 80 =
Y E4.2 N/S/H/V 3200A

5 5
E4.2 N/S/H/VY 4000A2
5 5 N L1 L2 L3 5 N 5 L1 L2 L3
126
N
7 6 6 1 2 7 36 7 6 4 6 6
9 9 9 9 9
10 10 10 10 10 10
10 10
35 - 3200A 35 - 35
3200A
- 3200A 35 - 3200A N L
47 - 4000A 47 - 47
4000A
- 4000A 47 - 4000A
4 126
2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4
10 35
12
20 35 50 10 10
12
X X X X ØX13 X X X X XX X
10
X X X114 X XX XXX N L
Ø 13 X X X 114
114 X 114
1 3 1
126
33 33
45 45
97 97 97 97
1 2 = 80 = = 70 =
3 4 = 80 = = 80 =
5 5 5 5 N L
2 126 126
7
126 7 6 6 6 6
Y
20
9 9
10 1010 10
9
10
1 2 3 Y 4
35 - 3200A 35 - 3200A N L1 L2 L3
47 - 4000A 47 - 4000A Y
1 2 4 126 126 126 3 4
1 2 3 10
4
10
9 9 9
2 2
E4.2 N/S/H/V
4 3200A 4 10 10
Y X X X X X X X X X X
N L1 L2 L3
X X 114 X X 114
1 3 Y
35 20 35
126 126 126 50
12 12
Ø 13 10
Ø 13
97 97 1 1 2 2
35 33 45 20 3335
45 50
12 12
35 20 35 Y 50
12 10
Ø 13
Ø 13 5 5 N L1
Ø 1312
L2 L3 10
Ø 13
7 6 6
1 2 = 80 =
33
= 70 =
33
45 3 4 = 80 =
33
= 8033
=
45
45 45
9 2
10 126 126 126
1 10 2 3 Y
20 4
1 2 1 2 = 80 =
= 80 =
= 70 =
= 70 =
3 4 3 4 = 80 =
= 80 =
= 80 =
= 80 =
9 2
10 2 126 126
126
126
126
Y
126
YY 20
35 - 3200A 35 - 3200A N L1 L2 L3
20
9 9
Y
35 35 20 20
47 - 4000A 47 - 4000A 12 12
9 9 4 126 126 126 Ø 13 Ø 13
10 10 10
Y
10 Y
10
N L1 N L2 L1 L3 L2 L3 33 33
X 35 2
X - 3200A X 35 - 3200A 2
X 35 - 3200A X 35 - 3200A X
Y Y
45 45
47 - 4000A 47 - 4000A
47 - 4000A 47 - 4000A
1 2 4 3 4 44 4
126 126 126 126 12650 126
35 20 35
12 12 10 10
Y
Ø 13 10
Ø 13 10 10
X 2 X 114
2 X2 114
X
2 1 3
N L1 L2 L3 1 21 2 = 80 = = 80 = = 70 = = 70 =
3 43 4
E4.2 N/S/H/V
4 4000A
45
33
4 4 4 126 126
33 Y
45 126
Y
Y
97 97
N L1 L2 L3 = 80
X
1 2 = 80 = X 114 X X = 70 =
X114 3 4 1 3 = 80 = N L1 =L2 L3
X X 114 X 114
11263 Y
Y
5 5 2 126
126
126
Y 126
126 126 126 126 9 9
N L1 L2 L3
1 1
Y 103 3
10
7 6
97
97
6
97
97
2 2 20 4 4
35 20 35 50 35 - 3200A
35 - 3200A 35 - 3200A
35 - 3200A
9 9
12 12 Y 47 - 4000A
47 - 4000A 47 - 4000A
47 - 4000A
Ø 13
5Ø 13 10
5
10
10 10 N L1 L2 L3
Y
7 5 5 Y
6 6 N L1 L2 L3
33
45 7 35 - 3200A 6 35 - 3200A
33
45 6 N L1 L2
Y
L3
9
47 - 4000A
9
47 - 4000A
9 10 4 126 126 126 2 2 2 2

10 10
— 10 10 4 4 4 4
= 80 = = 70 =
3 4 = 80 = = 80 = 10
Key 2 2
1 Horizontal terminals 2 4 126 126
4 126
Y
3200A 10 20 Y
X X X
X 114 X 114 X X 114 X 114
1
2 Vertical terminals X X X X X X 35 35 N L1
20 20
X L2 L3 35 35 50 50
9
X 114 X X 114
1 3 12 12
Y 12 12
10 10
10 3200A Ø 13Ø 13 126 126 126 Ø 13Ø 13
97 97 97 97
3 Horizontal terminals 10Y
35 - 3200A 35 - 3200A 97 N L1 97 L2 L3 33 33 33 33
4000A
47 - 4000A 47 - 4000A
X X X X X
Y 10 45 45 X 45 45
4 Vertical terminals X 4 126X 126

X X 126 X Y X 5 5 5 5
4000A 5 5 10
N L1 L2 L3 7 7 6 6 6 6
10
52 Tightening torque 7 6 1 12 26 = 80= =80 = = 70= =70 =
3 34 4 = 80= =80 = = 80= =80 =
2
2 2 9 9
4 3200A 20Nm 4 9 126 126 126 126 126 126 10 10
6 Tightening torque 10 10 Y
10 10Y Y
20 20
4000A 20Nm N L1 L2 L3
X 114 X X 114
1 3
Y
9 126
9
Ref. page 7/2 1010 Y Y
8 97Earthing device 97 -
35 - 35
3200A
- 3200A 35 - 35
3200A
- 3200A N N L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3
Ref. page 7/3 9 47 - 47
4000A
- 4000A 47 - 47
4000A
- 4000A Y Y
Y
9 5 Metallic sheet5
10L2 4 4 126 126 126 126 126 126
N L1 L3 10 10
106 Insulating sheet
6 or X X X X X X 10 10
10 10
9 2 2 2 2 X X X X X X X X X X
sheet 10
10 9 4 4 4 4
Y Y
N N L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3
X X X 114X
X 114 X X 114
X 114
1 13 3 Y Y
126 126 126 126 126 126
1 1 2 Dettaglio B 1 1 2 Dettaglio B
47
D I M3 5E N S I O N S 35 165
1 25 1 25
20 20
2 2
77.5 240 77.5 240
15 15
13 13
17 17
35 80 35
12 13 12 13
600 IV 600 IV
= = = =
I 101 494 III 101
= = 1 = = 1
167 167
455 455
10
12 Front terminals
13 –F 10
12 13
388 III 388 III
= = = =
126 126 126 126 126 126
514 IV Y 514 IV Y
= = = =
Y Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
332 332
510 (IV)
1 1 2 Dettaglio B
510 (IV)
270 270 47
35
20 276 20 276
9 1
149.5
10 138
149.5
10
25
138
1 1 2
20
Y Y
B B
15 4 2 15
169 40 169 77.5 40 240
1 1 15
13 2
45 45
45 45
3 3 17
55 500 55 35 80
55 55
325.5 514 325.5 514
5 X X X X 325 X X 12 13 X X
331 331
5 3 56 0 0 IV
3
M5 = = M5
168.5 168.5
494 III 101
11 6 = = 11 16
600 IV
167
= =
455 494 III
17.5 103 17.5 = = 103
4 24
84 84 10 1 1 2 Dettaglio B 167
Y 12 13 Y
20 12 192 15 20 12 455 192 15
35
23 2 3 8 8 I I2I 3 2
37 384 (III)
= =
37 1 25 384 (III) 10
8 126 126
Y
126
8 20
150 85 514 1
I V5 0 85
= =
388 III
48 MIN 88MAX 48 MIN 88MAX 2 = =
Y
N L1 77.5 L2 L3 24
5014 IV
332 = = 15
510 (IV) 13
270
20 276
9 149.5 17
332
10 138 35
270
Y
1 1 2 Dettaglio B B 20
4 12 13 9
1 1 2 Dettaglio B
169 600 IV
47 149.5 15
10
35 40
47
= =
35 1 B
1 25 494 III 101
1 25
= =
20 14
20 169
167 45
2 3 45
1
2 77.5
500
240
455 55
55
77.5 240 15
325.5
10 514
325 X 13 15 X 12 X 13 X 3
13 331 500
5 3 388 III
= =
M5 126 126 126 168.5
17 325.5
3551 411
IV 80 6 Y 325 X X
17 = =
35 80
5 3
12 13 Y
M5
600 IV 12 13 24 17.5 N L1 L2 L3 103 11

84 332
= 6 0=0 I V
4 9 4 I I=I 101 510 (IV)
494 III
= = =
101
1 270
20
Y
15
12
= =
167
1 23 2 20 24
192
276 17.5
9 149.5 37 384 (III) 84
455
167 10 138 8
150 85
455 10 48 MIN 88MAX B
Y
23
20
2
10 12 13 4 3 71 5
388 III
12 13 169 40
150 85
= = 1
388 III 126 126 126 48 MIN 88MAX
= =
514 IV 126 126 126 Y
= =
514 IV Y 45
= = 45
3
Y 500 55
N L1 L2 L3 55
Y
332 N L1 L2 L3 325.5 514
— 332 510 (IV) 325 X X X X
Key 270 510 (IV) 5 331
270 20 276
3
1 Upper
9 front terminals 149.5 20
M5 168.5
276
92 Lower front 10 11 6
1 4 9 . 5terminals
138
10 138 Y
3 Tightening B
4 B
Y 15
4 torque 8.6Nm 169 17.5 103
40 1254
4 Door position 169 - 1 40
84
Ref. page 7/2 1 20

Y
12 192 15
5 Earthing device - 45 23 2
45 384 (III)
Ref. 3 37
8
5 0 0 page 7/3
45
45 55
3 150 85
500 8 External fixing point. 55
55
325.5 55 4581 M
4 IN 88MAX
Reccomended
325 X screws3 2 5 . 5 X X 5X1 4
3 2 5 X M10x25 high class 5 X X 331 X
3 331
9 Metallic 5 sheet M5
3 168.5
M5 11 6
10 Insulating sheet or 168.5
11 6
insulated metallic
sheet 17.5 103
24
211
4 Crossbeam front
84 103
17.5
84 Y
terminals 20 15
12 Y 192
12 Plastic protection2 3 2 0 2 15
12 1 93 28 4 ( I I I )
2 37
13 Customer2busbar 3
384 (III)
8
150 37
and screws
85
8
150 85
48 MIN 88MAX
(not provided) 48 MIN 88MAX
67 67 67
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 =
166 124
80
SACE
= 70 =
EMAX 2 LOW VOLTAGE AIR CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 124
80 = 70 =
124
80 = 70 =
= 50 =
= 50 =
4 10
= 50 = = 50 =
4
3 = 80 = 10 35 10 3 = 80 =
3 = 80 = 10 10 35
35 10 35 10 35 10
15
15 15 15
—
55
67 67
55 55 55
67 67 67
80 = 80 = = 80 = 80 = 80 =
= 80 = = 80 =80 = 80 =

124 124 124
170 170 170 170 170 17
2 4 Y 1 3 2 4 Y
2 4 1Y 3
III III III

L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2
Y Y Y
Horizontal spread terminals – SHR

170 126 170 170 126 170 126 17
2 4 1 3 Y
2 4 Y
2 4 1Y 3
E4.2 N/S/H 3200A E4.2 N/S/H 4000A
IV IV IV
N L1 L2
Y
L3 E4.2
N V 2000
L1 ...
L2 N4000A
Y
L3 L1 L2
Y
510 (IV) 510 (IV)
12 384 (III) 12 12 384 (III)

12 276 13 13 12 12 276
270
138
1 270 270
3 138
1 3 40 Y 1 3 1 3
40 Y40
2 4 2 4 2 4
20 500 10 20 500 10 20 500 10
55 55 2 4 55 55 5
331 331 331
X X X X X 325 X 325 XX X X X X X X X X
114 114 114
114 114 114
35
8
= 80 =
8 8 2 20
1 35 168.5 20
15
M5 M5 M5
97 15 97 97
87
11 87 87 55
67
55 24 24
67
Y Y
84 57 6 7 84
7 57 84 57 6 6
150 23 5 69
150 23 5 150
69
=2380 =
5 69
= 70 =
80 48 MIN = 70 =
1 124 88 MAX
48 MIN
88 MAX 3
= 50 =
= 50 =
4 10
3 = 80 = 10 35 10
35 10
15
E4.2 N/S/H 3200A 2

15
55 4 67
55
67
35
= 80 =
80 = 80 =
2 =2080 = = 80 =
1 35
124
20
15
15
1 3 170 170
55
67
55
67
2 4 Y 1 3
1 = 80 = 3
= 70 = 1
80 = 70 =
124 III
2 4 L1 L2 L3 = 50 =
= 50 =
4 Y
10
3 = 80 = 10
170 126
35
170
10
35 10
= 80 =
2 35 1 20
2 4 3Y 15
15 2 14 3 2
1 35 20
15 67
55
55
15 67
55
67 35
55
67
= 80 =
IV 2 20 = 80 =
80
1 35 20
N L1 L2
=Y80 =
L3 = 80 = 15 1 35 20
= 80 =
= 80 =124
2 = 70 =
15
4 55
67
15
80 = 70 = 55 55
67 67
124 170 170
510 (IV)
35
= 80 = = 50 = 2 4 2 1 3
20
= 50 =
4 Y 12 384 (III)
13 1
35 1020 = 80 = = 70 =
3 = 80 = 10 35 10 12 80 = 70 = 15 276 80 = 70 =
35 10 270 15 124 124
55 138
15 67
15 1 3 55
67 III = 50 =
—
55
67
E4.2 N/S/H 4000A 67
55
3
1= 80 =
3
L1
= 50 =
L2
Y 10
L3 40 Y 4 35 10 3
10
= 80 =
= 50 =
10
Key 2 35 4 10 35 10
1 Side horizontal E4.2 V 2000 ... 4000A 80 = 70 =

170
15
126 170 = 80 = = 70 = 15
15
divaricate
80 terminals = 80 =
= 80124
=
20
= 80 =500
55
210 4 Y 1 3 67
55
55
55
67 55 67
124 = 50 =
3200A 2 4 = 50 = 331
4 10
325 X X X X X X
2 Central horizontal 170 170 3 = 80 =
114
10 114 35 10
35 10
IV 80 = 80 = = 80 = 80
divaricate terminals 2 4 8 N L1 = 80 =
L2 L3 15 = 80 =
= 80 = Y 2 1 3
35 15 20 124 Y 168.5 124
1 35 3200A 20 M5
97 67
55
3 Side 15 horizontal
15 55
67
87
170 170 11
24
55
divaricate55 terminals III 67 510 (IV) 2 4 Y
1 3
67 L1 L2
7L3 84 6 Y
4000A Y 80
57
5 12
= 80 = 69
384 (III)
= 80 = 1 = 80 =
3
13 12 150
124
23
276
4 Central horizontal 170 126
270
170 48 MIN
= 80 = = 70 = III
88 MAX III 138
divaricate
80
terminals = 70 =
2 4 Y 1 3 170 170 L1 L2 L3
124
4000A 1 3 2 404
Y Y
= 50 = Y 170 126 1 3 170 170
5 Tightening torque = 50 =
4 2 4 10
3 = 80 = IV 10 35 10 2 4 2 1 3 4
35 3200A 8.6Nm 10 N L1 L2 L3 20 500 10 Y
Y 15 III
6 Tightening
15 torque L1
55
L2 L3
55
55 331 35
4000A 8.6Nm55
67 325 X
67
X X X X IV
Y = 80 =
X 2 IV
2
7 Door position - 510 (IV)

114
114 170 126 N 1
170 L1
35
L2 L3
20
15 N
Y
Ref. page 7/2 8 2 4 15
12 384 (III)
= 80 = = 80 = Y 1 3 168.5
55
67
12 8 Grounding
80 = 80 = M5
276 97
55
67
124
87
138
11
11 Mounting outside 24 510 (IV)
IV Y
1 feet - screws3
170 170
Y 6 12 L1 12 384 (III) = 80 = 12 =7
72 4
40 84
13 57 N L2
Y
L3 80
13 = 70 =
12
152703
276
2 recommend 4 M10x25 Y 150 23
69 124
138
270
48 MIN = 50
high class 8.8 or
20 500 10 88 MAX
1 3 4080 = Y
= 50 =
1 4 3
couple superior 55 55 3 510 (IV)
= 10 35 10
III
L1331
2 4 35 10 2 4
Tightening tourque L2 L3 12 384 (III) 15
X X X
114 13
X Y 12 X
276
15
114 40Nm compulsory 170 126 270 170
20 500 10
55
20 500
67
10 55
138 67 55
fixing screws from 55
M5 2 4 11 3
168.5
3 X Y
331
high 97
Y 325 X X X X 40 325 X X X X X
87
2 11
114
114 114
114
12 Insulating sheet or 4 80 = 80 =
= 80 = = 80
Y 8 124
8
57
insulated metallic6 IV 20 500 M5 10
168.5
M5
50 23 5 sheet 69 N L1 L2
Y
L3 87 97
55 55 170 11 87 170 97
24 331 24
13 Metallic sheet 2 4
325 X X X X X X Y Y 1 3
7
114 84
114
57 6 7 84 57 6
8 510 (IV) 150 23 5 69 150 23 5 69
48 MIN 168.5
48 MIN
12 M 5 384 (III)
88 MAX III
12 88 MAX
276
87 97
11 L1 L2 L3
24 Y
138
Y 170 126 170
7 84 57
Y
6
67 67 67
= 70 = = 70 = = 70 =
124
80
DIM ENSIONS 124
80
124
80
167
2 = 80 =
= 50 =
2 = 80 =
10
35 10 35
15 15
55 55
67 67
80 = 80 = 80
124 124
126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126

Y 20 Y 20 Y
1 1
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
N L1 L2
Y Y Y
126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126
Vertical spread terminals

2
– SVR Y 10 Y 10
2
Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 N
L3 L1 L2
11 Y 11 11 Y Y
510 (IV) 510 (IV) 510 (IV)
384 (III) 10 384 (III) 10384 (I

10 10 10
270 270 270
Y Y Y
138 138
1 2 40 1 2 1 40 2 40
53 53 53 53 53
500 500 500
331 331 331

X X
202
X X
202
X X 325 X 325
X X
202
X X
202
X
202
X X X 2
202
X X
1
6 6 6
168.5 168.5
M5 M5 M5
53 53 53 53 53 53
24 24 24
= 80 =
6 Y 6 Y 6 Y
84 57 4 12 1 9 35
5
20
84 57
5 84 4 57 12
4 12
9
150 23 3 69
15 150 23 3 150
69 23 3 69
MIN 5548 MIN 48 MIN
67
MAX 88 MAX 88 MAX
80 = 70 =
124
2 = 80 =
= 50 =
10
35 10
E4.2 N/S/H 3200A 15
2 55
67
1
80 = 80 =
124
= 80 =
1 35 20 2
126 126 126 1 1
15 20
Y
55
67 1
= 80 =
N L1 = 80
L2 = L3
80 1 35 = 70 = 20
1 35
Y
20
124 15
2 126 126 126 15 = 50 =
55 = 80 = 10 10
67 Y 55
67
35 10
2
15
80 = 70 =
80 55 67 = 70 =
124 N L1 L2 L3
11 Y124
2 = 80 =
= 50 =
2
10 = 80 =
510 (IV)
2 80 35 = 80 = 10
35
1 124
384 (III) 15 10
10 55
15
270
Y 67 55
67
126 126 126 138
Y 20
= 80 = 1 2 40
E4.2 N/S/H 4000A 1

1 — 35 20 80 = 80 = 80
124
Key 15 124
1 Vertical divaricate
55
E4.2 V 2000 ... 4000A 500 N L1 L2
Y
53
L3
53
67
126 126
terminals 3200A 331 126
Y 20 126 126 126
325 X X X X126 126 X 126 X Y 20
2 Vertical divaricate 202 202
Y 10
1
terminals80 4000A = 70 = 1
124
6 2 168.5
3 Tightening torque 2 M5 = 50 = N L1 L2 L3
Y N L1 L2 L3
= 80 =
3200A 8.6Nm 53 10
N
53 Y
11
24 35 10 L1 L2
Y
L3
2
4 Tightening torque 126 6 126 Y 126
1
4000A 8.6Nm 5 84 15 57 4 12
Y 10 9 126 126 126
10
150 55 23 3 510 (IV) Y
2 2
48 MIN 384 (III) 10
Ref. page 7/2 88 MAX 10
270 = 80 = Y N
6 Grounding 11
80 = 80 =
L1 L2 L3
N L1 L2 L3
124 1 35
11
138 20 Y
Y
9 Mounting outside 1 2 40 15
510 (IV)
feet - screws rec- 55
510 (IV)
ommend M10x25 126 126 126

67
384 (III) 10 10
Y 20
500 10 53 53
10
384 (III)
high class 8.8 270
1 270 Y
Y
138
or couple superior 331 80 = 70 =
138
Tightening tourque
325 X X
202
X X
202 1 X
2124 40 X
1
N L1 L2
Y
L3 2 2 40 = 50 =
40Nm compulsory 6 = 80 = 10
168.5 35 10
53
fixing screws from 126 M 5
126 126 500
53
500
53 53
10 53 15
high 24
Y 53
331
10 Insulating sheet or 325 X 2 X X X 6 Y X X
331 55
67
5 84 57 4 202 12 325 202

X X
202
X
9 X
202
X X
insulated metallic 150 23 36 69
sheet N
48 MIN
L1 L2
Y
L3 6 168.5 80 = 80 =
M5 168.5
11 Metallic sheet 88 MAX
53 53
M5 124
510 (IV) 24 53 53
24
Y
10 4 12 6
126 126 126
912 6 Y
10
384 (III)
5 84 57
5 84 57 4Y 20 9
270 150 23 3 69 3
Y
48
138MIN
150 23 69 1
48 MIN
88 MAX
1 2 40 88 MAX
N L1 L2 L3
Y
53 53
500 126 126 126
Y 10
331
X X X
202
X X 2
202
6 N L1 L2 L3
168.5
M5 11 Y
53 53
510 (IV)
Y
1 2 1 1 2 2
35 50 35
—
35 20 35 35 20 20
12 12 12 12
10
33 33 33 33
45 45 45 45

10
13 13 13 13 13 13
= 80 = = 80 = = 80 =
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 = = 70 = = 70 =
252 252 252 2

Y
1 2 63 1 2 1 2
6 MESSA A TERRA 6 6 A TERRA
MESSA MESSA A TERRA
III Y III III
L1 L2 L3 L1 L1 L2
7 7 7
.. MAX
Horizontal
1 2
rear terminals – HR 189 252
63
Y
252
.. MAX .. MAX
1 2 1 2
189 1 8 29 5 2
63
Y
2
8 E6.2 H/V/X
8 4000-5000A
8 E6.2 H/V/X 4000-6300A
IV Y
IV IV Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1
N L1 L2
7 7 7
8 8 8 8 8 8
1 2
1 2
35
1 20 35
2 50
12 12 10
33 33
45 45
E6.2 H/V/X 4000-5000A 10

13 13
= 80 = = 80 =
= 80 = = 70 =
252 252
Y
1 2 63
1
1 2
6 35
MESSA A TERRA
20 35 50
12
III 12 Y 10
L1 L2 L3
7 33 33
45 189 252 4 52 5 2
.. MAX Y
1 1 2 63
10 2
13 13
8 = 80 = = 70 =
= 80 = = 80 =
IV 252 Y
Y
252
1 2 N L1 L26 3 L3
7
1
6 MESSA A TERRA 8 8 35 20
III Y
12
L1 L2 L3
7
1 189 2
252 252
33
45
1 .. MAX 2 Y
35
12 1 2 20
63
35
12
50
10
8 13
33 33
= 80 = = 70 =
45 45
IV
E6.2 H/V/X 4000-6300A
Y
N L1 L2 L3 10
7 13 13
= 80 = = 80 =
= 80 = = 70 =
8 8
252
Y
252
6 MESSA A TERRA
1 2 63
1 2 III
1 2
6 35
MESSA A TERRA
50
35
12
20
12 10 III Y 7
L1 L2 L3
7 .. MAX
33
45
33
45 189 252 252
1 2
.. MAX Y
1 2 63 8
10
13 13
= 80 = = 70 = 8 = 80 = = 80 =
IV
252 252 IV Y
1 2
Y
63 N L1 L2 L3 7
7
1 2
6 MESSA A TERRA 8 83 5 20 35
8 50 8
III Y 12 12 10
L1 L2 L3
189 252 252 33 33
45 45
.. MAX Y
— 1 2 63
Key 13 13
10
= 80 = = 80 =
= 80 = = 70 =
1 Horizontal terminals
IV Y
5000A N L1 L2 L3 252 252
Y
7 2 Horizontal terminals 1 2 63
8 6300A 8
3 Tightening torque 6 MESSA A TERRA
5000A 20Nm III Y
4 Tightening torque L1 L2 L3
7
6300A 20Nm 189 252 252
Y
5 Door position - .. MAX
1 2 63
Ref. page 7/2
8
6 Earthing device -
Ref. page 7/3 IV Y
7 Metallic sheet N L1 L2 L3
7
8 Insulating sheet or
insulated metallic 8 8
sheet
1 252 252 1 252 252
63 63
3 Y 3 Y
DIMENSIONS 169
III Y III Y
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
1 189 252 252 1 189 252 252
63 63
3 Y
3 Y
IV Y IV Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
2 252 252 2 252 252
63 63
4 Y 4 Y
III Y III Y
L1 L2 L3 9 L1 L2 L3
2 189 252 252 2 189 252 252
Vertical
4 rear terminals – VR Y
63
4
Y
63
IV Y E6.2 H/V/X 4000...6300A IV Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
7 8 888 (IV) 7 8 888 (IV)

762 (III) 762 (III)
444 (IV) 444 (IV)
40 318 (III) 40 318 (III)
20 MIN Y 20 MIN Y
500 500
NO 325 X X 331 X X NO 325 X X 331 X X

114 114
10.5 OK Ø 10.5
M5 168.5 M5
24 24
97 97
1 1 2 2
Y Y
12 6 138 12 6 138
276 276
84 51 9 84 51
Ø 10.5 Ø 10.5
48 MIN Y 48 MIN Y
150 23 150 23
88 MAX 88 MAX
460 (IV) 7
=
460 (IV)
150
Ø .. MAX 460 334 (III) = Ø .. MAX 460 334 (III)

8
1 1 2 2
6 MESSA A TERRA Y
1 1 6 MESSA A TERRA 2 2 Y
35 35 20 20 35 35 50 50
12 12 10 10
12 12
1 2
33 33 33 33
45 45 45 45
E6.2 H/V/X 4000-5000A 10 10

Ø 13 Ø 13
Ø 13 Ø 13
= 80 = = 80 = = 70 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 = = 80 = = 80 =
1 1 2 2
1 1 252 252 252 252
1
35 35 20 20
2
35
63
35
63
50 50
1
35 12 12 20
3 3 35
Y Y 12
50
12 10 10
12 10
12
33 33 33 33
45 45 45 45
III III Y Y
33 33
45 L1 L1 L2 L2 45 L3 L3
Ø 13 Ø 13 10 10
= 80 = = 80 = = 70 = = 70 = 1 1 189 Ø189
13 Ø 13
252 252
= 80 =
252
= 80 =
252
10 = 80 = = 80 =
Ø 13 63 63
Ø 13
= 80 = = 70 =
3 3 = 80 = Y Y = 80 =
1 1 252 252 252 252
1 252 252 63 63
1
IV3 IV3 63
Y
Y Y
Y
35 20
3 N N L1
Y
L1 L2 L2 L3 L3
12
III 2 III 2
252 252 252 252
Y Y
III Y 63 63
4 L1
4 L1 L1
L2
L2 Y L2
L3 Y L3 L3 33
45
1 2
1 1 1
189
189 189
252
252 252
252
63
252
63
252
63
3 III 3 III 3 Y Y Y Ø 13
Y Y
= 80 = = 70 =
9 9
E6.2 H/V/X 4000-6300A L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3
IV IV2 IV2 189 189
Y
252
Y
252
Y
252 252 1
N N L1 N L1 L2
L1 L2 63 L3
L2 63 L3 L3
Y Y
2 4
2 24 252
252 252
252 252 252
3
63
1 2 4 163 63
IV4 IV4
Y
Y
Y Y
Y 2
35 20 35 50
10 N N L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 III
12 12
III Y
9 7 7 8 8 III III 888

Y (IV) 888
Y (IV)
33
9 9 33
L1 L2
762 (III)
L3
762 (III) 1
45 45 L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3
2 189 252 252
2 2 189 189 Y 252 63 252 252
444 (IV) 444 (IV)
252 3
Ø 13
Ø 13
10
4 40 40
63 318 (III)63 318 (III)
Y Y
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = 20=MIN
80 = 20 MIN
4 4 Y Y
IV Y IV
1 1N IV
252 252
IV 500 L1 L2 Y Y L3
2
63 500
3 Y 35 20 35 50 2
7 8 N N L1 L1
888 (IV) L2 L2 L3 L3
NO NO 10
325 X 325 X
7 7 8
X 114 X
8
331
114 X 331 X 12762 (III)
888 (IV) 888 (IV)
X X 12
4
OK Ø 10.5 OK Ø 10.5
III Y
762 (III)
444 (IV)
762 (III)
M5 M5 40 318 (III) 168.5 168.5
L1 L2 24 24 L3 33 33
20 MIN 97 97 45 444 (IV) 444 (IV) 45
Y
— 1 189 252 252
40 40 318 (III) 318 (III) III
63 Y Y
Key 20 MIN 20 MIN 12 12 9
3 Y
Ø 13 6 6 Y 138 Y 138
Ø 13
10
1 Vertical termi- 500 276 276
9 9
84 84 51 51 = 80 =
Ø 10.5 Ø 10.5
= 70 = = 80 = = 80 =
2
nals 5000A IV NO 325 48
XY MIN 48 MIN 150 X
15023 114 23 331 X Y Y X
500 500
2 Vertical termi- NØ 10.5
OK L1
88 MAX
L2
88 MAX
L3 1 252 252 4
M5 168.5
nals 6300A 27 7 NO
252
24
NO
325 325
X 252 X X 97 114 X 331
114 X 331 X 460 (IV)
3
X (IV)
460 X = =
Y
63
3 Tightening torque 4 OK Ø 10.5 OK Ø 10.5 63

460 460 334 (III) 334 (III)
150 150
IV
YØ .. MAX Ø .. MAXM 5 M5 Y 168.5 = 168.5 =
5000A 20Nm 8 8 24 24
97
12
97
6 138
276
4 Tightening torque 6 6 MESSA
84
AMESSA
51
TERRAA TERRA III 9 Y
7
6300A 20Nm III 48 MIN
Y
88 MAX
150 23 12
Ø 10.5
12 6 6
Y Y
Y
138
Y
Y
138 L1 L2 L3
8
L1 L2 L3 276 276
5 Door position - 84 84 51 51 1 9 189 9 252 252
27
=
189 252 252 Ø 10.5 Ø 10.5 460 (IV)
Ref. page 7/2 48 MIN 48 MIN 150
63 15023 23
Y Y 150 63
40
6 Earthing device - 48
88Y MAX
Ø .. MAX
88 MAX 460 334 (III) 3 =
Y
20 MIN
Ref. page 7/3 7 7 6 MESSA A TERRA 460 (IV) 460 (IV)

= =
7 Metallic sheet IV Y Y
IV 150 150 Y
Ø .. MAX Ø .. MAX 460 460 334 (III) 334 (III) = =
8 Insulating sheet or 8 N8 L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 500
7
insulated 8metallic 6 6 MESSA AMESSA
888 (IV)
TERRAA TERRA Y Y 2 NO 252 325 X
252
X 331 X
762 (III) 114
sheet 4 OK Ø 10.5
63
444 (IV) Y
24 M5
40 318 (III)
97
20 MIN Y
III Y
12
500 9 L1 L2 L3
84 51
2 189 252 252
1 2 3 4 1 2
1 2 3 4
35 20 35 50 35 20
170 SACE
12
EMAX 2 LOW VOLTAGE AIR CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
12
10
35 20
12
35 50
10
12 12
33 33 33
45 45 45
33 33
45 45
Ø 13 10 Ø 13
Ø 13 Ø 13
Ø 13 10
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 = = 80 = Ø 13 = 70 =
—
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 =
252 252 252 252 2

Y 252 252 252
2 63 2Y
2 63

Y
Y
9 N L1 L2 L3 9 N L1
10 10 9 10 N 10L1 L2 L3
10 10 1 2
51 51 4 252 252 252 51 51 4 252 2
15 15
Y 51 51 4 15 1 2 252
15
252
Y
252
63 15 15
35 63 20
35 20
2 2 2 2 2 2 12
500
4 4 Y
4 4 4 4 12
Y
500
N 500
L1 L2 L3 N 33 L1
N L1 33 L2 L345
Orientable rear terminals - HR/VR full size

252 252 252 45 252 2
X X 114 X X 114 X X 114 X 252 X 114 252 252
Y
1 3 63
X X 114 X X 114
1 3 1 3
Ø 13 Y
63
Ø 13
= 80 = = 70 = Ø
= 80 = = 70 =
97 97 97 97
97 97
E6.2 H/V/X 4000-5000A E6.2 H/V/X

5 5 Y
5 5 5 5 Y 2
252
2
7 6 6 N L1 L2 L3 7 6
7
6 6N 4000-6300A
6
L1 L2 N L3 L1
9 99 10 9 N
10 1014
9 10 1010
1014 10 N L1 1
444 51
4 51 444 4252
270 10 40 276 270 10 270
40 10
51 51
15 40 276 15
138 15 15
138
20 20 20
2 2 2 2
10 90 90 10 500
4 10 4
4 90
4 90
20 20 500 90 20
N L1 N
325 X X 134 X X 114 331 X X 325 1 X2 X 134
325
X XXX 114 331 X XX X 114
134
3X X4 X 114
XX 114114 331X X X 114 252 X
1 3 1 3
168.5 35 20 35 50 1
M5 M5 M5
87 97 87 97 97
87 97
9797 97 10
12 12
24 12 6 24
33
24 12 6 5 5 5 33
12 65
45 7 7 6 6 6
45
6 N L1 N
84 51 51 84 51 51 84 51 51
Ø 13 10
48 MIN 48 MIN 48 MIN Ø 13
150 23 150 23 150 23
88 MAX 88 MAX = 80 = 88=MAX
70 = = 80 = = 80 =
9 9 10 10
252
270 10 270Y
252 252
10 40 40
2 63
20 20
Y
20 10 90
9 N L1 L2 20 L3
10 90
10 10
325 X X
51 51 4 X 252 325 X
X 134
252
Y
X 114 331
X 252 134 X X 114 331 X
15 15
63
M5
E6.2 H/V/X 4000-5000A 2 2
87 M5 97
87 97
1 24 4 24
3 Y4 12 6
500 24 12 6
35 N
20 L1 35L2 L3 50
1 2 1X 114
2 3 4 84
252
51
252 84 3 4
51
51 252 51
X X X 114 10
Y 12
35 20
12
1 3 48 MIN
35 88 MAX 150 23
48 MIN 50
63
35 20 15035 23 50
88 MAX
33 10 33
12 97 97 45 12 45 10
12 12
33
45
Ø 13
5 5 33
33
45 Ø 13 Y
33
10
7 6
= 80 =
6
45 = 70 =
N L1
= 80 =
L2
45
L3
= 80 =
Ø 13 10
Ø 13 Ø 13 10
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = 252 Ø 13
= 80 = 252 252
= 80 = = 70 = Y= 80 = = 80 =
9 2 63
10 1014
252 252 252
Y 252 252 252444
270 2 10 40
2
63 Y
276
Y 63
138
9 20 N L1 L2 L3
10 10 Y
115
51 2 51 4 252 252
3 Y4
Y 252
9 9 10 N L1 L2 L3
10 10
20 15
10
10 90 N L1 L2 63 L3 90
51 51 4 35252 252 20 252 35 50

51 2 2 331 4
51 X Y 252 252 252
15 325 X 15 X X X Y X 10
134 114 63 12
15 15 12
500
4 4 Y 63
2 2 M5
2 87 2 N L1 L2 L3
168.5
E6.2 H/V/X 4000-6300A 4 4

97 33
45
Y 252 252 252
33
45
500
X X 114
4 X X 114
4 Y
Y
500
24 Ø 13 N L1 1 3 12L2 6 L3 63
10
N L1 Ø 13 L2 L3
X X 114 X X 114 = 80252
= 252 = 70 = 252 = 80 = = 80 =
97 97 Y 252 252 252
X
1 3
84 X 114
51 X X 51114
1 3 63 Y
1 2 3 4 63
48 MIN 252 252 252
97 88 MAX 97
150 23 5 5 Y
35 20 35
7 50 97 97 2 63
10
6 6 N L1 L2 L3
12 5 12
5 5 5
Y
Y
7 6 7 6 N L1 L2 L3
Y
33 9 9 33 6 6 N
N
L1
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
10 10
45 45 1014
10
Ø 13 270 51 10 51 4 252 252 252444
9 Ø 13
9 10
10
15 15
401014 276
Y
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 =
20
10 1014 138 63
444
270 10 270 40 2
10 2 276
276
444
40
252 252 252 138
204 410
20 Y Y 138
2 63
500 20 90 90
N L1 L2 L3
325 X X X X X
— Y20
X 10 90 XX 114 134
X X 114 114 331 252 90252 252
Y
20 10
1 3 90
63
90
9
Key N L1 L2 L3 168.5
10 10 325 X X 134 325
X X 114 331
M5 X
87 X 97 X
X
1 Horizontal terminals X X 97 134 X
97 114 331 X
51 51 4 252 252
Y
252
5000A 15 15 M5
168.5
168.5
87
63 24
97 M5 587 5 12 6 Y
2 Vertical terminals 7
97
2 2 84 51 6 51 6 N L1 L2 L3
5000A 24 12 6
500 3 Horizontal terminals

4 4 Y 24
48 MIN
12 6
150 23
88 MAX
N 84L1 51 L2 51 L3
6300A 9 84 51 51
10 1014
X X 114 X X 114 48 MIN 252 150
252
23 Y
252
4 Vertical terminals 1 3 88 MAX 63
48 MIN
88 MAX 270
150 23
10 276
444
40
6300A 138
97 97 20
5 Tightening torque
5000A 20Nm 5 5 Y
10
20 90 90
7 6 Tightening torque6 6 N L1 L2 L3
6300A 20Nm 325 X X 134

X X 114 331 X X
7 Door position -
9 10 1014
M5
168.5
Ref. page 7/2 87 97
444
270 device - 10
8 Earthing 40 276
138 24 12 6
Ref. page 7/3 20
9 Metallic sheet 84 51 51
10 Insulating sheet or 20 10 90 48 MIN 150

90
23
88 MAX
insulated metallic
325 X X X X
X X 114 331
sheet 134
168.5
M5
87 97
24 12 6
84 51 51
1 1
35 80 35 80
DIMENSIONS 171
90
1 90
1
2 2
12 12
20 20
47 13 252 252
47 13 252 252
63 63
Y Y
240 240
15
III Y
15
III Y
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
35 80 189 252 252 35 80 189 252 252
63 63
Y Y
13 13
IV Y IV Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
252 252 252 252 252 252
63 63
Front terminals – F
Y Y
IV FS IV FS
Y Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
35 35
25 25
12 12
77.5 77.5
1014 (IV FS) 1014 (IV FS)
13 13
332 888 (IV) 332 888 (IV)
9 270 444 (IV/IV FS) 9 270 444 (IV/IV FS)

20 1 318 (III)
20
20 1 318 (III)
149.5 17 149.5 47 17
10 15 1 10 15
4 40 Y 240 4 40 Y
169 169
15
11 13 11
90
1 90
55 55
35 80
1 90
55
500 500
2
3 65 65 3 65 65
325 X X 326.5 514
331 X X 325 X X 326.5 514
331 X
5 3 138 5 3 1 138
M5 M5
35 80
12 12
11 6 276
11 6 276
24 102 24 102
84 16.5 84 16.5
168.5 20
48 MIN 88MAX 20 Y 48 MIN 88MAX 20 90
1 47
Y
37 1 15 762 (III) 37 1 15 762 (III)
150 85 1 150 85
2 240
23 23 15
8 12 13 8
20
47
13 252 35 80 252
63
Y
240
15
III Y
L1 L2 L3
35 80
Upper front terminals Lower front terminal

35 80 189 252 252
63
Y
13
IV Y
20 20 N L1 L2 L3
90
1
47 47
252 252 252
1 1 2 63
240 240
15 15 IV FS
Y 12
13 13 20
Y
20
N L1 4 7 L2 13 L3
252 252
47 35 80 35 80 63
35 Y
1 25 2402 2
III
240 15
Y
L1 L2
13
15
12 1 1 189
20 35 80 252
35 80 35 80
77.5 63
47 35 80 1014 (IV FS)
13 Y
332 2 13 888 (IV)
240
9 270 IV
444 (IV/IV FS)
Y
N
15 20 1 L1 L2
13 90
149.5 1 17
1
90
1 318 (III)
80 252 252
35
35 80
4 10 15
63
2 2 169
40 Y
Y
2 12 IV FS
12 11
20
Y
20
N 9 0L1 L2
47
1 13 90
1 252
1 252
47
90 13 55
252
35
252
55
35 80 500 63 63
Y Y
3 65
25
65
2 240
325 X
240
X 326.5 514
331 X X
15
12 III 5 3L2 Y
15
III 12 Y
138
L1 M 5 L3 L1 L2 L3
20
90
1 35 80
13
189
11
252
252
35 25
820 12 6 77.5 189 252 276 252 1014 (IV FS)
13
252
47 63 63
63
Y 332 Y 888 (IV)
Y
240
13 24
16.5
139 102
270 444
IV
84
Y IV 20 1Y Y 168.5
12 15
III 48 MIN 88MAX
N L1 Y2 0 L2 L3 1 4 9 . 5 N 17 L1 L2 L3 318 (
20
L1 L2
37 1 L3 15 762 (III)
47
13 252 3 52 5 2 80 189 125502 28552 252 252
4252 10 252 252
40
15
252
Y
63 63 169 63
63
Y 23
240 13 IV FS
Y Y
8 IV FS 11 Y
15
III Y IV Y Y Y
L1 L2 L3 N N L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 N 1 L1 90 L2 55 L3
500
35 80 189 252 252 35 35
3-pole Y
63 25 4-pole 252 252
63
252
325 X 25 4 -pole
3
X full size
326.5 514
331 X
65
Y 5 3
— 13
12 IV FS 12 M5
IV Y
12
Key N L1 L2
77.5
L3 Y
77.5
11 6
N L1 1 0 1 4L2( I V F S ) L3 1014 (IV FS)
1 Upper front terminals 252 252 252
35
13 13
888 (IV) 24 102 888 (IV)
332
2 Lower front terminals 9 270
332
63
25
9 270
84 16.5
Y 4 8 M I N 48484M(AI V
X/ I V F S ) 444 (IV/IV FS) Y
3 Tightening IV FS 20 1 20 1 20
1 15 318 (III)
12 Y 17 1 73 1 8 ( I I I ) 37 762 (III)
149.5 149.5
torque 8.6Nm N L1 L2 L3
150 85
4 7 7 . 5 10
15
4 10 15
13
40 1014 (IV FS) Y 40
23 Y
169 169
8
Ref. page 7/2 25
332 11 888 (IV)
11
9 270
5 Earthing12 device - 1
444 (IV/IV FS)
90 90
20
171
90
55 1
318 (III) 55
90
55 55
Ref. page 77/37.5
500
149.5 500
1014 (IV FS)
8 External fixing point.13 4 10 3 40
15 65
Y
3 65 65 65
325 X X 326.5 514
331 X 325 X X 326.5 514
331 X X X
332 169 888 (IV)
9 Reccomended screws 5 3 5 3 138 138

270 M 5 11 444 (IV/IV FS) M5
M10x25
20
high class 1 12
149.5 17 11 3 1 8 ( I I I ) 12 6
11 276 90
6 276
9 Metallic sheet 1 90
55 55
4 10 500 15
1 6 9 10 Insulating sheet or
40 24 Y 24 102
3
102
16.5 65 84 16.5 65
84 168.5 168.5
X X 331 X X
insulated 11 metallic
325
48 MIN 88MAX 326.5
20
514 48 MIN 88MAX 20 Y Y
5 3 1 15 7 6 2 ( I3I 7
I)
138
1 15 762 (III)
sheet M5
37
90
1 90
55
150
11
85
55
12 6
150 85
276
11 Crossbeam front 23 23
3
terminals 65 65 8 8
325 X X 326.5 514
331 X 24 102 X
16.5
5 12 Plastic3protection 48 MIN 88MAX
84
138
Y
168.5
M5 20
13 Customer11
busbar 12 6 37 1 276
15 762 (III)
and screws 150 85
24
84
(not provided)
1 6 . 5
102 23
8 168.5
MIN 88MAX 20 Y
37 1 15 762 (III)
150 85
23
8
—
Withdrawable circuit-breaker
E1.2 E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2
A A
B B
C C
Y Y
306
244 306 A B C
244
226 Y [mm] 4p 3p 3p 4p
226 Y
122 Y
122 Y E1.2 348 278 155.5 155.5
363.5 153 425 E2.2 407 317 158.5 158.5
343 X
179
x x X 153
179
E4.2 551 425 212.5 212.5
224
112
100
224
112
100
181.5
100
159.5 348 E6.2 929 803 338.5 464.5
254
X X
100
X X
348
254
X X X X
E6.2/f 1055 - - 464.5
100
121
37
100
Y
121
37
Y
100 100
Y 100 100
Y
Y
Compartment door drilling 158 Y
158
E1.2 E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2

306
306
274 Y
161 274 Y
161
Y
Y
153
192
153
192
138,5
150
138,5
384 100
150
384
374
100
X X
262
374
X X X X
19262
X X
138,5
50
138,5
50
19
100 100
100 100
Y
23
Y
23
143,5 143,5 Y
143,5 143,5 158 Y
158
Ø4 n°8 holes
Ø5 n°8 holes
Distance from connected to isolated position

E1.2 E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2
C C
305 305 12.5 12.5
C C
47 47
40 40
3
3 251 3 2 251 2
75 B 75 B
275.5 275.5
B B
E1.2 Standard Ronis/STI Kirk Castell E2.2-E4.2-E6.2 Standard Ronis/STI Kirk Castell
B [mm] 44.5 55 55 85 B [mm] 22 34 39 57.5
C [mm] 36 46.5 46.5 76.5 C [mm] 23 35 40 58.5
B refers to KLC; C refers to KLP
DIMENSIONS 173
Dimensions of the compartment

D
C
C
1 2 3
A B C D
[mm] 3p 4p
E1.2 280 350 440* 252
E2.2 400 490 500 355
2 E4.2 500 600 500 355

B A B A
25 3 25 E6.2
15 900 1000 500 355
1 12.5
Ø 11 Ø 11 E6.2/f - 1200 500 355
12.5 * 390 for voltages ≤ 440V AC

12.5 33
= 44 = 25 39
Floor fixing Wall fixing (only for E1.2)

12.5 = 44 = = 44 =
Y
— A = 179.5 (IV)
73 D (IV) 70 70 70
Key D (III)
7 A = 109.5 (III) 2
1 Ventilation drilling E (III)
1 Y
15 B = 109.5
on the switchgear E (IV)
C = 99.5
Y 50 Y
200
Y
N L1 L2 L3
A (III) B (III) 75
F (III) = 7 70 70 70
Ø9
139.5
X X Y 15
C
G = 3
Y X X
A (IV) B (IV) Y
N L1 L2 L3
102.5
139.5
348 (IV)
271 15
278 (III)
251
155.5
8
C = 99.5
271 15
10 1 8 Y
Y
251
102.5 (III)
10 2 7 29 2
172.5 (IV)
239.5
A B C D E F G
[mm] 3p 4p 3p 4p 3p 4p 3p 4p
236.5
X
E1.2 X
80
198
236.5 150
X 80 80 X
100363.5 -
343
X
- - - X
- 9
E2.2 75 175 75 75 150 270 360 135 135 - 10
E4.2 100 225 100 100 150 159.5
378 504 189 189 - 10
57.5 60.5 57.5 375
E6.2 363 237 375 150 756 882 315 441 63 10
E6.2/f - 425 - 425 150 - 1008 - 441 - 10
3 5
5 49 100
4
15 49 100
42 4
Y
Earthing device E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2
42 15 6 Fixing on support sheet (only for E1.2)
203
271 Y
251
10 Ø10 MAX 193.5 8
2 7 29
Y
M5x8 screws supplied 100 Ø 9
Tightening
III - 342
torque 3Nm
15 202 IV - 456
20 50 Y
30
115 80 (III) 80
Ø 6.5
236.5
X X
4 213
230
III - 206 150 (IV)
99.5 IV - 276
2 199 X X 460
109.5
57.5 53
103
25 3 25 15
Ø 11 12.5 Ø 11
174 SACE12.5EMAX 2 LOW VOLTAGE AIR CIRCUIT-BREAKERS

12.5 33
25 39
2
25 3 25 15
12.5 = 44 = 1 = 44 =
Ø 11 12.5 Ø 11
—
70 70 70
7 Y 2 12.5
12.5
= 44 = 25 33 39
15
Withdrawable circuit-breaker - E1.2

200
Y 12.5 = 44 = = 44 =
N L1 L2 L3
73 70 70 70
7 2
7 70 70
Y
70 Y
15 15
3
200
Y
Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
0 Rear orientable terminals - HR/VR 7 70 70 70
271 15 1 2 Y
315 3
251 348 (IV)
15
10 1 8 278 (III)
N L1
Y
L2 L3
2 155.5
9
Y 348 (IV)
271 15
278 (III)
251
2
271
125
15 155.5
8
251
10 38 25
Y
15
10 1 Ø 11 12.5
236.5 363.5
2 7 29 2 Ø 11
343
8 X X X X
12.5
12.5 33
= 44 = 25 39
159.5 239.5
0.5 57.5 12.5 = 44 = = 44 =
1 236.5 2 236.5 3
363.5
343
X Y 73 X 198 X X X 70 X
70 70
5 7 Y 2
49 100
4 15
159.5
42 15 6 200
203
57.5 60.5
9 57.5 Y
Y N L1 L2 L3
8 1 3 5 2 3 70
193.5
5 49 100 2 7 70 70
Y
Terminals HR 15 4 Y 15
100
25 Ø4
9 3 49 100
25 15 3
III - 342
1 42
Ø 11 12.5 42 15 6
Y
Ø 11
202 IV - 456 203 Y
20 50 271 Y N L1 Y L2 L3
12.5
30 251 12.5 33
= 44 = 25 39
115 10 193.5 8
Ø 6.5 80 (III) 2 780 29
Y
348 (IV)
230 271 2 15 100
278 (III) Ø 9
99.5
III - 206
IV - 276
150 (IV) 12.5
25 1 = 44
251=
III - 342 3
= 44 =
25 15
2
199 X X 460 1
271 15 202 IV - 456
1
15 155.5
8
73 Ø 11 10 12.5
20 70 50
70 70 8 Ø 11 Y
Y
109.5 251 7 30 2
10 2 715 29 2
Y
115 12.5
12.5 Ø 6.5 80 (III) 33 80
= 44 = 25 39
103 236.5
X X
4 213
230
200 III - 206 150 (IV)
99.5 Y
Y IV - 276
III - 219 2 199 X 12.5 N L1 L2X L3 460 = 44 = = 44 = 239.5
6 1 IV - 289 2 3
73 7
109.5
70 70 70
70 70 70
2
57.5 53 Y 15 7 2
236.5 236.5 363.5
3
343 Y 25 3
X X 198 X
15 103 X
1 X
Ø 11 12.5
X
Ø 11
5 49
15
100
200
Y
IIIN- 219 L1
Y
L2 L3 159.5 Y
42 6 IV - 289
N L1 L2 12.5
12.5
57.5 60.5 57.5 = 44 = L3 25
348 (IV)
271
215 7 70 70 70
278 (III)
25 251 3 3 5 25 15
Y 15
312.5
1 5 49 100
271 Ø 11 15
1
12.5 15
8 Ø 11
155.5
4 8
251
10 4 49 100 Y
42
73 Y Y
10 2 7= 44 29 2 12.5
42 12.5 15
33
6 N L1 L2 L3 7
= 25 203 39
271 15
Terminals VR 251
348 (IV)
Y
10 12.5 271 = 44 = 15
193.5 8
= 44 = 200 278 (III)
2 7 29
251 Y 239.5
100
271 15 155.5
8Ø9
73
251
10 71 70
III - 342
70
Y
870 2
Y
15 363.5 202 IV - 456
236.5
X 10X 198
236.5
2X 7 15 29 X
343 2
X 20 50 X Y 7
30
200
1 159.5 Ø 6.5 Y 115
2 80 (III) 80
3
236.5
X X
4 213 N L1 L2 L3 230
239.5
III - 206 150 (IV)
57.5 60.5 57.5
99.5 IV - 276
2 199 7 X
70 70
Y
70
X 460
15
236.5 3 5 236.5
109.5 363.5
343
3
5 49 100 X57.5 X 198 X
53 4 X X X
271 15
15
42 4 49 100
103
Y 251
N L1 L2
Y L3
—
42 15 6 271 159.5 15
271 5 49 100 203 Y
2 10 1 8
Key 57.5 15 60.5 57.5 III - 219 348Y (IV)
251
2 Horizontal rear251 42 271 15 6 10 IV - 289
3
10 terminals 2 8 2
25 278 (III) 7 29 225 15
3 1
193.5
7 29 251
Y
5 Ø 11 12.5 Ø 11
3 Vertical rear
271
5 49
10
100
1
15
8
100
Y 4
155.5
Ø 9 8
15
terminals
251 III - 342 4 49 100
12.5
10 15 42 202 IV - 456 12.5 Y
4 Tightening 2torque 7
2
29
20
= 50
44 = 42 15
Y 6 25 33 39
203
12 Nm 271 30 Y
115
5 Door position - 251 Ø 6.5 80 (III)
12.5
80
= 44363.5
236.5
Ref. page 7/20 10X 4 230 236.5 193.5 8 239.5 236.5
X
= 44 = = 343
X 213 2 7 29
III - 206
X
150 (IV) Y
X 198 X
7 Rear segregation for 99.5 IV - 276 100 Ø 9
2 73
7 70 70 70
236.5
rear terminals
236.5
199 X
15
109.5
X
363.5
460
343
III - 342
Y 2 159.5
10 SXectioning run X 198 X X 202 IV -X456
15 X
57.5 20 50 Y
53 57.5 60.5 57.5
30
103 200
159.5 115
Ø 6.5 80 (III) 80 Y
236.5 4 230 3
5
57.5
49 100 X60.5 57.5 XY 213 5 N L1 L2 L3
15 III - 219
99.5 5 49 III - 100
206 150 (IV)
4
42 6 IV - 289
2 15
IV - 276
49 70100
3
199 X
42
X 460 4 7 70 70
5 109.5 42 15
Y 15
63
5 49 100
4
15 57.5
42 4 49 100 53
271
203
Y
42 15 6 103
251 Y
271
5 49 100
203
10 N L1 L2 193.5L3 8
251 15
Y
III - 219
2 Y
7 29
Y
10 42 193.5 6 8 IV - 289 348 (IV)

100
7 Y 15
3
Y
DIMENSIONS N L1 L2 L3175
2 2
348 (IV)
25 3 25 15 25 3 25 15
Ø 11 12.5 1 Ø 11 12.5
271 15
278 (III)
Ø 11 Ø 11 251
12.5
271
10
12.5 1
15
8 Y
155.5
8
12.5 33 251 12.5 33
44 = 25 39 = 44 = 25 39
10 2 7 29 2
12.5 = 44 = = 44 = 12.5 = 44 = = 44 =
3 70 73 70 239.5
70 70 70 70
7 Y 2 7 Y 2
15 15
236.5 236.5 363.5
343
200 X
200 X 198 X X X X
Y Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
159.5
7 70 70
Y
70
57.5 60.5 57.5
7 70 70
Y
70
15 15
3 3
3
Extended front terminals
5 – EF N L1
Y
L2 L3
49
15
100
4
5
49 N L1
100 L2
Y
L3 4
42
Y
348 (IV)
42 15
348 (IV) 6
203
271 15 271
271 15
278 (III) 278 (III) Y
251 251251
10 1
15
8
271
Y
155.5
8 10 10 2 1
15
7 29 8 Y
193.5155.5 88
Y
251 100 Ø 9
29 2 10 2 7 29 2
III - 342
15 202 IV - 456
20 50 Y
239.5
30
115 239.5 1
Ø 6.5 80 (III) 80
236.5
X
4 230
1
X 213
99.5
2 III - 206 150 (IV) 3
X 198
236.5
X X 2 363.5 343 236.5
XX XX 198
236.5
X X 2
363.5
343
199 XX
2 IV - 276
X X 460
109.5
1 159.5
57.5 2 53 159.5
3
103
60.5 57.5
1 57.5 60.5 57.5 2 3
5 49
15
100 Y
III - 219
3 5 3 5 42 6 2
IV - 289
1
4 5 49 100
4 25 3 25 15
15
4 49 100
42 4 49
1 100
Ø 11 12.5
Y Y Ø 11
42
67.5
15
10 6 42 15
2 67.5 6 10
203 203 = 44 =
17.5
271
Y 25 2 3 17.5 25 12.5 15 Y 12.5
17.5 1 251 12.5
= 44 =17.5
2 25 33 39
193.5 8 10 95 70 Ø 11 Ø 11
193.5 8 95 70
29
Y
2 7 29 25 3 Y 25 15
100 1 Ø 9 10012.5 Ø 9 7.5
2 = 44 =
7.5
Ø 11 12.512.5
25
12.5
Ø 11 33 39 2 = 44 = = 44 =
37.5 III - 342 10 37.5

III - 342 10 73
15 202 IV - 456 15 202 73 IV - 456 70 70 70
20 50 110
7 = 44 = Y Y 12.5
25 20
12.5
50 33 39
110 Y 7 7 Y Y 2
37.5 30 12.5 30 37.5 = 44 = = 44 =
15
115 80 (III) 80 115 80 (III) 80
Ø 6.5 Ø 6.5
4 230 236.5 73 Y 4 12.5
7 200 =70
= 44 230 70 70 = 44 = Y
X 213
III - 206 150X (IV) L1 L2 L3 X 213
III - 206 150
Y (IV) 2 L1 L2 L3 Y
99.5 IV - 276 99.5 17.5
17.5
2 Ø 14.5 73 2 15 ØIV14.5
- 276
70
N L1 L2 L3
70 46070
199 X X 460 199 X 7 X
2
III - 219 109.5 200
15
III 109.5
- 219 Y
Y
7 70 70
Y
70
IV - 289 70 95 70 IV - 289 70 95 70 15
3 53 57.5 53 3 N L12 L2 L3
3
Y
103 2 7.5
200 Y
103 Y
2 7.5
10 10
7 N
70
L1
70
L2
70
L3
Y
109.5
Y
III - 219 7 5 49
15Y
100 Y
III - 219 109.5
Y 15
37
N
Y
L1 L2 L3
6 IV - 289 42 6 IV - 289 7 70 70 70
348 (IV)
Y 15
Y Y 271 315 Y
140
N L1 L3 278 (III)
140
103 103 L2
99.5
N L1 L2 L3 251 N L1 L2 L3
III - 206 III - 206
IV - 276
271 IV - 276
10 X N L11 348 Y(IV)
L2
15
L3 8 Y
155.5
8
199
X
280
X
280
271
271 251 15
10 7 2
278 (III) 251
Rear terminals for

10 2cables – FcCuAl
2
251 29
Ø
7
271 27115
67.5 7
Ø
10 348 (IV)
155.5
8 10 2 7 29
1 8 15
17.5 Y
278 (III)
251 251
17.5
10 2 271
7 29 2 15 155.5
8 95 70
348 (IV)
10 1 8 Y
348 (IV)
239.5
251 7.5
Y
10 Y 2
271
2 7 278 (III)
29 2
37.5 271 10 278 (III)
236.5 236.5 363.5
239.5 343
X X 198 X 110 X X X
251 155.5 251 7 Y 155.5
2
10 37.5 2
236.5
X X 198
Y 239.5 Y
17.5 17.5 159.5
2 236.5
X X 198
236.5
X X
363.5
343
X
2 X
Y
57.5 60.5 57.5 L1 L2 L3
17.5 Ø 14.5 363.5
236.5 236.5 343
X X 198 X X 159.5 X X
3 5
57.5 60.5
57.5 60.5 57.5 5 49 III - 219

100
IV - 289 70
495 70 2
81.5 3 15
4 159.5 81.5 49 100
343
363.5 42236.5 Y 2 343 7.5
Y
363.5 3
x
57.5
x
3
60.5 57.5
x x 42 x 15 6 x
10 5 x 49 100
5 15
5 49 100
271 4
203
4
15
4 49 100 109.5 7 Y Y 42
42 159.5 3 510 251 159.5
5 49 100
64 29
Y 8
7 2
42 15 193.5
2
15 49 57.5 100 Y 271
4 203 Y
140
271 100 Ø 9
42 103 Y
99.5
Y N L1 L2 L3 251
Y 42 15
III - 206 6 Y
3 251
8 3III - 342
10
10 7
203 IV - 276193.5 15 202 IV - 456 2 7 29
199
X X
280
2 271 29 Y20 50 Y
49 100
251 5 Y 49 100
100 Ø 9
15 7 10 193.5 15 8
30
7 67.5
580 10
2 7 29
15
5 III - Ø 7
342 Y Ø 6.5
115 80 (III)
15
202
236.5
X
IV - 456 42
20 50 X
4 100
213 Y 2 ØIII -9206 230 17.5
17.5 150 (IV)
30 III - 342 99.5 IV - 276 Y
Y 15
202 IV - 456
115 2 199
80 (III) X 80 X 460
20 Ø 6.5 50 Y 348 (IV)
236.5
X X
4 213
67.5 30
Y10 230 109.5 236.5 2X 4
57.5 III - 206 150 (IV) 278 (III) X
5380 (III)
100
2 24 Ø 9
17.5 99.5 271
Ø 6.5 IV - 276
115 80 37.5
100
Ø 9
236.5 17.5
199 X 251 X 230 460 103 155.5 110 2
X X 213
10 99.5 2 49 109.5
III - 206
IV - 276
150 (IV) 95 70
7
37.5 Y
Y 2 5 100
7.5 Y Y
— 57.5 53 199 X 15 X 2
17.5 460
2 6 III - 219
IV
57.5
37.5 42 109.5 10 - 289
Key 80 (III) 80
103
80 (III) 80
57.5 53 110
1 Front terminals 5 49 100 Y 7 Y
17.5
150
15 (IV) 37.5 III - 219
103 150 (IV) Ø 14.5
2 Rear terminals for 42 6 IV - 289 5 49
15
100
cables 5 49 100 Y
III - 219
81.5 Y III - 219 42
15 236.5 L1 L2 L3 IV - 289 363.5 70
3 Tightening torque 42 17.5
x 6 IV - 289 x
343
x 3 x
48 Nm
Ø 14.5 Y 2
III - 219
159.5
4 Tightening torque IV - 289 70 95 70
3 109.5 7
12 Nm Y 57.5 2 7.5
10
5 Door position - Y
Ref. page 7/20 7 3
140
109.5 Y
103
99.5
N
6 Rear segregation for 5 49 100
III - 206
15 7 Y IV - 276
5
199
X X
280
front terminals
140
103
99.5
42 N L1 L2 L3
7 Rear segregation for III - 206
IV - 276 7
199
X X
280
rear terminals - Ø Y
Ref. page 7/23

7
Ø
8 Insulating 100
Ø 9
protection Y
10 Sectioning run 348 (IV) 271
Y
Y
278 (III) 251
271
251
10 80 (III)
2
80
155.5
10 2 150 (IV) 17.5
2
Y
17.5
2
1 1 1
— = 88 = 1 = 88 = = 88 = 1

15 15
1 45 451 15
45
22.5 22.5 22.5
Ø 13 Ø 13
Ø 13 Ø 13
20 20 20
116.5 116.5 116.5
Front spread terminals - ES

3-pole
132 version 132
271 15 271 15
251 5 251 5 5
1 3
114 114 114 114 1 114
3
114 114 11
15 22 22 15 22
2 15 2 15
5 Y Y
5 Y
8 8
2 2 1
324.5 324.5 324.5 324.5
236.5 363.5 236.5 343 363.5 363.5

X 343 X X X X X 343 X
X X X X
159.5 159.5 159.5
57.5 57.5
1 1 1
= 88 =
15
1 1 1 1
1 1 45 1
4 49 100 6 4 49 100 6 Ø 13
22.5
Y
42 15 Y 42 15 Y 20
188 155.5 155.5 188 155.5

278 348 278
116.5
Y 7
193.5 193.5
= 88 = 1 == 88
88 ==
1 = 88 = = 88 =
15
1 = 88 =
1 45 Y 15
1 45
45
15 15 45 15 1 Y 45 45 15
8 = Ø 13
22.5
1 5 Ø 13
= 88 =22.5
22.5 100 22.5
Ø 9 Ø 13 = 88 = 5
22.5
1 22.5 100
15
15
1
Ø 13 Ø 13 Ø 13
45 15
5 20 20
20 20 45 20 20
22.5 III - 342 22.5 III - 342 22.5 132

202 IV - 456 202 Y IVØ-13456
116.5 Ø 13 116.5 116.5 116.5 116.5 Ø 13 116.5
20 50 20 50
20 20 80 (III) 80 20 271 15
30 30
150 (IV) 251
132
Ø 6.5
115
132
Ø 6.5 1 115
132 3
114 114
116.5 230 116.5 230 15 116.5 22

271 15
III - 206
271 15 271 2III - 206 15
15
1
251 99.5 114 114
5
IV - 1276
251
114 114 114
5
114 114
5
114 114 114
5
99.5
1
251
IV - 276
3
114 114
5 5 114 114 114
Y 5
15
3 22 15
322 22 22 15 22 22
2 199 X X 2 460 199 X 2 X 460
15
5 Y
4-pole version
15
Y
5 Y Y
15
8 5 Y Y
109.5 109.5 2
8 8 8
132 2 2 2 132
324.5 324.5 324.5 324.5 324.5 324.5

324.5
103 103
15 271 15
6 5 5 6 251 5
3
236.5
X
114 X 114 X
Y X
236.5 363.5
343
X X114 114
X 114
XX 343 363.5
X 343 363.5
X 1 X 343 363.5
236.5
X
Y X
3 X 114X 343114363.5 X X 343 363.5
11
22 III - 219 22 III15

- 219 236.5 22
X
2 X X X
159.5 159.5 159.5 159.5 159.5 159.5
IV - 289 IV - 289
57.5 15
5
57.5 57.5
5 Y Y Y
15
4 49 100 6 4 49 100 6
8 1 4 49 100
57.5
6 1
2
Y Y Y
42 15 Y 42 15 Y 42 15 Y
155.5 155.5 155.5 155.5 188 155.5 155.5
188 188
278 348
324.5 278
324.5 348 278 348
324.5 324.5
7 7 7
193.5 193.5
Y Y
193.5 4 49 100 6
Y
Y Y Y
5 100 5 Ø 9
100
Ø 9 5 100
Ø 9
363.5 363.5 42 15 363.5 Y

III - 342
343
III - 342
343 236.5 III - 342
X 343
X 202 X IV - 456 X 202 XIV - 456 Y X Y
X 202 IV - 456 X X Y X
20 50 20 50 20 50 188 155.5
80 (III) 80 80 (III) 80 80 (III) 80
30 30 30
150 (IV)
278
150 (IV) 150 (IV)
Ø 6.5
115 159.5 Ø 6.5
115 159.5 Ø 6.5
115 159.5
230 230 230
III - 206 III - 206
57.5 III - 206
11 1 193.5 1
99.5 IV - 276 99.5 IV - 276 11 99.5 IV - 2761
X
199 X X 460 199 X X 460 199 X 460
Y
109.5 109.5 = 88 =
15
109.5 1 = 88 =
5
1 45 45 15
6
103 103
Ø 13
22.5 4 49 100
103
202 6
III - 342
IV - 456
22.5
6 Y 6 Y 6 Y
Ø 13
20 50 20
III - 219 III - 219 Y 20 III - 219
IV - 289 Y IV - 289 42 15 IV - 289 Y
30
155.5 155.5 188 155.5
115
278 = 88
= 88
= = 348 11 = 88 = = 88
= 88
= =
1 = 88 = Ø 6.5 278
= 88 = 1
11 1 1515 4545 15 1515
116.545 1 15 15 116.5
4545 45 45
230
Ø 13
Ø 13
22.5
22.5
Y 7 Ø 13
Ø 13
Ø 13
22.5 22.5
22.5
Ø 13
22.5
Ø 13
III - 206
22.5
Ø 13
2020 20 2020 193.5 20 99.5 IV - 27620
Y X X 460
199
5 — 100
Ø 9116.5
116.5 116.5 116.5
116.5 5 116.5 116.5
100
109.5
Key
132 III - 342
1 Spread terminal Y 202 IV - 456
132 132 20 50 132
80 (III) 80 271 15 103
40 Nm 251
30
5 5
6
271
271 1515 271 15 271 15
150 (IV)
115 3 Front terminal 11
251
251
114
114 1
1 114
114
251 55
114
114 114
114114 114
114114
3
55 5 114 114
Ø1146.5 114 114
115
1
5 Y
251 114 114 114
114 114
5
33 3
15 22
3 22
230 4 Door position - 22
1515
2Y 2
2222 15 2222 22 22
230
2 III -15219 22
1515 15
55 Y
5
15 YY Y Y IV -15289 5 Y
- 206 Ref. page 7/20 5 Y III - 206 Y
- 276 99.5 IV - 276
5 Insulating protection 88 8 8
2 2 2 2
460
(refer to front 8 199 X X 460
324.5
324.5 2 324.5
324.5 324.5 324.5
109.5 324.5 324.5
terminals page 7/23)
6 Rear segregation for
236.5
236.5 XX 236.5 343 363.5
343 363.5
X XX X324.5
X X 343 363.5
343 363.5
363.5
X X 236.5
343 363.5
324.5 X 343 363.5
X
XX XX X XX X X X X
front terminals - 103
Ref. page 7/23 159.5
159.5 159.5
159.5
159.5 159.5 159.5
8 Sectioning run
57.5
57.5 57.5
6 Y
57.5
236.5 363.5 343 363.5

X X III - 219 X 343 X X
X
44 4 IV - 289 4
4949 100
100 66 49 100 6 49 100 6
4242 1515 42 15
YY Y 159.5 42 15
159.5
YY Y Y
188
188 155.5
155.5 188 155.5
155.5
155.5 155.5 188 155.5
278
57.5
278 348
348 278 348 278
YY 77 Y 7
193.5
193.5 193.5 193.5
12.5 25
9.5
2.5
36 DIMEN
39 S I O N S 17 7
83 83
25 25 28.75
Ø 11
25
25
= 44 =
90 90
Y
5
Y
1
1 2
141 Y
140
2
L1 L2 L3
2 90 90 90
X 280
10
5
Y
2
Horizontal rear spread terminals – SHR Y

Y = 60 = 1 60 2
N 1L1 L2 L3 15 2 19.5 15
42.5
12.5 25
271 90 9.5
348 (IV)
25 (III)
251
3 278
Y 2.5
155.5 36 39
1 2 83 83
25 25 28.75
15 = 60 = 60
1 15 2 19.5 15
20 42.5 Ø 11 25
12.5 25 9.5
25
25 = 44 =
2.5
363.5 36 39
343
x 243 x
5 x 90
83 90 83
Y 25 25 28.75
121.5 5
Y
1
159.5 20 Ø 11
1 25 2
25
= 44 =
Y
141
5 90 90
140
Y Y
0 5
Y
1
III - 282
L1 L2 L3
5 X
IV - 352
6 X 280 90 90 90
1 10 2
141
5
140 Y
2 L1 L2
Y
L3
Y III - 282
IV - 352 90 90 90
X X 280
10
= 60 = 60
3-pole
100 1 version
42.5
15 2 19.5 15 5
Y
2
Ø 9 25
Y
Y 12.5 9.5
N L1 L2 L3
25 Y Y
271 90 Y
2.5 348 (IV) N L1 L2 L3
36 39
= 60 = 60
80 (III)
7 1
80251 83
3 15 271
2 19.5
90
278 (III) 83
15 348 (IV)
2542.5 25 28.75 Y
150 (IV) 2 7 251
325 155.5
1 2
12.5 278 (III)
9.5 Y
2 155.5
20 Ø 11 1 2
25 25
25 15 2.5
= 44 39
= 15
36
1 83 2 83
5 25 2590 90 28.75 1
Y
236.5 20
236.5
x 5343 Ø 11 x
Y
243
1
343
x 363.5 x
363.5
x x 243 x 25 x
25 121.5
= 44 = 159.5
121.5
159.5
5
57.5 90 90
141 Y
Y 140
57.5
III - 282
100 5 L1 L2 L3 Y 1 Y
IV - 352 90 90 90
X = 60 = X 280 49 60 Y
4 2 10 5
1 100 15 15 19.5 15 6
42.5
12.5 5 9.5 25
Y
2 = 60 =
49 42
4 141
5 Y 1 Y 15
25 15
140
L1 L2 L3
6 42.5
III - 282 2.5 12.5
42 IV - 35236 39 90 90 90 100
X X 280
83 Y 10 Y 83 Ø 9
Y 25
25 25 N L1 L2 L3 Y
28.75 2
5 Y 36
271 90 83
20 Ø 11 100 348 (IV) 80 (III) 80
25 Ø 9 25
74-pole version 25125
3 = 44 = 278 (III) 150 (IV)
Y
2 155.5 Y
5
Y
1 2 90N L1
90
Y
L2 L3
20
Y 25
271 90
15 5 80 (III)
Y
80
348 (IV)
1
7 251
3 150 (IV) 278 (III)
Y
5
Y
2 155.5
141
1 2
140 Y 363.5
236.5 343
x
III - 282
x 243 x L1 L2 L3 x
15
IV - 352 90 90 90
X X 280
121.5 10
1
159.5
Y
2
141 2140
57.5 5 III - 282
236.5 363.5
x x 343
x IV - 352
243 X x X 280
Y
100
121.5 Y
49 Y 159.5
N
4 L1 L2 L3
5 6
57.5 15
271 90
348 (IV)
42
Y
7 251
100
3 278Y (III)
Y Y
2 = 60 = 155.5 60
49 1 2 2
— 4 1 5 42.5 100
15
6 19.5 15
15 271 90
Key 12.5 Ø 9 25
15 9.5
1 Spread rear terminals 42
25 Y 7 251
3
for 3-pole version Y
2.5
2
2 Spread rear terminals 36 39 1 2
80 (III) 83 80 83
for 4 -pole version 236.5 343 100 363.5
x x 243 x x Ø 9 28.75
3 Tightening 25 25
150 (IV) 15
torque 18 Nm 121.5
20 159.5 Y Ø 11
25
Ref. page 7/20 57.5 = 44 =
80 (III) 80
5 Rear segregation 236.5
of rear terminals 5 150 (IV) Y x 90 90 x 243
100 Y
7 Sectioning run
49 5
Y
1
121.5
4 5
15 6
57.5
42
Y
141 Y
140
L1
100 L2 L3
35 10 35 30 35 10 35 35 10 30 35
12 Ø 13 12 10 12 Ø 13 12 12 10 Ø 13
Ø 13 Ø 13 Ø 13
178 33
33
45
33
45
33
45
33
45
= 60 = = 50 = = 60 = = 60 = = 60 = = 50 = = 60 = = 60 = = 50 = = 60 = = 60 =
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 3 4
2 2 2
—
90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90
15 14 14 Y 15 14 15
14 14 Y
14 Y
1 12 2 3 43
Y Y Y

N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
2 4 90 90 90
47
2 2 4 90 90 90
2 4 47
2 90 90 90
Y Y Y
4 14 4 4 14 4 14 4
430 430 430 430 430
X X 114 X X X 114 X 114 X X 114 X X 114 X
Y Y Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
35 1035 10 35 35
30
123 123 123 12 123 Ø 13 123
12 Ø 13 10 12
331 (III) / 421(IV) Ø 13 Ø 13 331 (III) / 421(IV) 12 331 (III) / 421(IV)
13 1 3 Rear orientable terminals - HR/VR 165.5

13 131 3 45
33
165.5
33
45 1 3 33
45
165.5
33
34 74.5 5 90 90 90
34 5 74.5 5 34 74.5
90 90 90
5 5 90 90 90
6 14 Y
E2.2 B/N/S/H
6 2000A6 14 Y
6 E2.2 14
N/S/H6 2500A
Y
1 2 = 60 = = 50 = = 60 =
3 = 50 =
4 = 60 = = 60 =
1 2 1 2 3 4 3 4
Y Y Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
383 22 383 22
2
383 22
2
90 90 90 90 90 90
14 14
14 22
407 (IV) 14 15 15
22
1414 407 (IV) Y
14
22
Y 407 (IV)
317 (III) 317 (III) 317 (III)
7 158.5 7 7 158.5 158.5
Y Y
13 Y 13 Y
N L1 L2 L3 13
N L1 L2 L3
Y
12 12 4 4 12 90 47 4
35 10 2 35 2
90 90 3090 90 90
2
10 10 Ø 13 Y 10 Y
10 Ø 13 12 10
4 14 12
4 10
10 14 4
425 430 430 425 430 425
33 33
351 X X 124 X X 114 X X 351 X 45
X X 124 X X X X 351
114 114 X X X 45
114 X X124 X X 114 X X X 114 X X
Y Y
8 8 8 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
181.5 181.5 181.5
Ø 5.45 118 123 = 60 = Ø = 50 =
5.45 118 123 123 = 60 = Ø 5.45 123 118
= 60 = 123 123
331 (III) / 421(IV) 331 (III) / 421(IV)
34 1 2 34
3 4 34
165.5 165.5
Y Y Y
13 2 13 1 3 1 3
10 1 3 360 (IV) 11 10 190 90 90 5 3 1074.5 360 (IV) 590 90
1
90
11 3
90 90 90
5
360 (IV) 1
75 150 15 14 75
34
150 14
74.5 34
Y 75 150 14 Y
14 Y
270 (III) 6 270 (III)6 6
270 (III)
351 5 6 135 351 5 6 351 135 5 6 135
366 50 366 366 50 50
Y Y Y
Y Y
Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
8 MESSA A TERRA 1 8 MESSA A383
N
TERRA 2 L1 L2
22
L3
383 8 3 MESSA
22 A TERRA 4
75 (III)
1 75 (III) 75 2 390 75 (III)
4 75 (III) 75 75 (III) 75 (III) 75
Ø...MAX 2 4 14
Ø...MAX 90 90 14
47
Ø...MAX 407 (IV) 2 407 (IV)
9 = 1 2 9 22 3 922 = 4
317 (III) =
Ø 10 Y Ø 10 Ø 10317 (III)
150 4 14 7 7 4 150 150
10 = 10 10158.5= 158.5
=
E2.2 B/N/S/H 2000A
170 (IV) X 80 (IV) X 114
430
Y
170 (IV)
13
X X 11480 (IV)
430Y 13
170 (IV)
Y
80 (IV)
Y N L1 L2 L3 12 Y 12 Y
123 10 10 10 123 10
331 (III) / 421(IV)
35 10 35 30
1 3
165.5
X 124 ØX13
1XX 425 2 425
13 35 Ø 13 10 12 351 X 35 351
X X 30
114 XX
12 124 X 10 X 114 X
5 90 90 90
5
Ø 13 34 74.5
12 35 10Ø 13 8 12 10
35 8 30
6 33
45
14 Y
Ø 13 12 33
45 610 181.5 181.5
Ø 13 12
Ø 5.45 118 123
Ø 5.45 118 123
33 33
45 45
34 34
33 Y 33
45 N L1 L2 L3 45 Y Y
= 60 = = 50 = = 60 = = 60 =
383 22
= 60 = 1 2 = 50 = 10 = 60 = 310 41 3
= 60 = 1 360 (IV) 3 11360 (IV) 11
1 2 14 1 3 42
75 150
2
407 (IV) 75 150
3 6 4
270 (III) 270 (III)
= 60 = = 50 =
22 351 317 (III) 5 = 60 =
351 6 5 = 60 =
1 2 2 90 90
3 4 90 135 135
15 147 90 90 14
90
366
Y 158.5
366
Y
50
Y
50
15 14 213 Y 35 10
14 Y
8 90 A TERRA
90 MESSA 90 8 MESSA A TERRA Ø
15 14 1412 Y 75 (III)Ø 13 75 (III)
12
7575
(III) 75 (III) 75
Y
Ø...MAXL2 Ø...MAX
Y
N L1 L3 9 9 = =
10 10 Ø 10 Ø 1033 45
N L1 L2 L3 150 150
2 4 N
90
L1
90 Y
L2
90
L3
10 10 2 47
= =
425
2 4X 124 X
90 90 X 90 Y
47
2
351 X
4 14
114 X X 170 (IV) 4 80 (IV)
170 (IV) 80 (IV)
8 2
Y 4 10 47 = 60 = =Y50 =
4 1 2 210
90 90 90
35
14 4
35 30
Y
1 2 3 12
430
4 Y Ø 13 181.5 12 430
3 4
X Ø 13
430 Ø 5.45
X 4
114
118 14
123 Y 430
X X 4
114
X X 114 34 N L1 X L2 L3 X 114 2
E2.2 N/S/H 2500A 33
430 Y 33 430
N 45L1 L2 L3 45 90 90 90
X X 114
123 Y
Y
15 X 14 X 114
123
14 Y
331
L1 (III) / 421
L2 (IV) L3
10 123 1 3 N
360 (IV) 123 11
75 150 331 (III) / 421(IV) 165.5
61 165.5
3
= 60 = = 50 = 270 (III) = 60 = = 60 =
123 123
13
1 351
2 5 331
90 (III) / 421
90 (IV) 90
13 34 74.5 366 1 3 5 3 4 135
50 5 Y
165.5 N L1 L2 L3
5 6
90 90
14
2
90 Y
25 6
Y1 3 1 3 4
34 74.5
13
6 8 MESSA14A TERRA 5 90 90 90
6 5
34 15 14
74.5
14 Y
2 4 90 90 90
35 10 35 30
6 14 75 (III) Y
Y
75 (III) 75
6
Ø...MAX N L1 L2 L3 Y
Ø 13 12 Ø 13 12
383
10
22 9 Y = 4 14
N L1 L2 L3 Ø 10
383 22 Y
Y 150
— 33
45 14 33
45 10 22
N L1 407 (IV)
L2 L3 =
430
X X 114
Key 14 383 22 407 (IV)
170 (IV)
317 (III)
80 (IV)
Y
7 22
2 317 (III) 4 90 40790(IV) Y90 158.5
47
2
N L1 L2 L3
1= 60 Horizontal terminals 14
= = 50 = 7 = 60 = = 60 = 22 13 158.5 Y
317 Y(III)
1 2 2000A 4 Y 14
4 123
3 4 7 13 158.5 331 (III) / 421(IV)
2 Vertical terminals2 12
430
35 13 Y 10
430
35 30 165.5
X 12X 114 X X 114
1 3
14 2000A 90 90 90 10 10 Y
13 Ø 13 12
14 Y
10
Ø 13 12 12 N L1 L2 L3
34 74.5 5 10 90 90 90
3 Horizontal terminals 10
123 10
425
123 6 14 Y
2500A 351 X X 10 124 X X 114 X 33 331 (III) / 421(IV)
45
425
X 33
45
4 Vertical terminals
351 X Y X 124 X 8 X 114 X X 165.5
N L1 L2 L3
8 13
351 X X 124 X X
1 3
114 X X 181.5
425
Y
2500A 34 74.5 Ø 5.45 5 118 123
181.5
90 90 90
5 N L1 L2 L3
2
5 Tightening torque4 90 90 90 8 47
2 1 62 34 = 60 =
14 Y= 50 = 383 = 60 = 22 = 60 =
Ø 5.45 118 123
6
Y 34 Y
181.5
3 4
2000A 4 8.6Nm 14 Ø 5.45 4 118 123
14 407 (IV)
6 Tightening430 torque
10 34 1
430
Y
3 360
Y (IV) 2 11 22
317 (III)
10 75
1 150
3114 360 (IV) N L1
11
L2
Y (III) L3
270 90 90 90
7
X 114
2500A 8.6Nm 75 Y
150
X 383
351 15 X
1422 5 6
2703(III) 14135 Y
158.5
N L1 L2
351
L3 10
514 366 6 1 360 (IV) 50 11 13 Y
22
135 407 (IV) Y
50270 (III)
Ref.123page 7/20
366
351 123 5 6Y 317 (III)
135 12
331 (III) / 421(IV)
7 366 8 MESSA A TERRA
158.5 50 Y
75 (III) Y 75 (III) 75
8 Earthing device 8 165.5 MESSA A TERRA
13 Y N L1 L2 L3
10
1 3 Ø...MAX
9 75 (III) 75 (III) 75 10
12 Mobile5 part 90 90 90 8 MESSA A TERRA
5 Ø 10
=
74.5
13 Fixed 14 Y
Ø...MAX
9 12 2
75 (III)
= 4 75 (III) 150 90
90 75 90
47
2
6 part Ø...MAX6 Ø 10 10
9 150 351 =X Y X 124 X X 114 X
Ø4 14 4
=
14 Segregation 10 10 10
10
170 (IV) = 80 (IV) 150 8
(where envisaged) N L1
Y
L2 L3 170 (IV) 10 80 (IV)
430
Y
425 = 430
351 X X X 124 X X114 X X 118 123
383 15 Distance
22 from X Y X
114
170 (IV) 80 (IV) Y Ø 5.45 X 114
14 connected for testing 407 (IV) 8 Y N L1 L2 L3 34

22 181.5 Y
317 (III)
to isolated Ø 5.45 118 123
123 123
7 158.5 34 331
10 (III) / 421(IV) 1 3 360 (IV)
13 Y Y 75 150
165.5 270 (III)
1 3 351 5 6
12
10 13
1 3 5 360 (IV) 90 11
90 90
366 5
135
75 150 34 74.5 Y
270 (III)
10 10 351 5 6 6 14
135
Y
6
366
Y
50
8 MESSA A TERRA
425 75 (III)
X 124 X X X Y
X 114
8 MESSA A TERRA
N L1 L2 L3
Ø...MAX
9
8 383 22
75 (III) 75 (III) 75 Ø 10
Ø...MAX
181.5
9 = 10
Ø 5.45 118 123
14 Ø 10
22 150
407 (IV)
34
10 =
317 (III) 170 (IV)
Y
7 170 (IV) 80 (IV)
158.5 Y
15
2 2 13
264
DIMENSIONS 13
15 179
3560
13
35 60
13 13
11 Dettaglio B
81
1
1 1 2 34
18
11 Dettaglio B 11
81
1 81
1
34
1 1 2 12.5
500 18 12 17 18 1 47
415.5
X X 20
12.5
500 12 17 2 500 90 90 90
12 17
18 1 Y 17 47 18
415.5 415.5 20
264
X X X X
15
90 90 90 2 13 90 90
16 90
Y 17 Y 264 Y
13 N L1 L2 15
14 A
5.5 L3
35 60
Front terminals – F 34 13
16 407 (IV)
74.5 270
N
Y 13 317 (III) 35
Y
6 0 L2
13
14 A
5.5 L1 L2 L3
20 B 13
14 1A5 8 . 5
5.5 N L1 L3
34 34 15 Y
74.5 270 407 (IV) 134 1 74.5 270 407 (IV)
317 (III) 317 (III)
20 B 11 20 B Dettaglio B
15 Y
158.5 81
1 15
158.5
Y
4 1 16 4 10 1
34
11 Dettaglio B 18
81
1
3
9 34
16 10 12 16 12.5
10 18
500
17 18 425 1
3 351 X X
415.5
582 X X 3
9 X X
3
12.5 9
500
5 12 17 90 90 90
18 1
351
425 415.5 Y 181.5 17
X X 582 X X X X 351 X X 582 X X
3 5.45
90 90 90 3
5 34 5 16
181.5
Y 17
1 1 125 N
Y 181.5
13 L1 L2 5 . 4 5 111
5.45
14 5.5 L3
34 34 2A 16
10
16 407 (IV
34
74.5 270 Y Y)
13 75 150 207 N L1 L2
15 111 14 366 A 20
5.5 20
B
3L3
17 (III) 15 111
2
34
15 2
158.5
8 47
10
16 74.5 2 7 03 8 3 24 10 407 (IV) Y
16 20
75 150 207
Y 4 432 1 75 1 5301 7 ( I I I ) 207
Y
20
2 20 B 158.5 20
366
8 15 366
Y
383 24
4 1 16 10
383 264 24
432 432 15
13
DET.A
3
16 10 9
> 30 35 60
425
DET.A 3 DET.A
13 351 X X 95 8 2 X X
3
> 30 5 > 30
425
1 1 2 351 X X 582 X X 181.5
5.45 3
11 5 Dettaglio B
34 81
1 181.5
34
5.45 15 111 18 1
47 34
2
10 20
16
Y 12.5
75 150 207 15
2 500 12 17 20 111
366 2 18 1
264
10
383
415.5 16 2 4 8
X X Y
75 15 150 207
432 20
13
366
90 90 90 2
383 24
Y 17 8
35 60 432
DET.A 16
13 Y
13 N L1 L2
14 A > 30
5.5 L3
34
DET.A
74.5 270 407 (IV)
13
317 (III)
11 Dettaglio B 20 > 30 B
81
1 15
158.5
Y
34
4 1
18 11
12.5
12 16 10
00
17 18 1
415.5
3
X X
9
90 90 90 500 12
Y 17 425 415.5
351 X X 582 X X X X
3
5
16
Y 181.5
13 N L1 L2
14 A
5.5 L3
5.45
34
34
74.5 270 407 (IV)
— 317 (III)
15 13
14 5.5
20 B 158.5
111 A
Key 15 Y 2 34
4
10
16 74.5 270
1 Upper front terminals 1 75 150 207
Y
20 20 B
2 Lower front terminals 366
8
383 24
3 Tightening 16 10 4 1
432
torque 8.6Nm
3
Ref. page 7/20 425
51 X 5 Earthing device X 582 X X
DET.A 3
8 External 3
fixing point
5 > 30
Reccomended screws 181.5 351 X X 58

M10x25
5.45
high class 3
34 5
9 Moving part
10 Fixed part 15 111 5.45
10 11 Connected,2 test,16 34
Y
75 1 5 0 disconnected
207
20
366
distances 8 2
383 24 10
16
12 Insulating
432 sheet or 75 150 207
20
383 24
sheet 432
13 Roof insulation or
DET.A
insulated metal
14> F3 0ixing plate
DET.A
15 Crossbeam front
terminal > 30
16 Plastic protection
17 Customer busbar
and screws
(not provided)
35 10 35 10 35 10 35 10 35 10 35 10
2 2 2
15 15 15 15 15 15
55 55 55 55 55 55
67 67 67 67 67 67
60 60 60
100 = 45 = = 60 = = 45 = 100 = 45 = 100 = 45 = = 60 = = 45 = = 60 =
= 60 = 30 4 30 3 = 60 =
3 30
= 60 = 4
30 4 30
—
35 10 35 10 35 35 10 10 35 10 35 1
15 15 15 15 15 15
55 55 55 55 55 55
67 67 67 67 67 67

60 = 60 = = 60 = 60 60 = 60 = = 60 = = 60 =
100 = 60 = 100 = 60 = 100 = 60 =

331 331 331
165.5 165.5 165.5
130 130 130 130 130 130
2 4 Y
1 3 2 4 Y
2 41 3 Y
Y Y Y
L1 L2 L3 14 L1 L2 L3 14 L1 L2 L3
Horizontal rear spread terminals – SHR421

165.5
421
165.5
421
165.5
1 3 2 41 3
130 90 130 130 90 130 130 90 130
2 4 2 4
E2.2 B/N/S/H 2000A E2.2 N/S/H 2500A
Y Y Y
Y Y Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
14 14
407 (IV) 407 (IV) 407 (IV)
13 317 (III)
13 317 (III)
13 317 (III)
44
14 14 44
158.5 383 44
14 383
14 44
44 14 14 44
158.5 158.5
1 7 7
Y Y Y
12 3 12 12
1 1 1 3 3
3
2 2 2 4 4
10
10 4 10 10
10 10
425 425
X 124 X X 114 X X 351 X X 351 X 124 X X X 124114 X X X 114 X X X
8 8
181.5 181.5 181
34 34 34
118 123 Ø 5.45 118 Ø 5.45 118123 123
2
Y
4 Y Y
10 10
5 6 1
= 60 =
75 150 75 5 150 5 6 6
35 10 35 10
351 2 351
15 15 366
15 366 15
55 55
67 67
1 3
60
430 100 = 45 = 430 = 60 = 430 = 45 =
X X X X X
3 = 60 = 30 4 30
35 10 35 10
E2.2 B/N/S/H 2000A 15

13 13
15
14
55 2 67 14
55
14
67
34 74.5 34 74.5 4
1 1 = 60 = 3 3
1 35 10 35 10
60 2 = 60 = = 60 =
100 15 = 60 = 15
55 1
67
331
3 55
165.5 67
1
130 130
2 4 Y
1 3
60
100 = 45 = = 60 = = 45 =
2 2 L1
Y
L3 14
4 4 L2
3 = 60 = 1 30 4 421 3 30
= 60 = = 60 =
1 1 35 35 10 10 35
35
35 10 10
10 35 165.5 10
2 2 15 2 2 4
130 90
15
130
1 3
15 15 15 15
55
4 Y
55
2
67 67
55 55 = 60 = 55 55
67 67 67 67
1 35 10 35 Y 10 = 60 =
2 N L1 L2 L3
14 1 35 10
60 15 = 60 =
407 (IV)
15 = 60 =
60 60
100
55
2 =6745 = = 60 = 13 317 (III)
55
67
15
100 100 = 45 = = 45 = = 60 = = 60 = = 45 = 3314 55
383 44
14 1430 158.5
165.5 67
3 3 = 60 = = 60 =
1 1
30 30
7 4 4 = 60 =
3 3 30 44
Y 130
1 130
35 35 10 10 35 3535 60
1 10 10
10
212 4 2 35
1 3
10
100 = 45 = 3 = 60 =
Y
= 45 =
15 15 15
10
15
15 2 4
15 60
55 55 3 = 60 = 55 55 55 67 30 10
4 Y 55 30 100 = 45 =
67 67 67 67 L1 L2 L3 67 14425
35 10 35 10
E2.2 N/S/H 3
8 2500A
351 X X 124 X X 114 X 421 X = 60 = 30
15 15
165.5
60 35 10
= 60 = = 60 = = 60 = = 60 =
60 60
Ø 5.45
34
100 118
55
67 = 45 = 123 2 4
130 90
= 60 =
130 55
67
181.5
1 =345 =
Y 15
100 100
2 2 = 60 = = 60 =
3
331
= 60 =
331
4 4
165.5 165.5
30 4 Y 30 55
67
= 60 == 60 = 10
130 35 130 10 N = 35
L1 =
60
Y
L2 1
L3 10 = 60 = 3
1 1 35 35 10 10 75
2 4 2 24 2
150 35 35
130 60 130
5 1 103 10
1 3 6 14
351 Y 100 Y15 = 60 = 15
407 (IV)
331
15 15
15 366 15 15 55
67
13 55
317 (III) 165.5 67 60
55 55 Y Y 55 55
67 67 383 L1 44L1L2 L3
L2
14 67L3 67 14 14
14 130 130
158.5 100 = 60 =
7 44 2 4 Y Y 1 3
421 421
165.560 165.5 1 12 = 60 = = 60 =
3
60 60
2 42 4
130 90
130 130
90
100
130
2 1 31 3 = 60 = Y
100 100 = 45 = 45 = = 60 430Y =
== 60 10 Y = 45 = 45 = 10 4
L1 L2
331
L3 14
—= 60 == 60 =
X X 421 2
165.5
3 3 30 30 4 4 X Y Y 124
30 30 130 165.5
130 425 4
11 33
351 X X X X X
Key35 35 N N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
114
2 4 130 90 130
10 10
8 35 35 10 10
14 14 2 4 = 60 = Y
1 Side horizontal
15 15 15 15
407 (IV)40734(IV) 1 35
Y 181.510
35 10
13 Ø13
5.45 118 123
Y 2
splayed terminals
55 55
67 67
13 55 55
317 (III)317 (III) 67 67
L1 L2 L3 14
15 Y 15
383 383 44
2000A
44
14 14 14 14 34 74.5 14 158.5 158.5
N L1 Y L2 L3
44 44
10 Y Y
421
55 14 55
165.5 67 67
2 Central horizontal 75 12 12
150 5 6 407 (IV)
1 60 1
60 3 3 = 60 == 60 = = 60 == 60 =
2134
130 90 130
1 3
splayed terminals 351 317 (III)
Y
2 2 15 410 4 383
366 44
14
100
2000A
10 100
10 = 60 =
= 60 =
10 331 331 14 44 60
158.5
7 165.5165.5
Y
3 X Side horizontal 1 425 425 12 N 100 L1
Y
L2 L3 = 45 = = 60 = = 45 =
X 124 124
splayed terminals
X X X X114 114 X
2 4
2 4
X 130 130 130 130
X X
1 3
1 3 3 14
8 8 Y Y 2 3 = 60 = 407 (IV) 30 4 30
10 4 13
2500A
34 34
118 118 123 123
181.5 181.5 10
35 317 (III) 10
383 44
1435 14 10 44
Ø 5.45 Ø 5.45
4 Central horizontal 430 Y Y 7 425
X
351 X
383 XX L1 44L1 L2 L2124
L3 14 L3 1414
14
X X 114 X 158.5 X
splayed terminals 7 8
Y Y 44 15
Y 1 15
421 421
1 12 55
2 55
150 150 52500A 5 6 6 Ø 5.45
34165.5165.5
118 123 3 67 181.5
10
67
1
351 351
5 Tightening torque 2 42 4
130 130 90 90130 130
10
2 1 1
3 3 4
366 366 13 Y Y 10 Y
2000A 8.6Nm 10 14 60
351
425
X X 124
= 60 =
X X
= 60 =
34351 X
75
74.5
150 X
5 Y 124
X X 6
114 X X
8
6 Tightening torque Y
8351 N N L1 L1L2 L2 L3 L3
14 14
100 = 60 =
34 331
2500A 8.6Nm 181.5 Ø 5.45 118
15 366
Ø 5.45 407 407
34
(IV) (IV) 118 123 165.5
7 Door position - 13 13 317 317
(III) (III) 130 130
430 430
383 383 X Ref.
X44 44 page 7/20
14 14
Y
2 4 1 3
14 14 44 44 10
158.5158.5 10 Y
8 Earthing device 75 150 5
Y Y
6 75 150 5
1 1 12 12 351
12 Mobile part 3 3 351 Y
2 2 15 X 366 X
430
15 366 L1 L2 L3 14
13 Fixed 10 part
10
10 4 4
10 421
74.5 74.5
14
14 Segregation
14 425 425 165.5
X X X X X X X X X X X
(where 124 124
envisaged) 114 114
2 4
130 90 130
1 3
8 8 Y
13 181.5181.5
34 34 123 123
Ø 5.45
Ø 5.45 118 118
34 X 74.5 X 14
430
430
X X Y
Y Y N L1 L2 L3
14
150 150 5 5 6 6 407 (IV)
351 351 13 317 (III)
13
DIMENSIONS 181
= 60 = 30 = 60 = = 60 =
= 60 = = 60 = 30
2 1
= 60 =
1 10 2
35 10 35 10 35 10 35
2 35
35
10
15 15 15 15
15 15
55 55 55 55
67 67 55 67 55 67
67 67
60 60 60
60 60 60
100 = 45 = 100 = 45 =
100 = 60 = 100 = 45 = 100
100 = 60 =
12 90 90 90 1 12 1 90 90 90
12 90 90 90
Y Y
Y
Y Y
Y N L1 L2
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
331(III)/421(IV) 331(III)/421(IV)
331(III)/421(IV)
165.5 165
165.5
12 Vertical rear spread

2 terminals – SVR
90 90
Y
90
12 90 90
Y
90 12 2
90 90
Y
90
Y
E2.2 B/N/S/H 2000A E2.2 N/S/H 2500A Y
Y N L1 L2
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
407 (IV) 11 407 (IV) 11 407 (IV)
317 (III) 317 (III)

383 317 44
(III)
5
383 44
10 13 12 13 5 12 383
5 44
10 158.
158.5 158.5
12 Y 12 12 Y
Y
1 1 1
2 2 2
430 430
425 430 425
X X X X X
351 X X X X X 351 X X X 194 X
194 351 X X 194
1 2 6
6 181.5 6 181.5
Ø 5.45 Ø 5.45
Ø 5.45 83
83 83
34 34
34
Y Y
Y
13
13 75 150
75 150
3 4 360 (IV) 34
75
74.5
150
3 4 3 4 360 (IV)
34 74.5 351 360 (IV)
351
270 (III)
9 351
366 9 270 (III)
366 366 270 (III)
135 135
1 2 135
50 50
Y = 60 = = 60 = 30 Y
Y
1 35 10 2 35 10
75 (III) 75 (III) 15 75 15 75 (III)

75 (III) 75 (III) 75
55 = 55
6
E2.2 B/N/S/H 2000A
MESSA A TERRA
MESSA A TERRA
Ø 10
67
6 MESSA A TERRA 67
Ø 10
Ø 10 =
150 150
Ø...MAX
Ø...MAX
7 =
Ø...MAX
7 7 =
60 60
8 Y 100 = 45 =
100= 60 = 8 = 60 =
8 Y
Y
= 60 = 30
1 35 10 2 35 10 1
170 (IV) 80 (IV) 170 (IV)
170 (IV) 80 (IV)
15 12 90 90 90
15 1
55 1 2Y 55
67 67
Y
N L1 L2 L3
60 60
100 = 45 =
100(IV)
331(III)/421 = 60 =
165.5
12 12
90 90
90
90
90 90 2 1 = 60 =
Y
Y 1 35 10 2
= 60 = = 60 = 30
1 35 10 2 35 Y 10 15
N L1 L2 Y L3
N L1 L2 L3
15 15 55
67
55
67 407
55
(IV) 42167
331(III)/ (IV) 11
165.5
317 (III)
383 44 60
1 13 12 60 5 2 12 90 90
158.5
90 10 2
60 Y 100 = 45 =
100 = 45 = 12 100
Y
= 60 =
1 N L1
Y
L2 L3
122 90 90 90 1 12
E2.2 N/S/H 2500A Y
407 (IV) 11
430 425
X X 317 (III) X
383 X X Y
351 X 19444
13 12 5 N L1 L2 L3
158.5
10
= 60 = 6 30
12
1
= 60 =
10 2 Ø 5.45
331(III)/421(IV) 1 Y 181.5
2
35 35 10
83 165.5
15 15
34 1
12 2
90 90 Y 90
2 12
55 55 Y
67 13 67
75 150
34 74.5
3 4 360 (IV)
430
351
270Y (III)
9 425
X X 366 X
60 351 X X 194 NX L1 L2 L3
60 135
100 = 45 =
100 = 60 = 6 50
Y
407 (IV) 11 181.5
— Ø 5.45
83
Key 12 90 90 90 383 1 44
34
= 60 =
317 (III)
= 60 = 30
13 12 5 1
75 (III) Y 75 (III) 10
75
1 Vertical splayed Y 35 10 158.5 2 35 383 10 44
13
6 MESSA A TERRA 75 12
150
3 4 Y 13 12
= 5
terminals 2000A 34 74.5 Ø 10
15
360 (IV)
15
Y
351 150 9 12
2 Vertical splayed Ø...MAX
N L1 L2 7 L3 366 1 55
270 (III)
= 55
67 67
135
terminals 2500A 2 1
331(III)/421(IV) 8 Y 50
3 Tightening torque Y
165.5
2
2000A 8.6Nm 430 60 425 60
X 12 X 90
351 X
90 90
2 X 194
170 (IV)
100
X
= 45 =
80 (IV)
X
4 Tightening torque Y 75 (III) 75 (III) 75
430
100 = 60 =
2500A 8.6Nm 6
6 MESSA A TERRA
Ø 10
X 181.5 = X
351 X X 194
Ø 5.45
5 Door position - Y 150
1
N L1
Ø...MAXL2 L3
7 34
83
= 12 90 90 90 6
Ref. page 7/20 Y Y Ø 5.45
6 Earthing device 13 407 (IV)
75 8
150
11 Y 83
3 4 360 (IV)
34
10 Mobile part 34 74.5
317 (III) 351
9 Y
383 44 L1
3 12 11 Fixed part5 158.5
366 10 170 (IV) 270 (III)
13
80 (IV) N L2 L3
75 150
12 Segregation 12 Y 34
135
74.5
3 4
50 331(III)/421(IV) 351
(where envisaged) Y 366

165.5
1
13 Distance from 12 90 90 90
2
2 75 (III) 75 (III) 75
connected for testing Y
to isolated
430
6 MESSA A TERRA
Ø 10
=
425 150
X X X
351 X X 194 Ø...MAX Y
7 = N L1 L2 L3
6
8
181.5 6 MESSA A TERRA
Ø 5.45
83
Y
407 (IV) 11
34 Ø...MAX
Y 170 (IV) 80 (IV) 7317 (III)
383 44
13 12 5 10
74.5
75 150
3 4 360 (IV)
8 158.5
351
270 (III)
9 12 Y
366
170
135
50
1
Y
2
—
Flat terminals
E2.2 B/N/S/H 2000A
—
Key
1 Flat terminals 2000A
2 Tightening torque
8.6Nm
3 Door position -
Ref. page 7/20
4 Grounding
7 Mounting fixed part
screws provided
M8x25
8 Moving part
9 Fixed part
10 Segregation (where
envisaged)
11 Connected, test,
disconnected
distances
DIMENSIONS 183
Flat terminals
E2.2 N/S/H 2500A
—
Key
2 Tightening torque
8.6Nm
3 Door position -
Ref. page 7/20
4 Grounding
screws provided
M8x25
8 Moving part
9 Fixed part
10 S egregation
(where envisaged)
11 Connected, test,
disconnected
distances
1 2 1 2 1 2
35 20 35 50 35 20 35 35 50 20
184 12
SACE EMAX 2 LOW VOLTAGE
3 4 AIR CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
12 10 12 3 4 12
12 10
33 33 33 33 33
45 45 45 45 45
Ø 13 Ø 13 Ø 13 Ø 13 Ø 13
10 10
—
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 = = 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 = = 80 = = 70 =
2 126 126 126 2 126 126 126 2 12

Y Y
15 15 1 2 1 15 3 2 4 3
14 14 14

14 Y
14 Y
14
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N
2 4 2 2 4
4 126 126 126
4 4 12
126 126 126
Y Y
14 14 14
430 430
X X 134
Y
1 X 2X X 184 X 134
430
1 2 X
Y
X X 134 X 184
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N
35 20 35 35 20 50 35
1 Rear orientable terminals - HR/VR 12

439 (III) / 565 (IV) 12 3 4 12 / 565 (IV)
439 (III)
10 3 4
113 3 219.5
113 113 1 3 219.5
113 113 1 3
126 126 126 33 126 126 33 126 33 12
14 E4.2 N/S/H
45
14 45 45
14
6 3200A E4.2 N/S/H5 4000A
Y Y
5 13
5 13
6
Ø 13 Ø 13
74.5 1 2 3 Ø 13 34 74.5 4 Ø 13
E4.2 V =2000...4000A
34 74.5 10
Y = 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 = Y = 70 = 80 = = 80 =
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N
2 126 126 126 2 126 126 126
383 22 22 551 (IV) 383 22 22 Y 551 (IV) 383 22 22 Y
15 14 15 14
14 425 (III) 14 425 (III)14
212.5
14 14
7 13 12 7 Y
13 12 7 212.5 Y
13
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
Y
2 2 Y
4
4 4
1 2 126 126
Y
126 126 126
Y
126
35 20 35 50
20 20
14 12 14 20
12 3 4 10
184 425 430 425 Y 430 184 Y 425

184
1 X X X X X X X X 134
351 X XX
X 154 X X 351 X
33
134 X 154 X X N L1 X L2 33 L3
X
184 N X
154 L1 X L2 L3 X
45 45
8 8 8
181.5 Ø 13 181.5
439 (III) / 565 (IV) 439 (III) / 565 (IV) 181.5
Ø 5.45 103 113 113
Ø 5.45 103 1 3 Ø 13
113 219.5
11310 Ø 5.45 1 3 113 103 113 219.5
34 = 80 = = 70 = 34 = 80 = = 80 = 34
126 126 126 126 126 126
126 1413 126 14
Y Y Y
504 (IV)
13 2
5 126
5504
Y
(IV) 6
10 10 Y 10
1 3 15 34 74.5 1 34 3 74.5 1 3
75 150 378 (III)
75 150 14 Y 75 378 150
(III)
Y
351
5 6 14 189
1 11 351 2 5 Y
N6 L1 3 L2 L3
189
351
4 5N
11 L1 6
L2 L3
366 Y 366 Y 366
1 383
2 2 22 N22 L1 L2
3 L3383 551 (IV) 22
4 4 22 551 (IV)
8 MESSA A TERRA 8 4 MESSA A TERRA 126 8 MESSA A TERRA
50 1 14 2 126 50
126 14 3 425 (III) 4 425
50 (III)
Y
212.5 75 212.5
Ø...MAX
75 Ø 10 7 14 Ø...MAX 13 7 12
75 Ø 10
Ø...MAX 13 12
Ø 1
Y Y
= = =
10 E4.2
150
=
N/S/H
X 3200A X 134
430
10
N L1
Y
L2
150
L3=
X X 184
10 150
=
1 2 20 20
Y 439 (III) / 565 (IV) Y50

9 100 (III)
35 113 1 3 20
9184
35 113
9
1 2 100
425 219.5 100 (III)
12
100
425
100
225 (IV) 351 X 12 X 154 X X 351126
XX 3 126
4 X
(IV) X
X 225 154
10 184
X X X
35 1 2 20
14
126
35
Y
50
1 1 2 2
13
12 35 58 20 3 4 181.5
12
35
8 10 650 181.5
33 33
45 12 45
34 74.5
Ø12
5.45 103 113 3 4 Ø 5.45 103 10 113
Y
Ø 13 34 34
33 Ø 13 33
45 N L1 L2 L3 45 10
Y Y
= 80 = 33 = 70 = = 80 = 504 (IV) 33 = 80 =
45 45 504 (IV)
Ø 13 383 22 22 Ø 13 551 (IV)
10 10
12 3 10 1 3
= 80 Ø= 13
14 75 1 150 = 70 = 2 126 126 126
1375 (III) 150
= 80 Ø=425
378 (III)
= 80 = 3 10
4 378 (III)
Y 189 189
15 = 80 =
351
2 514
= 70 = 6126 351
= 80 =
212.5 366 5 = 80 = 11 6
7 366 126 126
13 Y 12
Y Y
15 14 2 126 126 Y 126

8 14
MESSA A TERRA
Y
Y 8 MESSA A TERRA 1 2 1 2
1415
50 50
14 N L1 L2 L3
2 4
35 35 20 20
14 20
4 Y
126
75
126 126 Ø 10
75 Ø 10
Ø...MAX N L1 L2 L3 Ø...MAX 12 12
2 Y
Y 4
1 2 3 4 N L1
=
L2 L3
=
2 4 10 14
425126 126 126
150 10 4 150
351 X
1 2 X 154 X X
184
4 X Y X 33 33
126 = 126 126 = 45 45
8 35
430 14 20
Y
35 50
X X X X
E4.2 N/S/H 4000AØ 5.45
134 N L1 L2 L3 184
12
14 181.5
3 4100 Y 12Ø 13 Ø 13
10 Y Ø1
X X
430 103 113
9 Y (III)
X X
9 100 100 (III) 100
= 80 = = 80 = = 70 =225 (IV)
= 70 =
E4.2 V 2000...4000A
134 34 N L1 L2 L3(III) / 565Y(IV)
439 225 (IV) 184
430
X X 113
134
1 3 Y 219.5 X 33 X 113
184
33
45 N
439 (III) / 565 (IV)126
L1 L2
504 (IV) 126
126
L3 45 2 2 126 126
126
1 1 3
10 113 3 14 Y 113
13 75 150
Ø 13
5 1 1263
219.5 Ø378
13(IV)(III)
439 (III) / 565 15 15 10 6 14 14
1 2 74.5351
113
6= 70 =
126 126 219.5
189
113
5 14 1411
= 80 = = 80 = = 80 =
35 20
13
34
35
366
5 50
Y
126 126 Y
Y 126 6 14
14
1 21 126 126 Y 126
L32 2 33
12 34 13
74.5 3 4 12
5 10 N L1 L2
Y 6 4 4N L1N L
15 8 MESSA A TERRA Y 2 2
34 74.5
383 22 22
50
N14 L1 L2 L3 551 (IV)
Y
4 4 126 126
126
1414 22
33 33 75
45
Ø...MAX
45
22
N Ø 10 L1 425
Y (III)
L2 L3
383 551 (IV)
— 7 383
= N L1 551 (IV)
L2 L3
212.5 14 14
Ø 13
14
Ø 13 22 2 22
13425 (III)
12 4
10
10 150 4
= 80 = Key = 70 = = 80 =
14 = 80 = 126
212.5
Y
126 425 (III)
126
430 430
1 Horizontal terminals 7 13
=
12
Y
X X X 134 X 134
2 212.5 N L1
N
126 126 126
7 14 13 100
Y
12
3200A Y Y
14 9
20 (III) Y 100
2 Vertical terminals 143012 2 225 (IV) Y
113 113 1 3 1 3
439 (III) / 565
14 3200A Y
X 20
X 134
184 35 425
N L1 L2 L3
X X 184
351 X X 20 154 X X 35 X 20 20 X 35 35 50 50
126 126
126
3 Horizontal
2 terminals N L1 L2 L3
4 3 34 4 12 12
14 14
10 10
4 8 184 425
1 3181.5
12 12 439 (III) / 565 (IV)
13 13
5 5
4000A 351 X
126 126 126 X 154 X X 113 X X 219.5
113
184 425
Y 34 34 74.5 74.5
4 Vertical terminals 351 X 8 Ø 5.45 X 103
154 X X 113 X 126 126 126 X
14 34 181.5 14 33 33
45 45
Y 33 33
45 45
4000A 13
Ø 5.45
8 103 5
113 Y
6 N L1
N L
181.5
5 Tightening
430 torque 34
Y
74.5 34
Ø 5.45 103
Ø 13
Ø 13
113 504 (IV) Ø 13Ø 13
10 Y 10 10 22
X
3200A
134
20Nm N L1 L2 75L3 150
X X
34 1 184 3 Y 378 (III)
383 383 22 22 22 551 (IV
= 80= 80
= = N L1 = 70=L270
= = L3 = 80= 80
= = = 80= 80
= =
504 (IV)
6 Tightening torque 10 351
1 5 3 6
Y 189 14 11 14 4
439 (III) /150
75 565 (IV) 383
366 22 22 378 (III) 504 (IV)
551 Y 22 126126 126126 126126
4000A
113 20Nm 1 3 10
219.5 1 113 3 189 7 7Y Y
7 Door position - Ref.
351 75 14
150 5 1515 6 378 (III)
425 (III)
11 13 12
13 1
14
126 126 366 126
Y
8351 MESSA A TERRA
5 6
50
Y
1414212.5
189
11
page
5 7/20 7366 61414 13 12 Y
5 8 Earthing device 8 MESSA A TERRA

50
75 Ø 10 Y Y Y
Ø...MAX
12 Mobile part
Y 8 MESSA A TERRA
50 = 22 N N L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3
20 20
44
75
N L1 L2 L3
Ø...MAX 10
Ø 10
150 44
13 Fixed part 20
=
75
= Ø 10
126126 126126 126126
383 22 22 551 (IV) Ø...MAX Y Y 425 184 425
184
14 Segregation 10 150 351 X 351 X X 154 X 154 XX X X X
14 (where envisaged) 425 (III) 425
=
14 14
X 10 154
= 184 Y
351 X
212.5 9 X X 150 X 100 (III) 100 X 8 8
7 15 Distance from
13 12 8
=
430430
Y
225 (IV) Y Y 181.5 181.5
X X X181.5
X 134134 X X 113 X X 113
connected for testing Y
9 100 (III) 100
Y
N N L1 ØL15.45 L2 L2
Ø 5.45L3 L3 103 103 184184
Ø 5.45 103 113 225 (IV) 34 34
to isolated 9
34
100 (III) 100
225 (IV) 439439
(III) (III)
/ 565 / 565
(IV)(IV)
20 113113 1 Y13 3 10 10 219.5
219.5
113113 504 (IV
10
504 (IV)
1 1 3 3 3
1 3 378 (III)
75 15075 126126
126126 150 126126
184 425 75 150
1414 Y Y
X 154 X X X X
351
13 13
6 55 189
351
36611
351
5 5 6 66
5 366
8 366 34 34 74.574.5 Y
181.5 Y Y
Ø 5.45 103 113
8 MESSA A TERRA
N N
8L1 L1 8
MESSA A TERRA
L2 L2
MESSA A TERRA
L3 L3 50 50
34 50
Y 75 22 22 22 22 75 75 Ø 10 Ø 10
383383 Ø 10 551551
(IV)(IV)
504 (IV) Ø...MAX Ø...MAX Ø...MAX
50
1 3 378 (III) 1414 = 425425
(III) (III) = =
150
2 35.5 2 35.5
18 35 80
18 35 80
DIMENSIONS 185
13 13
14 14
1 1
1 2 1
17 17
13 13 16
16
432 432
101 101
1 1
11 11
Dettaglio A
500 12 500 12 2 35.5
17 18 415.5
17 18
415.5
X X X X
1 2 1
126 126 126 126 126 126
14
20.5 20.5
Front terminals – F
Y Y
47
20
13 Y 13 Y
14 N L1 L2 L3
34
14 N L1 L2 L3
34
17
74.5 270
551 (IV)
74.5 270
551 (IV) 13
264
20 A 425 (III) 20 A Dettaglio A 425 (III)
432 15
212.5
1 2 1 212.5
16 Y
2 16 35.5 Y 101
4 4
11
1 15 1 18 15 3 5 2 08 0
47
3 3 14
13
1
500 12
17
3 425
3 425
264
415.5
351 X X X X 582 351 X X X Dettaglio A X X 582 X
15
5 5
2 181.5 2 2 17 35.5 181.5 126 126
5.45 13 5.45 16 20.5

34 34 18 35 80
15 432 15
13
16 10 111
16 10 101
111
14 13 N L1
14 11 34
10 150 207 9 Y 11 10 150 207 9 Y 74.5 270

551 (
74.5 20
8 74.5
366
20
8 20 A 425
366
383 24 383 24
12 17 16
500
13 17 1816 4
415.5
X X 1
1 2 1 1 2 1 432
126 1 2 61 0 1 126
1 3
20.5
11 47 47 Y
20 20
13 425 2 1
351 X X X
13 Y
34
14 N L1 L2 L3
5
7 45. 50 0 270 12 2
264 264 415.5
17 551 (IV) 18 5.45
Dettaglio A Dettaglio A X 20 X A 425 (III)
34
15 15
212.5
2 2 35.5 35.5
16 126 1 2 6Y 126 16 10
4 20.5
18 18 Y 10 150 207 9
35 80
1 35 80 15
74.5 20
13 Y 366 2
14 14
13
14 13
3 N L1 L2 L3
1 1 34 383 24
74.5 270
551 (IV)
3 425
351 X 20
X A X 425 (III) X 582
5 212.5
17 17 2 16
Y
181.5
13 13 16 16 4 5.45
432 432
34
1 15
15 17
13
16 3 10
101 101 111
1 1
11 11 10 150 207 9 Y
432
351
74.5
X X
20 3 425
X 8X 582
366
383 5 24 11
500 12 12 2 181.5
415.5
17 415.5
18 17 18 5.45
X X X X 34
15
500 12
126 126 126 126 126 126
16 10 111
415.5
20.5 20.5 Y Y X X
10 150 207 9 Y
13 Y Y
74.5 20
8
14 34
14 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 366
20.5
383 24
.5 270 74.5 270
551 (IV) 551 (IV)
13
20 A 20 A
425 (III) 425 (III)
34
14
212.5 212.5
74.5 270
16 16 Y Y
4 4
20 A
— 1 1 15 15
Key 16
3 3 4
1 Upper front terminals 1
2 Lower front terminals
3 425 X 3 425
51 X 351 XX
3 Tightening torque
X X X 582 X 582 3
5 5
8.6Nm 2 2 181.5 181.5
5 . 44
5 Door position - 5 . 4 5 351 X X
3 425
X
34 34
Ref. page 7/20 15 15
5
10 10 111 111 2
5 Earthing device 16 16 5.45
10 150 8 External
207 10 fixing 1 5 0point 92 0 7 Y 9 Y
34
74.5 Reccomended 7240. 5 screws 20

8 8 10
366 366 16
383 M10x25 2high 4 class383 24
10 150 207 9
9 Moving part 74.5 20
10 Fixed part 366
383 24
11 Connected, test,
disconnected
distances
12 Insulating sheet or in-
sulated metallic sheet
13 Roof insulation or
insulated metal
14 Fixing plate
15 Crossbeam front
terminal
16 Plastic protection
17 Customer busbar
and screws
(not provided)
4 4 67 4
2 2 2
35 35
= 80 =
2 20 = 80 = = 80 = 80 2 = 80 =
20
2
35
186 20
SACE EMAX 2 LOW15 VOLTAGE AIR CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1 35 20
1 35
124
20
15
15 15 15
55 55
67 67
55 55 55
67 67 67
2 4
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 70 = III
80 = 70 = 80 = 70 = 80 = 70 =
—
124 = 50 = 124 124 = 50 =
= 80 =
= 50 =
4 10 3 = 80 =
= 50 =
3 = 80 =
4 = 50 =
10 4
10 35 10 10 35 10 10
35 10 35 10 35 10 2 4
15 15
15 15 15
55 55
67 67 67

55 55 55 IV
67 67 67
N
80 = 80 = = 80 = 80 80 = 80 = = 80 =
= 80 = = 80 = = 80 =
124 124 124
1 3 383 44 1 3
13
2 4
170 170 17 2 4 14170 170 44
2 4
Y Y
14
7 1III
III 3 III
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
12
Horizontal rear spread terminals – SHR 2 144
Y Y
14
500
2 4 170 126 170 1 3 351 X X 220 4154 170 X

126 170 X 10
184
1 3 2 4 170X
8
Y
E4.2 N/S/H 3200A 5.45
E4.2 N/S/H 4000A Y
113
IV IV103 IV
N L1 L2
Y
L3
34
E4.2 V 2000 ... 4000A
N L1 L2
Y
L3 N
14 10
614
75 150
5
551 (IV) 351 551 (IV)
44 383 44 383 366 44
13 425 (III)
14 13 425 (III)
14 13
14
44
Y
212.5
17 17 14 15
44
14 Y
212.5 44
14 14 14
1 7 17 1
3 3 3
2 4 12 2 4 122 4 12
500
1 3 500 500
184 425 184 425 184 425
X 20 154 X X 10 X X 351 X X 20 154 351 X XX X 10 X X 20 154 X X X 10 X X
8 8
181.5 181.5
5.45 5.45
103 113 103 113 103 113
34 34 34
Y Y
6 11 10
13
10
6 14 6
11
5 75 150 4 5 34
75 150
74.5 5
2 351 351
366 366
35
= 80 =
2 20
1 35 20
15 15 15
15
1 55
3 55
67
67
425 425 425

= 80 = = 70 =
X 80 = 70 =X X X X
124 = 50 =
3 = 80 =
= 50 =
4 10
10 35
E4.2 N/S/H 3200A
10
35 10
4 15
14 215 13
1467 13
55 14
55 34 74.5 34 74.5
67
35
= 80 =
2 20
1 1 3 13 35 20
15
80 15 = 80 = = 80 =
= 80 = 55
67
124 55
67 1
1 3
170 170
2 4 = 80 = Y = 70 =
80 = 70 =
124
1 3 = 50 =
3 = 50 = III
4 L1 L2 L3 10
4 4 = 80 = 10 35 Y 10
14
2 2 35 10
15
15
2 35
2 35 2 4 55 1 3
= 80 = = 80 = 20
55
20 67 170 126 170 2
1 35
1 35 20 20
15
1 15
67 3 Y
15 15 = 80 =
55 55 IV
55 55
67 67
N =L1
80 = L2 L3 = 80 = 1 35 20
67 67 80 = 80 = 4 Y
124 2 14
15
1 3 55
67
= 80 = = 80 = = 80 = = 70 = = 70 = 35
80 80 = 70 = = 70 = 2 170551 (IV) 170
20
124 124 383 1 35

44 = 50 =
20
= 50 = 2 4 15
3 3 = 50 = = 50 =
4 4 10 10 13 Y
425 (III)
14
= 80 = = 80 = 10 17
10 35 35
10
15
10 44 4 212.5
55 80 = 70 =
35 35 10 10 2 55 14 III Y 67
124
67
14
15 15 L1 L2
Y
L3
3 = 50 =
15 15 7 1 35 14 = 80 = 10
= 80 =
55 55 3 2 20
1 1 3 67
13
67 20 35 10
2 12
55 55 35
67 67
80
2 = 70 = 4 4 = 80 = 15
1 3
= 70 =
15
15 170 126 170
—
E4.2 N/S/H 4000A 3 = 80 =X = 80 =20= 154
124
55
500
= 50 = 184 4
Y
55
67 = 50 =
425 55
67
Key 80 80 = 80 = = 80 =
351 X 80 = = 80 = 67 X= 80 = 10
X 10 X 35 10
X
10
1 Side horizontal
124 124 E4.2 V 2000 8 ... 4000A 35 10 IV
N L1 L2 15 L3
5.45
103 15
1 3 1 3 = 80 = Y
181.5
= 70 = 80
divaricated terminals 34
80 = 70 =
113
67
55 14 = 80 =
170 170 55 124
3200A 2 4 2 4 Y 124170 17067 = 50 =
4 34 Y = 50 =
6 4 Y
10
2 Central
2 horizontal
2 10
= 80 = 10 35 551 (IV) 10 11 1 3
III 35 5
383 44
75 III
150
10
13 = 80 =
425 (III)
= 80 = 14
divaricated terminals 17 L1 L2 L3 80 L2
L1 L3 = 80 = 44 15 212.5
1414
351 35 Y 35 15 Y 20
= 80 = = 80 =
2366 2 124
20
14 Y
55
1 35
1 3200A35 20 20
14 55
67
1 3
7 15
1
1567
3 Side 15 horizontal 15 152 4 2
170
4 126 170170 55 126 1 3
170
55 1 3 3 170 170
divaricated55
terminals
55 Y
67
2 Y
67
4 12 2 4 Y
67 67 = 80 = = 80 =
80 = 80 =
500
4000A IV IV 124 184 III 425
4 80 Central horizontal
351 X N L1 X L2
N 20 L1
154
L3 L2 L3 X X 10 X L1 L2 L3
1X 3 4
14 2
= 80 = = 80 = = 70 = = 70 = Y
80 = 70 = = 70 = 8 Y
425
Y
14 14
124 divaricated 124 terminals 170 170 181.5
3 3
X 5.45 X = 50 = = 50 =
2 4
= 50 = = 50 =
4 4 103 10 10 113
2 4 Y = 80 =
1 3 2 35
= 80 = 4000A
= 80 = 10 10 35
551 (IV)
34 35 10
551 (IV)
10 170 126
1
170 35 20
10 10 15
383 383 35
44 35 44 YY
5 Tightening torque 13 13 425 (III)
15 425 15(III)
14 14 6
III
15
15 15 44 10 44 212.5 212.5
L1 L2
Y
L3
11 55
3200A558.6Nm 14 14 75 150 67 67 Y
5 55 Y 55 IV 14 55
67
55 N L1 L2 L3 383 44
14
6 Tightening 1467
torque
67 13
351 14 Y
1 1 74.5 2 4 1 314 17 4
3 34 3 366 170 126 170 14
4000A 8.6Nm
4 15 12 4 12 = 80 = = 80 =
80 2 2 = 80 = = 80 = = 80 =
Y 80 = 70 = 14
7 Door
80
position - = 80 =
= 80 =
551 (IV) 124
7 1
500 500
124 124 383 44 IV
13 425 (III) 3 14
= 50 =
4
20 154 Ref. page20 1547/20
184 184
1 3425 1 X 3 425 N L1 L2 L3 = 80 = 10 2 35
X X X X XX 10
17 X 10 X X X
14
44 Y 212.5
10
8 8 8 Grounding 170 170170 170
Y 35
14 500
15
2 4 2 4 14 181.5 181.5 1
113 7
5.45 5.45 Y Y 15 351 X X 20 154 X X 10
11103 Mounting 103fixed part - 113 425 1 3
55
34 34 X X 551 (IV) 55 8 67
screws recommend 12 67
L1 L3 L22 Y
III III
383
L1
44
L2Y L3 4 13 425 (III)
14 5.45
1
10 M8x25 high class 8.8 617 6 Y
11Y 50014 11 14 44 212.5
34
103
0 75 150
5 5 20 154
184
Y 425
80 = 80 =
or couple superior 351 X X
14 X X 10 X X = 80 =
351 351 7 2 4 8 2 1704 126 170 170 1261 11703 1 3 124
366 366 Tightening tourque 3 10
5
Y 14
13 181.5
5.45
1032
Y
113
4 12 75 150
15 20Nm compulsory 34 74.5

34
351 170 170
IV IV 500 366 2 4 Y
fixing screws from N L1 N L2 20 L1 L3 L2 L3 184 Y 425
351 X X Y 154 Y X X 10 6 X
11X 15
high 10
75
8150 5 14 14 III
L1 L2 L
181.5
12 Moving part 5.45
351 103 113
Y
425 425 366 551 (IV) 551 (IV)

44 13 F ixed
X 44 part
34
X X
383 383
13 13 425 (III) 425 (III)
14 14 Y 2 4
15 Connected, test, 44 1544 212.5 212.5 6 11
170 126 170
14 14 10
5
Y Y
X X
425
Y
14 disconnected 14 75 150
1
distances 1 3
351
3 366
IV
N L1 L2
14 2 14 sheet
17 Metallic 2 4 124 12 Y
5 74.5
500 500 15 X X
425
425 425
X X 20 154X 20 154 X X X 10
184
X 10
184
X X X X
13
14 551 (IV)
34 74.5
8 8 383 44
13 425 (III)
181.5 181.5
5.45 5.45
103 103 113 113 17 14
44
Y
212.
34 34 425
13 X
14 14
X
Y Y 7 1
6 34 6 74.5
11 11 3
80 = 70 =
124
DIMENSIONS 187
2 = 50 =
2 = 50 =
2
= 80 = = 80 = = 80 = = 80 = = 80 = = 80 =
35 20
35 10
10
1 35 20 1 35 20
35 10
10
35
N
15 15 15 15 15
55 55 55 55 55
67 67 67 67 67
80 = 70 = 80 = 80 = 80 = 70 = 80 = 70 = 80 = 80 =
124 124 124 124 124 124
383 44
11
15 44
12
126 126 126 1 5 126 126 126 2 1 126
Vertical rear spread terminals – SVR 1

Y Y
10
500
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 272 L3 N L
12
E4.2 N/S/H 3200A E4.2 N/S/H 4000A 12
Y 351 X X 222 X X Y X
6
2 2
E4.2 V 2000 ... 4000A
126 126 126 5.45 126 126 126 126
Y 69 Y 69
34
N L1 L2 L3
10
3 N L1 L2 4 L3 N
Y 75 150 Y
12 12
351
366
551 (IV) 551 (IV)
44 383 44 383 44
11 425 (III)
12 11 425 (III)
12 11
44 212.5
15 15 44 12 44 212.5
Y 13 Y
12 12 12
2 5 5 2 2
1 1 1
10 1 2 10 10
500 500 500
272 425 272 425 272 425
X 222 X X X X 351 X X 222 351 XX X X X X 222 X X X X X
6 6
181.5 181.5
5.45 5.45
69 69 69 69 69 69
Y Y
34 34 13 34
3 4 9 10
3 10 34 474.5 3 4 9
75 150 75 150
351 2 = 50 = 351
= 80 =
1 120 366 = 80 = 2 10 366
35 35 10
12 15 12 12
13 15 13
55 55
67 67
425
E4.2 N/S/H 3200A 124
80 = 70 =
124 425
80 = 80 =
425
X X X X X
2
= 80 =
= 50 = 1
= 80 =
1 35 20
35 10
10
13 13
15
34 74.5 126 126 126 34 15 1 74.5
1 55 2 Y
55
67 67
N L1 L2 L3
80 = 70 = Y 80 12 = 80 =
124 124
126 126 126 2
Y
= 80 =
1 35 20
N L1 L2 L3
2 Y
15
= 80 =
126 126 12
50 =
= 126
1 55
= 80 = 67
1 35 20
35 10
Y 10
551 (IV)
383 44 15
11 425
15 (III) 12
15 55
67
44 N
212.5
55 L1 L2 L3
80 = 70 =
12 Y 67 Y 12 124
5 2
1 2 80 1 126 126 126 2
= 70 = 10 80
Y= 80 =
124 124
500
272 425
351 X X 222 X X X X
N
— L1
E4.26N/S/H 4000A
L2 L3
Y
181.5 12
Key 5.45
1 Vertical divaricated E4.2 V 2000383... 4000A 69
44
69
Y
551 (IV)
terminals 3200A 34 11 126 126 126 425 (III)

1 12
10 15 3 4
44 Y
Y
212.5
9
2 Vertical divaricated 75 150 12
5 351 2 2
terminals 4000A
= 80 = 1 = 50 = 1 2
= 80 = N L1 L2 L3
1 335 Tightening torque 20
366
35 10
10
10 Y 12
3200A15 8.6Nm 12 15
500
13 272 126 126 126 2 425
4 Tightening 55
torque
67 351 X X 222 55
67
X X X Y X
6
4000A 8.6Nm 5.45
181.5
5 Door 80 position - = 70 = 80
69
= 80 =
69
N L1 L2 L3 383 44
Y
Ref.
124 page 7/20 425
124 34 Y
12 15 44
6 Grounding X 10 X
3 4 9 12
383 75 150
551 (IV)
5 2 2 = 50 =
9 Mounting fixed part - 44
11 425 (III)= 80 =
12 1 = 80 =
351
1
screws recommend 15
44 212.5 20
366 35 35 10
Y
12 15 500
M8x25 high class 8.85 13 2 15
1126 12 126
272
74.5 13
126 1 55 351 X X 222 X X
or couple superior 34
Y 10
67 55
67
6
Tightening tourque 500 5.45
20Nm compulsory 351 X X 222 N L1 L2X XL3
272
X 80 X
425 = 70 = 69
80
69
= 80 =
fixing screws from 6

Y 12 124
34 124
181.5
high 5.45 425 10
3 4
X 69 X 126 126 126 69 2 75 150
10 Moving part Y
Y 351
34
11 Fixed part 366
10
3 4 9
12 Metallic segregation 75 150 N L1 L2 L3
12 126 126 126 1
Y
(when provided)
13
351 12 13 Y
34 366 74.5
13 Connected, test, 551 (IV)
383 44
disconnected 11 12 425 (III)
12
13
44 212.5
N L1 L2
Y
L3
12
distances
12 Y
15 Metallic sheet 2 X X
425
126 126 126 2
1 Y
10
500 425
X 272 X 425 N L1
X X X X X X L2 L3
222 Y
13
6 12
34 74.5
181.5
5.45
69 69 551 (IV)
383 44
13 Y
11 425 (III)
12
34
34 74.5
15 44
Y
212.5
3 4 9 12
75 150 5 2
351
1
366
10
500
42
12 351 X X X X
272
X X
13 222
—
Flat terminals
E4.2 N/S/H 3200A
—
Key
2 Tightening torque
20Nm
3 Door position -
Ref. page 7/20
4 Grounding
screws provided
M8x25
8 Moving part
9 Fixed part
10 Segregation
(where envisaged)
11 Connected, test,
disconnected
distances
DIMENSIONS 189
Flat terminals
E4.2 N/S/H 4000A

E4.2 V 2000...4000A
—
Key
2 Tightening torque
20Nm
3 Door position -
Ref. page 7/20
4 Grounding
screws provided
M8x25
8 Moving part
9 Fixed part
10 S egregation
(where envisaged)
11 Connected, test,
disconnected
distances
—
35 20 35 50 35 20 35 2 20 35 2 50 35
1 10
1 1 10
12 12 12 12 12
33 33 33 33 33
45 45 45 45 45

Ø 13 Ø 13 Ø 13
Ø 13 10 Ø 13 Ø1013
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 = = 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 = = 80 =
817 817 81
1 2 252 252 1 2 252 12522 252
Y Y
12 63
12 1263
III III III

Horizontal rear terminals – HR
Y Y
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L
943 943 943
1 2 1 2 1 2
189 252 252 189 252 252 189 252
Y Y Y
12 12 12
63
E6.2 H/V 4000-5000A E6.2 H/V 6300A 63
IV Y IV
E6.2 X 4000...6300A
IV Y Y
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 N L3 L1 L
929 (IV) 929 (IV) 929 (IV

464.5 (IV) 464.5 (IV)
383 22 22 383 22 383 22 22 22
803 (III) 803 (III) 803 (III)
12 11 10 338.5 (III) 12 12 11 10 338.5 (III) 11 10

Y Y Y
20 10 10 10
20 20
6 1 2
425 6 6 425 425
X 154 X X 184 X X X X 154 X X X 184 X 154 X X X 184 X X
Ø 5.45 Ø 5.45 Ø 5.45

181.5 181.5
103 113 103 113 103 113
5 5
34 Y 34 34 Y Y
882 (IV) 10 10 882 (IV) 882 (
150 1 2 756 (III) 75 150 1 75 150 2 1 2 756 (III) 756 (III)
351 315 (III) 351 351 315 (III)
366 3 4 441 (IV) 366 3 366 4 3 4
9 Y 50 9 9 Y
441 (IV)
50 Y
35 20 2 35 50
1 1 2
13 363 (III) 237 (III) 12 75 12 13
10 13 363 (III) 237 (III) 363 (III)75
6 MESSA A TERRA 6 MESSA A TERRA 6 MESSA A TERRA
63 (III) = 63 (III) 63 (III) =
33 150 33 150
Ø 10 45 45 Ø 10 Ø 10
Ø...MAX = Ø...MAX Ø...MAX =
E6.2 H/V 4000-5000A Ø 13

10
8 375 (IV)
Y
375
= 80(IV)
= = 70 =
Ø 13
8
= 80 = = 80 =
8 375 (IV)
Y
375 (IV) 375 (IV)
Y
X X X X X X
817
7 1 2
7
252
Y
252 7 1
13 12 13
63
13
34 74.5 35 20 2 35 50 74.5
1 34
10
34 74.5
12 12
III Y
L1 L2 L3
33 33
45 1 943 45
2
1 2
189 252 252
Ø 13
Ø 13 Y 10
= 80 = = 70 = 12 = 80 = 63 = 80 =
817
1 2IV 252 Y
252
N L1 Y L2 L3
35 20
12 63
1
929 (IV)
12
464.5 (IV)
383 22 22
803 (III)
III
2 Y
1 12 11 10
35 20 L1 L2 35 338.5
L3 (III) 50 33
1 12
2 Y 10
45
943 12
1 2 Ø 13
E6.2 H/V 6300A 33
189 252
Y
252
33
20 45 10
12 63 45 = 80 = = 70 =
E6.2 X 4000...6300A
6 Ø 13 425
X X 154 X X 184 X Ø 13 10 X
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 =
Ø 5.45 IV Y
N L1 L2 L3 181.5
113
5
103
1 2 1 817
2
929 (IV) 252 252
34 Y Y
464.5 (IV)
10
383 22
1
22
2 12 803 (III)
882 (IV) 63
35 20 2
75 150
35 50 756 (III)
1 12 351 10 11 10 338.5 (III) 315 (III)
12
366
12 3 4 Y
441 (IV)
9 III Y Y 50
L1 L2 L3
33 33
45 45 943
20 10
13 1 2 363 (III) 252 237 (III) 75
189 252
Ø 13
6 Ø 13 6 MESSA A TERRA
10 425 Y
= 80 = = 70 = X X =
= 80 154 X X 184= 80 = X 12 63 (III) 63 X
150
=
Ø...MAX Ø 10
Ø 5.45 =
181.5
817
113
1 2 103
IV 2
5 252 252 8 35 Y Y 20 35 50
34
Y 1 N 375
L1 (IV)
Y
L2 375 (IV)
L3
10
10 12 63 X X 12
882 (IV) 929 (IV)
12
75 150 1 2 756 (III)
464.5 (IV)
351 383 22 7 22 33 315 (III) 33
III 366 3 4 45 803 (III)
441 (IV)
383 22 45 22
L1 12 L2
Y
L3 13 9 11 10 Y 338.5 (III) 50
943
34 74.5 Ø 13 Y 12
1 2 Ø 13 10
189 252 252
13 = 80 =
363 (III) 237 (III)
= 70 =
75
= 80 = = 80 =
12 6 Y
MESSA A TERRA 10
— 63 20
63 (III) =
817
Key 6 150 20 10
X Ø...MAX X 154 X X 184
425
X
Ø 10
= 1 2X 252 252
1 Horizontal terminals IV Y 6 Y
Ø 5.45
X 184
4000-5000A N L1 8 L2 103
L3
113 375 (IV)
Y
375 (IV) 12
181.5 X X 63154 X
2 Horizontal terminals 5 929 (IV) X X Ø 5.45

464.534 (IV) Y
6300A 103 113
383 22
3 Tightening torque
22 10
75 803 (III)
150 7 1 2
882 (IV)
756 (III)
III 5 Y
L1 L2 L3
12 11 10 351
338.5 (III) 315 (III) 34
4000-5000A 20Nm Y
13
3 4 10 943
4 Tightening torque
366
34 74.5 9 Y
441 (IV)
1 2 50 75 150 1 2
189 252 252
6300A 20Nm 10 351 Y
20
13 12 366
63 3 4
5 Door position - 6
363 (III) 237 (III) 75
6 425
MESSA A TERRA
X Ref.
154 page
X 7/20
X 184 X X 63 (III) =
150
Ø 5.45 6 Earthing device Ø...MAX Ø 10
IV =
181.5
N
Y 13
10 M103obile part 113 L1
6 L2A TERRA
MESSA L3
8 Y
11 34 Fixed part Y
375 (IV) 375 (IV)
929 (IV)
X X
12 Segregation 882 (IV)
Ø...MAX 464.5
150 1 2 756 (III)
(IV)
351
(where envisaged) 315 (III) 7
383 22 22
803 (III)
3 4 8
366
9 Y
441 (IV)
13 50
12 11 10 338.5 (III)
Y
34 74.5 X X
13 363 (III) 237 (III) 75

6 MESSA A TERRA
10 7
63 (III) = 20
150
1 35
12
20 2 35
12
50
1 35
12
20 2 35
12
50
10 10
33 33 33 33
45 45 45 45
DIMENSIONS 191
Ø 13 Ø 13
Ø 13 10 Ø 13 10
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 = = 70 = = 80 =
= 80 = = 80 =
1 817 1 817
252 252 252 252
3 63
Y
3 63
Y
12 12
III III
L1 L2 Y L3 L1 L2 Y L3 1
943 943
1 189 252 252 1 189 252 252
383 22
63 12 383 22
63 12
3 Y 3 Y
5 12 5 12
IV IV
1 N L1
Y
L2 L3 1 N L1
Y
L2 L3
2 817 2 817
2 252 252 2 252 252
6 63 6 63
X 184 4 Y X X 184 4 Y
1 35
12
20
12 12
III III
Vertical rear terminals – VR
113 Y 113 Y 33
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 45
943 943
34 34 Ø 13
2 189 252 252 10
2 189 252 252
= 80 = = 70 =
5 150
3 63
75 12 150 3 63 12
351
366 4
4 Y 351
366
E6.2
4
H/V 4000-5000A
4 Y
E6.2 H/V 6300A
IV IV
N L1 Y
L2 L3 N L1 Y
L2
E6.2L3X 4000...6300A
III
929 (IV) 929 (IV)
383
464.5 (IV)
383
464.5 (IV) 1
22 22 383 22
803 (III) 803 (III)
13 3
5 12 11 10 338.5 (III)
5 12 11 10 338.5 (III)
5 12
Y Y
IV
1 1 1
2 2 2
6 425 6 6 425
X X X 134 X X X X X X 134 X X X X 184
1 2
181.5 181.5 III
113 113 113
Y 13 Y
34 882 (IV) 34 882 (IV) 34
74.5
10
75 150 756 (III) 34 74.5
10
75 150 756 (III)
10
2
75 150
351
3 315 (III)
351
3 315 (III)
351
3 4
6 MESSA A TERRA 366 4 441 (IV)
50 6 MESSA A TERRA 366 4 441 (IV)
366 50 4
IV
9 1 9 2
Ø...MAX Ø...MAX
363 (III) 237(III) 75 363 (III) 237(III) 75
1 35
12
20 2 35
12
50
8 63 (III) = 8 10
63 (III) =
150 150
Ø 10 33 = 33 Ø 10 = 383 22
E6.2 H/V 4000-5000A 45 45
13
7 Ø 13 7 5 12
375 (IV) 375 (IV)
= 80 = 1 = 70 =
Ø 13
= 80 =
10 2 375 (IV) 375 (IV)
= 80 =
1
1 817
2
1 35
12
20
3 2 35
252
Y
252
50 1
63 12 10
6
12 X X X X
33
III 33
134
45 L1 L2 Y 45 L3
943 113
Ø 13 1 Ø 13
189 252 252 10
383= 80 = 22 = 70 = = 80 =
63 = 80 = 12 13
3 34
5 1 12
35
12
20
1 2 817
Y35
12
50 10
10 34 74.5 75 150
IV 252 252 3
1 3 N 63 Y
Y 351
33 L1 L2 33 L3 6 MESSA A TERRA 366 4
2
45 45
12
III 817
2 9
Ø 13 L1 Ø 13
L2 Y
252 L3
252
10 1 Ø...MAX
35
12
20
6 = 80 = = 70 = 943 =6380 =
X X 184 1 4 Y = 80 =
189 252 252
383 22 1 63 817 12 12 8 33
3 III Y 252 252 45
5 12 113 3 L1 63 L2
YY
L3
IV 12 Ø 13
1 34 III N L1
Y 943
= 80 =7 = 70 =
1 10 2 2 189 L1
L2
252 L3
L2 Y252 L3
75 150 2 817 12
E6.2 H/V 6300A 351
3 421
189
252
252
943
Y 252
63
252
6 366383 4
22 63 12
E6.2 X 4000...6300AX X 184 43
IV Y
Y
63
5 12 N L1 Y
L2 L3
12
III IV
113 Y
1 N L1 L1 L2 Y L2 L3 L3
929 (IV)
2 943 817
10
34
383 2
22 2 189 252 1 252 252 464.5 (IV)
252 2
75
13 X 351 6 150
3X
803 (III) 63
63 12 383 22
1 35 20 2 35
5 12 50 4 4 Y Y
12 12
184
10 11 10 338.5 (III)
366 4 Y 12 5 12
IV 1 III
33 113
33 Y
45 45 N L1 L1 Y L2 L2 L3
2
L3
1
943
Ø 13
= 80 = = 70 =
10 Ø 13
= 80 =
34
6
10
2 189 252
929 (IV)
252 2
425
X 75 150 X X
3 383
= 80 =
X 134 X 63 X 12
1 351 817 22 4 Y
464.5 (IV)
6
13 366
252 252 4 803 (III) 181.5 X X 184
3 63
Y
5 12 113 IV 11 10 338.5 (III)
121 35 N
12
L1
Y
Y
Y 20
L2 L3 2 35 50
III 13
1 34 882 (IV)
12 113 10
L1 L2 Y 10 L3
34 74.5 75 150 2 756 (III)
943 3 33
929 (IV)
315 (III) 33
1 189 252 252
351 45 464.5 (IV) 3445
383 22 6 MESSA A TERRA
63 6 366383 12 224 441 (IV)
425 50
10
3 X
13 X X X 134 X 803 (III) X 75 150
5 12
Y
5 12
Ø 13
9 11 10 338.5 (III) Ø 13 3 10
= 80 = Y = 70 = = 351
80 =
IV Ø...MAX
113 363 (III) 237(III)
181.5
75 366 4 = 80 =
1 N L1
Y 1
L2
8
L3
63 (III) 1= 817
2 13 817 2 Y
150 252 252
— 2 252 10 252
34
Ø 10
882 (IV)
3 =
Y
34 74.5 756 (III) 63
6 Key 63 75 150
6 3X
X 4 X X Y X 351 X 315 (III)
X
425
12
X 184
1 Vertical terminals 6 MESSA A TERRA 7 366 124
134
375 (IV) 441 (IV)
375 (IV)
III
III 50
181.5 L1 L2 Y L3
4000-5000A 383 22
113
L1 L2
Y
L3 9 113 943
2 Vertical terminals Ø...MAX 1 75 13
6300A
34
13 943 383
34
363 (III)
22
Y
237(III)
882 (IV)
189 252
63
252
5 12
12
2 189 252
8
10
252
63 (III) 3 = Y
75 150 3 Tightening
3 torque 34 74.5
63
75 150 125 12
3
756 (III)
150
351 4 Y 351
315 (III)
366
4000-5000A
4 20Nm 6 MESSA A TERRA 366 4
Ø 10
441 (IV) IV =
50
4 Tightening torque IV
7
1 N L1
Y
L2 L3
N 9 375 (IV) 375 (IV)
2
L1 Y
6300A 20Nm L2
Ø...MAX
L3 817 6
5 Door position -
363 (III) 237(III)
2 75 X 252 X 252 X X
Ref. page 7/20 929 (IV) 8 6 63 (III) = 63

464.5 (IV)
X X 184 4 150 Y
6 Earthing device
383 22
803 (III)
Ø 10 =
12
3 10 Mobile part III
5 12 11 10 338.5 (III)
7 113 13 Y
11 Fixed part Y 375 (IV) 375 (IV) L1 L2 10L3
34
12 Segregation 1 34 74.5 943 75 150

34
(where envisaged) 2 10
2 189 252 252 351
75 150
3 6 MESSA
63A TERRA 366 12
6 425 351 4 Y
X X X X X
134
366 4
181.5 IV Ø...MAX
113
N L1 Y
L2 L3
Y 8
34 882 (IV)
10
33 33 33 33
45 45 45 45
Ø 13 192 SACE EMAX 2 LOW VOLTAGE

Ø 13 AIR CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
10
Ø 13 Ø 13
Ø 13 Ø 13
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 = = 80 = = 80 = = 70 = = 70 = = 80 =
47 47 47
2 2 2
14 15 1069 15 1514 14 15 15 1069
—
252 252 252 252 252 252
2 Y 2 2 Y
4 14 63
4 4 14 14 63

Y Y
N L1 L2 L3 N N L1 L
X 134 X X X 134 X 134
4 1069
4 4 1069
252 252 252 252 252 252
113 Y 113 113 Y
63 63
14 13 13 14 14
74.5 5 6 34 3474.5 74.5 5 6 5 6
Y Y
N N N L1
Rear orientable terminals - HR/VR full size
L1 L2 L3 L
8 MESSA A TERRA 8 8
MESSA A TERRA
MESSA A TERRA
1 3 1069 1 3 1 3 1069
Ø...MAX 252 252 252 Ø...MAX Ø...MAX 252 252 252
10
14 63
Y
E6.2 H/V 4000...5000A 10 E6.2
10
H/V
14 6300A
14 63
Y
E6.2 X 4000...6300A
N Y N N L1 Y
L1 L2 L3 L
383 22 9 383 383 22 22 9 9
13 3 4 13 13
17 14 22 1 2 35 20 17 14 17 14 35
22 22
50
1055 12 12 1055
464.5
7 7 10
Y Y
33 33
45 45
20 20 20
12 Ø 13
Ø 13 10 12 12
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 =
8 500 425 8 8 500 500 X 425 425
X 154 X X 184 X X X X X 154X X 154 X 184 X 184 X X
47
Ø 5.45
181.5 2 Ø 5.45 Ø 5.45
181.5 181.5
103 113 15 14 15
103
1069
103 113 113
252 252 252
Y 2 Y Y
34
11 4 14
10 10
34 63 34
11 11
5 150 75 150 75 150
1 3 1 1 3 3
351 1008 351 351 Y 1008
N 366
366
5 6 441 366 L15 5L2 6L3 6
425 425 425 425
X X 134
63 4 1069
Y 50 Y
252 252 252
113 Y
63
13 75 14
E6.2 H/V 4000-5000A
34 74.5 5 6 =
16 Ø 10 150 Y 16 16 Ø 10 Ø 10
N 3 4 L1 L2 L3
1 28 MESSA A TERRA
35
=
20 35 50
Y
12 1 3 1069 12 10 Y
32524
1 2 35
Ø...MAX
20 3 4 35
252 252
50
11 1 2
12 33 33
35
12
20 45
14 35 63 50
12 45 10 11 11
10 12 Y10
Ø 13
33 Ø 13 33 10
45 45
= 80 = = 70 = = 80 = = 80 =
33 33
45 45 Y
Ø 13 N L1 L2 L310
Ø 13
Ø 13 383 = 22
80 = 9 = 70 =
Ø 13 = 80 =
10 = 80 =
= 80 = 47= 70 = 22 13
2
15 17 14 = 80 = = 80 =
7 14 15 1069
1055
252 252 464.5
252
47
2 2 Y
15
47 14 15
2 14
1069
63
15 14 15 4 1069
252 252 252
202 Y
2 12
252 252 252
4 14 Y
N
63 Y
48 14 425
63 L1 L2 L3
X 500 X X
X X 134 154 184 X X
4 N 3 4 L1 1069
Y
Ø 5.45 1 2 35 20
N 181.5
Y
35252
L2 L3
50
X X
12 L1 L2 252 L3 Y 12
252
10
134 113
X X 134
113 103
4 63
1069
13 4 14 1069 252 252 Y 33252
33 Y
11334 45 45
E6.2 H/V 6300A34
10
113 74.5 5 6 252
11
252
Y
252 63
13
75 150
Ø 13
1 3 14 63
N
Y
L310
5 614
Ø 13 L1
13 E6.2 X 4000...6300A
34
351
74.5366
8 = MESSA
80 = A TERRA = 70 = 1008
= 80 =
L2
= 80 =
34 74.5 5 6 5 6 1 3 1069 Y
441
N 425 L1 L2 425 L3
8 MESSA A TERRA
Ø...MAX N
Y 252 252
63
252
L1 L2 L3
8 MESSA A TERRA 47 1 23 1069 Y 50
15 14 15 1 310 14 1069
63
1069
Y
Ø...MAX 252 252 252
3 4 250
252 252 252
1 2 35 20
Ø...MAX
35
252
14
252 252
63 Y
75
— 12 12 10 10 14 63
4 14 63 N L1
Y
Y
L2 L3
Key 10 Y =
383 22 9 16 Ø 10 150
1 Horizontal
33
45 terminals 33
45 13 Y =
22 N
4000-5000A 17 14 N Y
N L1
L1 L2
L2 L3
L3
Ø 13 7X 383 22 9 L1 L2 L3 1055
Y
2 Vertical terminals X 10134
= 80 = = 70 = 383
Ø 13
22 9 22 13
4 464.5
4000-5000A
= 80 =
17 14 = 80 =
13 1069 Y
1055
17 14 7
22
11 1055 252 252
Y
252
3 Horizontal terminals 7
113
20 63 Y
464.5
1412
464.5
47 6300A 2 13 Y
4 15
4 Vertical terminals
1069
5 6500
252
34 8
252 74.5 252
20 425
12
2 6300A X 20 Y X 154
12
X X 184 X
N
Y X
L1 L2 L3
63
8 Ø 5.45
8 MESSA A TERRA
425 181.5
8 X X 154
500 X X 184 1 3 X 1069 X
4000-5000A 20Nm X 500 X X
103
425 113
X 154 184Ø...MAX X X
YØ 5.45 252 252 252
6 Tightening torque N 181.5 Y
Ø 5.45
L1 L2 L3
6300A 20Nm 10
34 103 181.5 113
14 11
63
X 134
4 75 103150 113 10 Y
7 Door position - 1069 1 3 Y
351 34 1008
Ref. page 7/20 252 10 252
Y 366
252 11 Y
113
8 Earthing device
10
34
75 150 5 11 6
3 N L1
Y
L2
441
L3
63 1 425 425
14 75 150 351
1
383 22 3 9 1008
12 Mobile part 13
63
5136 Fixed part
351 366
17 14 5 22 6 1008 Y 441
50
366
7 L1 5Y 6 441
425 1055 425
14 Segregation N L2 L3 425 425 63 464.5
8 MESSA A TERRA
63
Y
Y 50
75
(where envisaged) 1 3 1069
Y 50
17 Metallic sheet
Ø...MAX 252 252 252
=
1216
20 150
Ø 10 75
=
14 63 75
=
10 8Y
X X 154
500 X X 184
425 16 X
Ø 10 Y =
X
150
16 Ø 10 150 =
YØ 5.45 =
N L1 L2 L3 181.5 11 Y
22 9 103 113
Y
22 13 11
4 Y
10
1055 34
11 11
75 150 464.5
Y
1 3
351 1008
20
366
5 6 441
12 425 425
63
Y 50
500 425
X X X X
46
2 46
DIMENSIONS 1 193
35 80 35 80
252 252 47 252 252

101 63 1 Dettaglio B 101 20 63
1 17 Y 1 17 Y
35.5
Y 264 Y
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L
13 18 13 15
18 189 252
63
252
14 18 189 252
63
25
11 Y 1 11 13
Y
35 80
Y Y
N L1 L2 L3 16 N L1 L2
500 17 500
252 252 252 46 252 252 25
415.5 63 415.5 63
12 Y
12 Y
20.5 Front terminals – F

N L1
Y
L2 L3
20.5
35 80 N L1
Y
L2
47
13
1 13
20
34 14 34 14
252 264 252
74.5 270 1055 (IV FS) 74.5 270 1055 (IV FS
1 1
101 16 3 15 Dettagl
20 929 (IV) 17 20 Y
929 (IV
B 803 (III) B 803 (III)
4 338.5 (III) 4 Y 13 33
16 276 13 L1 16
L2 L3 35 80
276
15 15
138 138
3 Y 47 18 189 252
3
252
14 Y
1 112 0 Y
63
5 5 46
351 X X 351 X X Y
264
3 15
N L1 3 L2 L3
500 17
252 252 252
5.45 425 415.5 5.45 35 80
34 34 63
582 X X 13 582 X
35 80
12 Y
181.5 Y
20.5
10
16 10
N L1 16 L2
252
L3
252
20 20
1 1
101 2 1 63
75 150 207 111 13 46 75 150 207
17 Y
366
Y 34 14 366
Y
383 24 15
10 9 74.5 270
383
1 24 15
1055 (IV FS)
L1 10 L2
Y
L3
9
432
464.5 (IV/IV FS)
113 432 929 (IV)
4
20
8 35 80
B 18 8 0 3 ( I I1I 8) 9 252 252
4 11 338.5 (III) Y
63
16 276
47 15
252 252 138 Y
20 Y
2 3
1
101
17
63
Dettaglio 2B N L1 L2 L3
Y 500
264
5 4 1 53. 5 . 5
252 252
63
252
351 X X
15
L1 L2
Y
L3 3 12 Y
13 18
20.5 Y
13
47 18 189 252
63
252
5.45
34
14
582 X
N L1 L2
X
4 2457 L3
35 80
11 20 Y 1 20
13 181.5
264 264
Y 14
15
N L1 L2
34
L3
16 16 15
46
2 10 2704 . 5 270 17 1055 (IV FS)
500
252 252 75 150
252 207
1 1 9 2 9 ( I V1)1 1
415.5 63 20
13 13
35 80
1 12 Y 366 B Y
803 (III) 35 80
383 4 24 15
10 16 9 338.5 (III)
35 80 20.5 Y 464.5 (IV/IV FS)
432 276
N L1 L2 L3 15
Y 8
138
3
13
252 252 34 14 5
63 351 X X
7 74.5 Dettaglio
270 B 1055 (IV FS)
2 3
Y 1 929 (IV)
2 03 5 . 5
Y B 803 (III) 5.45
L1 L2 L3 4 1816 338.5 (III)
34 582 X
189 252 252 276

14 15
63 138
Y 13
Y
10
16 47
20 20
Y 5 75 150 207
1
X 16
N L1 L2 L3 Upper
351 X
front terminals Lower front
366 terminal 264
15 Y
17 3
252 252 252
383 24 15
10 47
9 464.5 (IV/IV FS)
63
Y 5.45 1 4 3 24 2 5 20
34 582 X X 13
35 80
47
N L1
Y
L2 L3
1 20
181.5 264
15
10
16 47
1 20
264
20
2 13
—
75 150 207
1 15
111
35 80
366
Key 1055 (IV FS) 264 Y
383 24 15
10 13 9 15
1 Upper front9 2terminals
9 (IV)
432 47
464.5 (IV/IV FS)
803 (III) 35 80
2 Lower front1 terminals 20
13 8
46
338.5 (III) 47
3 Tightening 2torque
76
35 80
20
15
8.6Nm Y
138
264
2 624
15 46 35 80
2 46
Ref. page 7/20 13
1
35 80
5 Earthing device 252 1 21532
35 80 35 80
8 External fixing point 35 80 1
101
17
63
Dettag
Y
Reccomended screws 425 2
582 X X 46
M10x25 high class 47
L1 L2
Y
L3
252 20 252 13
9 Moving part 181.5
63 252 252 1
1
101
17 264 101 63 Dettaglio
18 B 189
Dettaglio B
252 252
14
10 Fixed part 1 35 80 17 15
Y
11 Y Y
63
35.5
11 Connected, test, 111
35.5
Y Y Y
disconnected L1 L2 L1 L3 L2
Y 13 13 13
L3
N 18 L1 18 L2 L3
15 distances 9 252 252 35 80 17
10 464.5 (IV/IV FS) 101 186 3 189
18 252 189
63
500 2 52
25 2
Dettaglio6 3B
252
415.5
14 14 252 252 252
12 Insulating sheet or 1 11 17 11 1
63
8
Y Y Y
12 1 Y
insulated metallic 35.5
Y Y 20.5 Y
Y
sheet 13 L1 L2 L3 N 16 L1 16 L2 L3
N L1
N
L2
L1
L3
L2 18 L3
17
13 Roof insulation or 500 18
500 189 252 252 252 14 252 252 17
63 4 1 5 . 52 5 2 252 13 252 63
insulated metal 11 415.5 3-pole
Y
12 63
34
4 -pole
Y 14 1 4 -pole full size
14 Fixing plate 12 Y
74.5 270 1055 (IV FS)
Y Y
15 Crossbeam front N L1 L2
20.5
L3 N Y L1 L2 162 0 L3 1 929 (IV)
20.5
N L1 L2 17 L3 B 803 (III)
terminal 500
252 252 252
415.5 13 63 4 338.5 (III)
16 Plastic protection 13 12 34 14 Y 16 276
47
17 Customer
20 busbar 34 14 74.5 270 Y 1055 (IV FS)
15
Y
138
20.5
N L1 L2 1 L3 3
264
and screws 74.5 270 20 1055 (IV FS)
929 (IV)
1 B 5
803 (III)
(not provided)
15
13 20 4 929 (IV)
351 X 3 3 8 . 5 ( I I IX)
34 14 B 16 803 (III)
276 3
4 15
338.5 (III) 138
13
35 80
74.5 270
1 16 1055 (IV FS)
3 276
Y
5.45 425
20 929 (IV) 34 582 X X
15
B 138
35
803 (III) Y
4 351 X X 338.5 (III) 181.5
16 276 3 16
5 15 10 20
—
Flat terminals
E6.2 H/V/X 4000...6300A
—
Key
1 Flat terminal
2 Tightening torque on
power circuit
connections 45Nm
3 Door position -
Ref. page 7/20
4 Grounding
screws provided
M8x25 head convex
high class 8.8 or
couple superior
Tightening torque
20Nm compulsory
fixing from high
8 Moving part
9 Fixed part
10 Segregation
(when provided)
11 Connected, test,
disconnected
distances
13 Metallic sheet
ELEC TRIC AL DIAGR AMS 195
—
CHAPTER 9
Electrical diagrams
196-200 Reading information
196-200 Circuit-breakers
201-201 Circuit-breakers
202-202 Terminal box E1.2
203-203 Terminal box E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2
204-229 Electrical accessories

—
Reading information
Circuit-breakers
Operating state shown 26) Zone selectivity

The diagram is shown in the following conditions: 27) Current sensor input on external neutral
• withdrawable version circuit-breaker, open and (only for 3-pole circuit-breakers)
racked-in 31) Direct auxiliary supply 24V DC and local
• with de-energized circuits bus - Ekip Supply
• trip units not tripped 32) Auxiliary supply through module
• motor operator with unloaded springs. 110-240V AC/DC or 24-48V DC and local
bus - Ekip Supply
41) Ekip signalling 2K-1
Versions 42) Ekip signalling 2K-2
The diagram shows a withdrawable version 43) Ekip signalling 2K-3
circuit-breaker, but it is also valid for fixed version 48) Ekip sinchrocheck
circuit-breakers. 51) Ekip COM Modbus RS-485
52) Ekip COM Modbus TCP
Fixed version 53) Ekip COM Profibus
The control circuits are included between the XV 54) Ekip COM Profinet
terminals (the X connector is not supplied). 55) Ekip COM EtherNet/IP™
56) Ekip COM EtherNet/IP™
Withdrawable version 57) Ekip COM IEC61850
The control circuits are included between the 58) Ekip LINK
poles of the X connector (the XV terminal box is 59) Ekip Com Hub
not supplied). 60) Ekip Com Open ADR
61) Ekip COM R Modbus RS-485 Redundant
62) Ekip COM R Modbus TCP Redundant
Description of figures 63) Ekip COM R Profibus Redundant
1) Supplementary open/closed auxiliary contacts 64) Ekip COM R Profinet Redundant
of the circuit-breaker - AUX 6Q (6 Form C) 65) Ekip COM R DeviceNet™ Redundant
2) Ekip Signalling 4K 66) Ekip COM R EtherNet/IP™ Redundant
11) Trip signalling contact 71) Ready to close contact - RTC
12) Contact for signalling position of loaded 72) Second opening coil - YO2
springs - S33 M/2 73) Undervoltage coil - YU
13) Motor for loading closing springs- M 74) Undervoltage coil with external
14) Remote reset - YR time-lag device - YU, D
20) Ekip Measuring/Measuring Pro with voltage 75) First opening coil - YO
socket inside the four pole circuit-breaker 76) First opening coil with control from
21) Ekip Measuring/Measuring Pro with voltage protection trip unit - YO, Ekip Com Actuator
sockets inside the three-pole circuit-breaker 77) First closing coil - YC
and connection for external neutral 78) First closing coil with control from
22) Ekip Measuring Pro for residual voltage protection trip unit - YC, Ekip Com Actuator
protection (for Ekip G only) 79) Second closing coil - YC2
23) Ekip Measuring/Measuring Pro with external 81) Open/closed auxiliary contacts of circuit-
voltage socket breaker - AUX 4Q (4 Form C)
24) Rc residual current protection sensor input 91) External supplementary open/closed
25) Transformer star center sensor input auxiliary contacts of circuit-breaker - AUX
15Q (15 Form C)
95) Contacts for signalling of circuit-breaker in

racked-in, test, racked-out position
racked-in, test, racked-out position (first set)
(second set)
97A) Contacts for signalling of circuit-breaker in
(second set)
—
Reading information
Circuit-breakers
Key Q/1...Q/25 = Auxiliary contacts of circuit- breaker

*= See the note indicated by the letter Q/26...Q/27 = Auxiliary open/close contacts used
A1 = Applications located on the mobile internally by the trip unit
part of the circuit-breaker RC = RC (residual current) protection
A3 = Applications located on the fixed sensor
part of the circuit-breaker RT1…RT3 = Temperature sensors
A4 = Indicative devices and connections RTC EKIP = Auxiliary ready to close contact of
for control and signalling, outside circuit-breaker, used internally by
the circuit-breaker the trip unit
BUS1 = Serial interface with external bus RTC = Contact for signalling circuit-
D= Electronic time-lag device of YU breaker is ready to close
undervoltage coil, outside the S33M/1…2 = Limit contacts of spring loading
circuit-breaker motor
F1 = Time-delayed trip fuse S43 = Switch for presetting remote/local
GZi(DBi) = Zone selectivity input for G control
protection or input in “reverse” di- S51 = Trip signalling contact
rection for D protection S75E/1…4 = Contacts for signalling circuit-
GZo(DBo) = Zone selectivity output for G breaker in racked-out position
protection or output in “reverse” (provided only with withdrawable
direction for D protection version)
I O1…32 = Programmable digital inputs of the S75I/1…5 = Contacts for signalling circuit-
EKIP protection trip unit breaker in racked-in position
K51 = Electronic overcurrent protection (provided only with withdrawable
trip unit of the types: EKIP DIP, version)
EKIP TOUCH, EKIP LCD, S75T/1…2 = Contact for signalling circuit-
EKIP HI-TOUCH , EKIP HI-LCD, breaker in test position (provided
EKIP G TOUCH, EKIP G LCD, only with withdrawable version)
EKIP G HI-TOUCH , EKIP G HI-LCD SC = Pushbutton or contact for closing
K51/COM = Communication module the circuit-breaker
K51/MEAS = Measurement module SO = Pushbutton or contact for
K51/SIGN = Signalling module immediate opening of the circuit-
K51/SUPPLY = Optional auxiliary supply module breaker
(110-220VAC/DC and 24-48VDC) SO1 = Pushbutton or contact for opening
K51/SYNC = Synchronization module the circuit-breaker with time-
K51/YC = Closing control from the EKIP delayed trip
protection trip unit SR = Pushbutton or contact for
K51/YO = Opening control from the EKIP electrical resetting of S51trip
protection trip unit contact
M= Motor for loading closing springs SZi(DFi) = Input for zone selectivity for S
O 01...32 = Programmable signalling contacts protection or input in “direct”
of the EKIP protection trip unit direction for S protection
O SC = EKIP protection trip unit contact SZo(DFo) = Output for zone selectivity for S
for synchronism control protection or output in “direct”
Q= Circuit-breaker direction for D protection
TI/L1 = Current transformer phase L1

TI/N = Current transformer on neutral
TU1…TU2 = Insulation voltage transformer
(outside circuit-breaker)
Uaux = Auxiliary supply voltage
UI/L1 = Current sensor phase L1
UI/L2 = Current sensor phase L2
UI/L3 = Current sensor on phase L3
UI/N = Current sensor on neutral
UI/O = Single-pole current sensor
W2 = Serial interface with internal bus
(local bus)
W9…W13 = RJ45 connector for communication
modules
W9R.W11R = RJ45 connector for redundant
communication modules
X= Delivery connector for auxiliary cir-
cuits for withdrawable version of
circuit-breaker
XB1...XB7 = Connectors for circuit-breaker
applications
XF = Delivery terminal board for
position contacts of withdrawable
version of circuit-breaker
XK1…XK3 = Connectors for auxiliary circuits of
the EKIP protection trip unit
XK7 = Connector for auxiliary circuits of
communication module
XV = Delivery terminal box for auxiliary
circuits of fixed version circuit-
breaker
YC = Closing coil
YC2 = Second closing coil
YO = Opening coil
YO1 = Opening coil for overcurrent
YO2 = Second opening coil
YR = Coil for electrical resetting of trip
contact S51
YU = Undervoltage coil
—
Reading information
Circuit-breakers
Notes K) Only for E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 withdrawable

A) Auxiliary supply for Ekip trip unit is mandatory version circuit-breakers as an alternative to
( refer to diagram 1SDM00009R0001 figures Fig. 31-32-33.
31 - 32- 33 - 34). L) In the presence of Fig. 32, for E2.2, E4.2 and
B) When there are mixed auxiliary contacts Q1 E6.2 circuit-breakers up to three applications
and Q2 are 400V, while Q3 and Q4 are 24V. between Fig. 41…58 taken only once can be
Then Q5, Q6, Q7 are 400V, while Q8, Q9, Q10 supplied, instead for E1.2 circuit-breakers, up
are 24V. to two applications between Fig. 41…58 taken
C) Always supplied with Ekip Com module. only once can be supplied. The Ekip Com
D) Always supplied with motor for loading module selected can be duplicated if required,
closing springs in Fig. 13. by choosing between Fig. 61…66.
E) Obligatory voltage transformer in the case of M) In the presence of Fig. 33, for E2.2, E4.2 and
external sockets. Obligatory external sockets E6.2 circuit-breakers, up to two applications
for systems with rated voltage greater than between Fig. 41…58 taken only once can be
690V. supplied. The Ekip Com module selected can
F) The connections between the RC residual cur- be duplicated if required, by choosing
rent protection sensor and the poles of the X between Fig. 61…66.
connector (or XV) of the circuitbreaker must N) In the presence of Fig. 34, for E2.2, E4.2 and
be made with 4-pole shielded cable with E6.2 circuit-breakers, a single application
conductors interwoven in pairs (type BELDEN between Fig. 41…58 can be supplied.
9696 paired or equivalent), of a length no O) In the presence of several Ekip Com modules
greater than 10 m. The shield should be with withdrawable version circuit-breakers,
earthed on circuit-breaker side. the contact S75I/5 should be connected only
G) With all electronic protection trip units once to a single module.
equipped with display interface with LSIG P) The auxiliary voltage Uaux. enables activation
protections, protection against an earth fault of all the functions of the EKIP electronic
is available (Gext) by means of current sensor protection trip units. Since an earth insulated
positioned on the star centre of the MV/LV Uaux was requested, it is necessary to use
transformer. The connection between “galvanically separated convertors” which
terminals 1 and 2 of the UI/O current comply with the standards IEC 60950
transformer and Ge+ and Ge- poles of the X (UL 1950) or equivalent, which guarantee a
connector (or XV) must be made with shielded common mode current or leakage current
and stranded 2-pole cable (type BELDEN 9841 (refer to IEC 478/1, CEI 22/3) no greater than
or equivalent) of length no greater than 15 m. 3.5mA, IEC 60364-41 and CEI 64-8.
H) The connection between the terminal box and Q) Regarding local bus the maximum cable
external neutral sensor must be made with lenght is 15m.
the 2m cable provided. For three pole circuit- R) Suggested RJ45 cable: CAT6 STP.
breakers, the Ne+ and Ne- poles of the X T) Connect terminals 120 Ω on if you want to insert
connector (or XV) must be short-circuited if a termination resistance on the Local Bus.
no sensor is present on the external neutral
conductor.
I) Obligatory in the case of the presence of any
Ekip module.
J) Only for E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 withdrawable
version circuit-breakers as an alternative to
Fig. 31-32-34.
K) Only for E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2 withdrawable
version circuit-breakers as an alternative to
Fig. 31-32-33.
—
Circuit-breakers (IEC60617 standards)
3-pole or 4-pole circuit-breaker
3-pole or 4-pole switch-disconnector

—
Terminal box E1.2
Diagram figure number n
42
Q/4 44
41
Q4
41
42
44
32
Q/3 34
81
31 Open/closed auxiliary contacts 81
Q3
31
32
34
22
Q/2 24 of circuit-breaker (first set)
21
Q2
21
22
24
12
Q/1 14
11
Q1
C1 C11 11
C3 C13 12
C2 C12 14
C11
C11
YO
75 76 K51 75 76
YO
C13
YO
C12 YO C12
First shunt trip
C1
RTC YU YC
C1
YC
77 78 K51 First closing coil 77 78

YC
C3
C2 YC C2
YO2
D1
D2
D1 73 D1 Second shunt trip or undervoltage release 72 73 74
YO2
72
YU
D2 74 D2
45
46
48 71
46 Ready to close contact
RTC 48
in alternative 71 45
41 K51/SIGN H12
K51/SIGN K12 K51/SYNC KS1 48
O 12
I 12 K14 O SC KS2
K51/SIGN K51/SYNC
H11
O 11
K51/SIGN K11 Vs VS1

Module
HC1 I 11 K13 VS2 Signalling modules 41 42 43
42 K51/SIGN K51/SIGN K22 K51/COM 51

H22
and/or Ekip Synchrocheck 48
O 22
I 22 K24 W.. ..
PORTA COMUNIC.
COMMUN. PORT
K51/SIGN H21
..
O 21
K51/SIGN
51 .. .. 58
K21
HC2 I 21 and/or communication modules
K23
58
Module
43 K51/SIGN H32
K51/SIGN K32 K51/COM 61 and/or redundant communication modules 61 .. .. 66
O 32
I 32 K34 W..R ..
PORTA COMUNIC.
COMMUN. PORT
RIDONDANTE
REDUNDANT
K51/SIGN H31
O 31
K51/SIGN K31 ..
HC3 I 31 K33
66
EKIP Supply
K51/..
K1
K2
W3
LOCAL BUS
31 W4
Auxiliary supply and local bus 31 32
W3
W4
K1
32 ALIM. AUS. +/L
AUX. SUPPLY -/N K2
Szo Ne+
Rca
K51
27
Ne-
Ne+ Current sensor input on external neutral

27 Ne- K51
Szi
26
V1 Gzo Szc Gzi
Zone selectivity
Szi
Szo
Trip Unit I/O
K51 K51
Ge +
Rct
Rca
26 Gzi
Gzo
Transformer star centre sensor input 25
Vn Ge
Rct Ge
25 Ge –
24 Ge+
Ge-
Szc
RC residual current protection sensor input 24 24A

K51/MEAS K51/MEAS K51/MEAS
VN VN
21 V1 Ekip Measuring voltage sockets 20 21 22 23
V3
V2
20 23 V2
22 V3
N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
Remote reset 14
YR
R1
R1
R2
YR
14 R2
F1 S33M/1 U1 Motor 13
U2
U1
M
M
13 U2
36 Contact for signalling position of loaded springs 12
S33
S33M/2
35
36
38
12 38
35
S51
96
Trip signalling contact 11
S51
11
95
96
98
98
95
—
Terminal box E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2
Diagram figure number n
42
Q/4 44
41
Q4
41
42
44
32
Q/3 34
31 Open/closed auxiliary contacts
81
Q3
31
32
34
Q/2
22
of the circuit-breaker (first set)
81
24
21
Q2
21
22
24
12
Q/1 14
11
YO YC2 Q1
C1 C11 C21 11
12
C2 C12 C22 14
C21
YC2
79 Second closing coil

C22
79
C11
YO
C11
C3 C13
YO
K51
75 C12 76 YO
C13
First shunt trip 75 76
C12
C1
YU YC
YC
C1
77 78
YC
K51
77 C2 78 YC
C3 First closing coil
C2
RTC YO2
D1
D2
73 72 73 74
YO2
D1 D1
Second shunt trip or undervoltage coil
YU
72 D2 74 D2
45
46
48
RTC
46
Ready to close contact 71
48
in alternative 71 45
I/O
TU
41 K51/SIGN H12
K51/SIGN K12 K51/SYNC KS1 48
O 12
I 12 XSC
Module
K14 KS2
K51/SIGN K51/SYNC
H11
O 11
K51/SIGN K11 Vs VS1
HC1 I 11 K13 VS2
Signalling modules 41 42 43
42 K51/SIGN H22
K51/SIGN K22 K51/COM 51
48
O 22
I 22
.. and/or Ekip Synchrocheck
Module
K24
PORTA COMUNIC.
W..
COMMUN. PORT
K51/SIGN H21
..
O 21
K51/SIGN
51 .. .. 58
K21
HC2 I 21 K23 and/or communication modules
58
43 K51/SIGN K51/SIGN K32 K51/COM 61

and/or redundant communication modules 61 .. .. 66
H32
O 32
I 32
..
Module
K34 W..R
PORTA COMUNIC.
COMMUN. PORT
RIDONDANTE
REDUNDANT
K51/SIGN H31
O 31
K51/SIGN K31 ..
HC3 I 31 K33
66
K51/..
W3
EKIP Supply
LOCAL BUS
K1
K2
31 W4
Auxiliary supply and local bus
K1 31 32
32 ALIM. AUS. +/L
W3
W4
AUX. SUPPLY -/N K2
K51
Ne+
27 Ne-
V1 Gzo Szc Gzi Rca
K51 Current sensor input on external neutral 27

Szi Ne-
Rct Ge- Szo Ne
Szi
Szo
K51 K51
26 Gzi Zone selectivity 26
Trip Unit I/O
Rct
Ge+ Rca Gzo
25 Ge-
24 Ge+ Szc
Transformer star centre sensor input 25
Vn Ge
Ge-
K51/MEAS K51/MEAS K51/MEAS RC residual current protection sensor input

VN VN 24 24A
21 V1
20 23 V2
Ekip Measuring voltage sockets
V3
V2
22 V3 20 21 22 23
N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
R1
YR
14 Remote reset 14
YR
R1
R2
R2
F1 S33M/1 U1
M 13
13 Motor
U1
U2
U2
36
S33M/2
12 Contact for signalling position of loaded springs 12
S51 S33
38
35
36
38
35
96
S51
11 98 Trip signalling contact 11
95
96
98
95
K51/SIGN
H4
K6
K9 K10
K6 02
EKIP Signalling 4K
K51/SIGN H4 Q/10
O 04 04
I 04
01
02
04
K10
01
K51/SIGN
H3
K5
K5 92
K51/SIGN Q/9 Ekip signalling 4K
H3
O 03 94 2
I 03
91
92
94
K9
91
K51/SIGN
K4
K8
H2
K4 82
K51/SIGN Q/8
H2
O 02 84 Supplementary auxiliary contacts
I 02
81
82
84
K8
K51/SIGN
81
of circuit-breaker 1
H1
K3
K7
K3 72
K51/SIGN H1 Q/7 74
I 01
O 01
71
72
74
K7
71
HC
HC
HC
62
Q5..Q10
HC Q/6 64
61
62
64
61
52
Q/5
51
52
54
54
in alternative 51
2 1
—
Electrical accessories
61 71 81 91 01
51 95 35 R1 V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne- 45 D1 C1 C11 C21 11 21 31 41
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
52 96 36 U1 R2 V2 Rct Ge- Szo Ne W3 K1 46 C3 C13 12 22 32 42
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
54 98 38 U2 V1 Gzo Szc Gzi Rca W4 K2 48 D2 C2 C12 C22 14 24 34 44
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
S51 S33 M YR Trip Unit I/O EKIP Supply Module Module Module YU YC
RTC YO2 YO YC2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q5..Q10 EKIP Signalling 4K
n Ge Szi Ne- 45 D1 C1 C11 C21 11 21 31 41
t Ge- Szo Ne W3 K1 46 C3 C13 12 22 32 42
o Szc Gzi Rca W4 K2 48 D2 C2 C12 C22 14 24 34 44
ip Unit I/O EKIP Supply Module Module Module YU YC

81) Open/closed auxiliary contacts of circuit-breaker - AUX 4Q (4 Form C)
*B)
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne- 45 D1 C1 C11 C21 11 21 31 41
V2 Rct Ge- Szo Ne W3 K1 46 C3 C13 12 22 32 42
V1 Gzo Szc Gzi Rca W4 K2 48 D2 C2 C12 C22 14 24 34 44
Trip Unit I/O EKIP Supply Module Module Module YU YC

77) First closing coil - YC

78) First closing coil with control from protection trip unit - YC, Ekip Com Actuator
79) Second closing coil - YC2
—
77- 78 as an alternative
to each other
79 valid only for

E2.2 - E4.2 - E6.2
*M)
—
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne- 45 D1 C1 C11 C21 11 21 31 41

75) First opening coil - YO

76) First opening coil with control from protection trip unit - YO, Ekip Com Actuator
—
75-76 as an alternative
to each other
*M)
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne- 45 D1 C1 C11 C21 11 21 31 41

71) Ready to close signalling contact - RTC

72) Second opening coil - YO2
73) Undervoltage coil - YU
74) Undervoltage coil with external time-lag device - YU, D
—
72-73 or 74 as an alte-
native to each other
—
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
1 01
95 35 R1 V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne- 45 D1 C1
H3 H4
2 02
96 36 U1 R2 V2 Rct Ge- Szo Ne W3 K1 46 C3
K5 K6
4 04
98 38 U2 V1 Gzo Szc Gzi Rca W4 K2 48 D2 C2
K9 K10
RTC YO2
lling 4K
32) Auxiliary supply through module 110-240V AC/DC or 24-48V DC and local bus - Ekip Supply
—
As an alternative
to figures 31
*A) *I)
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
1 01
95 35 R1 V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne- 45 D1 C1
H3 H4
2 02
96 36 U1 R2 V2 Rct Ge- Szo Ne W3 K1 46 C3
K5 K6
4 04
98 38 U2 V1 Gzo Szc Gzi Rca W4 K2 48 D2 C2
K9 K10
RTC YO2
lling 4K
31) Direct auxiliary supply 24V DC and local bus - Ekip Supply
—
As an alternative
to figures 32
*A)
—
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
5 35 R1 V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne- 45 D1 C1 C11 C21 1
6 36 U1 R2 V2 Rct Ge- Szo Ne W3 K1 46 C3 C13 1
8 38 U2 V1 Gzo Szc Gzi Rca W4 K2 48 D2 C2 C12 C22 1
1 S33 M YR Trip Unit I/O EKIP Supply Module Module Module YU YC

RTC YO2 YO YC2 Q

*L) *L)
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10

RTC YO2 YO YC2 Q

48) Ekip Synchrocheck
*L) *L)
—
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10

RTC YO2 YO YC2 Q
51) Ekip COM Modbus RS-485

52) Ekip COM Modbus TCP
53) Ekip COM Profibus
*L) *L) *L)

61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10

RTC YO2 YO YC2 Q
54) Ekip COM Profinet

55) Ekip COM DeviceNet™
56) Ekip COM EtherNet/IP™
*O) *L) *O) *L) *O) *L)

—
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10

RTC YO2 YO YC2 Q
57) Ekip COM IEC61850

58) Ekip LINK
61) Ekip COM R Modbus RS-485 Redundant
*L) *L) *L)

61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10

RTC YO2 YO YC2 Q
62) Ekip COM R Modbus TCP Redundant

63) Ekip COM R Profibus Redundant
64) Ekip COM R ProfiNet Redundant
*L) *L) *L)

—
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10

RTC YO2 YO YC2 Q
65) Ekip COM R DeviceNet™ Redundant

66) Ekip COM R EtherNet/IP™ Redundant
66) Ekip COM R IEC 61850 Redundant
*L) *L) *L)

61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
1 81 91 01
95 35 R1 V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne- 45
H1 H2 H3 H4
2 82 92 02
96 36 U1 R2 V2 Rct Ge- Szo Ne W3 K1 46
K3 K4 K5 K6
4 84 94 04
98 38 U2 V1 Gzo Szc Gzi Rca W4 K2 48
K7 K8 K9 K10
EKIP Signalling 4K S51 S33 M YR Trip Unit I/O EKIP Supply Module Module Module RT
25) Transformer star center sensor input (homopolar toroid for the earthing conductor of main
power suppy)
27) Current sensor input on external neutral (only for 3-pole circuit-breakers)
—
As an alternative to
figures 24 - 24A
—
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
1 81 91 01
95 35 R1 V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne- 45
H1 H2 H3 H4
2 82 92 02
K3 K4 K5 K6
4 84 94 04
K7 K8 K9 K10
24) Rc residual current protection sensor input (ANSI 64 & 50NTD)

24a) Rc differential ground fault protection (ANSI 87N)
—
As an alternative
to figures 25
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
1 81 91 01
95 35 R1 V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne- 4
H1 H2 H3 H4
2 82 92 02
K3 K4 K5 K6
4 84 94 04
K7 K8 K9 K10
22) Ekip Measuring Pro for residual voltage protection (for Ekip G only)
23) Ekip Measuring/Measuring Pro with external voltage socket
—
As an alternative to
to each other or to
20-21 diagram
—
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
1 81 91 01
95 35 R1 V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne- 45
H1 H2 H3 H4
2 82 92 02
K3 K4 K5 K6
4 84 94 04
K7 K8 K9 K10
20) Ekip Measuring/Measuring Pro with voltage socket inside the four pole circuit-breaker
21) Ekip Measuring/Measuring Pro with voltage sockets inside the three-pole circuit-breaker
and connection to the external neutral
—
As an alternative
to each other or to
22-23 diagram
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
1 81 91 01
95 35 R1 V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne- 4
H1 H2 H3 H4
2 82 92 02
K3 K4 K5 K6
4 84 94 04
K7 K8 K9 K10
26) Zone selectivity
*A) *AB)
*A) *AB)
Example for application diagram (among 3 circuit-breakers)
—
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
61 71 81 91 01
51 95 35 R1 V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne-
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
52 96 36 U1 R2 V2 Rct Ge- Szo Ne W3 K1
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
54 98 38 U2 V1 Gzo Szc Gzi Rca W4 K2
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
Q5..Q10 EKIP Signalling 4K S51 S33 M YR Trip Unit I/O EKIP Supply Module Module Module
11) Trip signalling contact - S51

12) Contact for signalling position of loaded springs - S33 M/2
13) Motor for loading closing springs - M
14) Trip contact reset coil – YR
*D)
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
61 71 81 91 01
51 95 35 R1 V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne-
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
Q5..Q10 EKIP Signalling 4K S51 S33 M YR Trip Unit I/O EKIP Supply Module Module M
2) Ekip Signalling 4K
—
61 71 81 91 01
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
61 71 81 91 01
51 95 35 R1 V3 Vn Ge Szi Ne-
HC H1 H2 H3 H4
62 72 82 92 02
HC K3 K4 K5 K6
64 74 84 94 04
HC K7 K8 K9 K10
Q5..Q10 EKIP Signalling 4K S51 S33 M YR Trip Unit I/O EKIP Supply Module Module M
1) Supplementary open/closed auxiliary contacts of the circuit-breaker - AUX 6Q (6 Form C)

91) Supplementary open/closed auxiliary contacts outside the circuit-breaker - AUX 15Q (15 Form C)
—
95) Contacts for signalling of circuit-breaker in racked-in, test, racked-out position

96) Contacts for signalling of circuit-breaker in racked-in, test, racked-out position (first set)
—
97) Contacts for signalling of circuit-breaker in racked-in, test, racked-out position (second set)
97A) Contacts for signalling of circuit-breaker in racked-in, test, racked-out position (second se
ORDERING CODES 231
—
CHAPTER 10
Ordering codes
232-234 Instructions for ordering
232-234 Ordering examples
235-235 General information
236-274 Automatic circuit-breakers
236-250 Fixed version for power distribution
251-264 Withdrawable version for power distribution
265-269 Fixed version for generators
270-274 Withdrawable version for generators
275-278 Switch-disconnectors
275-276 Fixed version
277-278 Withdrawable version
279-279 Derived versions
279-279 Sectionalizing truck
279-279 Earthing truck
279-279 Earthing switch with making capacity
280-280 Fixed parts
281-301 Accessories
281-283 Electrical accessories
284-286 Mechanical accessories
287-287 Mechanical interlock
288-290 Ekip modules
291-295 Terminals
296-296 Service
297-301 Spare Parts
—
Instructions for ordering
Ordering examples
Standard version Emax 2 series circuit-breakers are identified by means
of commercial codes that can be accessorized.
Ordering examples 4 pieces (for mounting on top or bottom termi-
• Terminal kit codes (other than standard supply) nals). To convert a complete circuit-breaker, 1 kit
for fixed circuit-breaker or for fixed part of with- for upper terminals and 1 kit for lower terminals
drawable circuit-breaker. The codes refer to 3 or must be specified in the order.
Example no. 1
Emax E2.2N 3 poles fixed with vertical rear terminals (VR)
1SDA071066R1 E2.2N 2500 Ekip Touch LSIG 3p F HR
1SDA074009R1 Kit VR Sup E2.2 Iu=2500 3pcs INST
1SDA074011R1 Kit VR Inf E2.2 Iu=2500 3pcs INST
Example no. 2
Emax E1.2N 4 poles fixed with upper vertical rear (VR) and front (F) terminals (standard supply)
1SDA071513R1 E1.2N 1600 Ekip Dip LSIG 4p F F
1SDA073986R1 Kit VR Upper E1.2 F 4pcs INST
Example no. 3
Emax E4.2H 3 poles fixed with upper front terminals (F) and adjustable rear bottom vertical (VR) terminals
1SDA071169R1 E4.2H 3200 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 3p F HR
1SDA074126R1 Kit F upper E4.2 F 3pcs INST
1SDA074017R1 Kit VR lower E4.2 Iu=3200 3pcs INST
Example no. 4
Emax E2.2 2000A 3 poles fixed part with spread upper vertical terminals (SVR) and rear bottom adjustable
horizontal (HR) terminals (standard supply)
1SDA073909R1 E2.2 W FP Iu=2000 3p HR HR
1SDA074057R1 Kit SVR upper E2.2 Iu=2000 3pcs INST
• Rating Plug for lower values than rated current.

Rating plug installed on the circuit-breaker en-
ables to obtain lower current values than rated
current.
Example no. 5
Emax E2.2S 2500 4 poles fixed In=1600A
1SDA071706R1 E2.2S 2500 Ekip Touch LSIG 4p F HR
1SDA074266R1 Rating Plug 1600 E1.2..E6.2 INST
• Special version for rated service voltages up to

1150V AC.
Upgrade kits for SACE Emax 2 circuit-breakers en-
ables the version for applications up to 1150V AC.
Example no. 6
Emax E6.2X 6300 4 poles fixed for applications up to 1150V AC
1SDA071949R1 E6.2X 6300 Ekip HI-Touch LSIG 4p F HR
1SDA074347R1 E6.2X/E Iu=6300 Upgrade Kit 1150V AC 4p
ORDERING CODES 233
• Ordering for Ekip modules. In addition to Ekip Supply modules, up to 3 car-

Ekip Supply module enables Ekip Com, Ekip tridge modules can be installed on E2.2, E4.2
Link, Ekip 2K, Ekip Syncrocheck cartridge mod- and E6.2 and up to 2 modules on E1.2.
ules to be installed.
Example no. 7
Emax E4.2H 3 poles fixed with modules: Ekip Supply, Ekip Com Modbus TCP, Ekip Signalling 2K-1,
Ekip Com Modbus TCP Redundant and Ekip Signalling 4K
1SDA071169R1 E4.2H 3200 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 3p F HR
1SDA074173R1 Ekip Supply 24-48V DC E1.2..E6.2
1SDA074151R1 Ekip Com Modbus TCP E1.2..E6.2
1SDA074158R1 Ekip Com R Modbus TCP E1.2..E6.2
1SDA074167R1 Ekip Sign. 2K-1 E1.2..E6.2
1SDA074170R1 Ekip Sign. 4K E2.2..E6.2
Example no. 8
Emax E4.2H 3 poles fixed with modules: Ekip Supply, Ekip Com EtherNet/IP™, Ekip Com Modbus RS-485 and
Ekip Measuring Pro
1SDA071166R1 E4.2H 3200 Ekip Touch LSIG 3p F HR
1SDA074173R1 Ekip Supply 24-48V DC E1.2..E6.2
1SDA074155R1 Ekip Com EtherNet/IP™ E1.2..E6.2
1SDA074150R1 Ekip Com Modbus RS-485 E1.2..E6.2
1SDA074189R1 Ekip Measuring Pro E4.2
Example no. 9
Emax E1.2N 4 poles fixed with modules: Ekip Supply, Ekip Link
1SDA071513R1 E1.2N 1600 Ekip Dip LSIG 4p F F
1SDA074172R1 Ekip Supply 110-240V AC/DC E1.2..E6.2
1SDA074163R1 Ekip Link E1.2..E6.2
• Ordering for electrical accessories.

All the accessories are available. In particular, up
to 3 coils can be ordered for E1.2, whereas up to
4 coils for E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2.
Example no. 10
Emax E2.2S 3 poles withdrawable with accessories: opening release, closing release, motor for automatic charging
of the springs, second opening release
1SDA072395R1 E2.2S 2000 Ekip Touch LSi LSIG 3p WMP
1SDA073674R1 YO E1.2..E6.2 220-240V AC/DC
1SDA073687R1 YC E1.2..E6.2 220-240V AC/DC
1SDA073725R1 M E2.2...E6.2 220-250V AC/DC
1SDA073674R1 YO E1.2..E6.2 220-240V AC/DC
• Ordering for key locks.
Example no. 11
Emax E2.2N 3 poles with double key lock in racked-in / test / racked-out position, using different keys
1SDA071066R1 E2.2N 2500 Ekip Touch LSIG 3p F HR
1SDA073806R1 KLP-D Bl. Racked in/out E2.2...E6.2 1st key
1SDA073812R1 KLP-D Bl. Racked in/out E2.2...E6.2 2nd key
—
Instructions for ordering
Ordering examples
• Ordering for mechanical Interlocks. -- Lever, required only for E2.2, E4.2 and E6.2.
Interlocks have several strategy configuration, These lever must be mounted on fixed cir-
suitable for fixed circuit-breakers and with- cuit-breaker or on mobile part of withdrawable
drawable circuit-breakers. circuit-breaker.
Each configuration requires different groups: -- Support, installed on fixed circuit-breaker or
-- Cables, select one Kit for strategy A / B / C / on fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker.
D. The cables must be ordered on fixed cir- This support is mounted on the external right
cuit-breaker or fixed part of withdrawable cir- side of the circuit-breaker.
cuit-breaker.
Example no. 12
Interlock between two fixed circuit-breakers: E1.2 and E2.2
E1.2 Fixed circuit-breaker E2.2 Fixed circuit-breaker
Cables [Group 1]: 1 Item Lever [Group 2]: 1 Item
Support [Group 3]: 1 Item Support [Group 3]: 1 Item
Example no. 13
Emax E1.2N 4 poles fixed with upper vertical rear (VR) and front (F) terminals (standard supply)
E2.2 Fixed circuit-breaker E4.2 Fixed circuit-breaker E4.2 Fixed circuit-breaker
Cables [Group 1]: 1 Item Lever [Group 2]: 1 Item Lever [Group 2]: 1 Item
Lever [Group 2]: 1 Item Support [Group 3]: 1 Item Support [Group 3]: 1 Item
Support [Group 3]: 1 Item
Example no. 14
Emax E4.2H 3 poles fixed with upper front terminals (F) and adjustable rear bottom vertical (VR) terminals
E1.2 Fixed Part E2.2 Mobile Part
Cables [Group 1]: 1 Item Lever [Group 2]: 1 Item
Support [Group 4]: 1 Item +
E2.2 Fixed Part
Support [Group 4]: 1 Item
Example no. 15
Emax E2.2 2000A 3 poles fixed part with spread upper vertical terminals (SVR) and rear bottom adjustable
horizontal (HR) terminals (standard supply)
E2.2 Mobile Part E4.2 Mobile Part E4.2 Mobile Part
Lever [Group 2]: 1 Item Lever [Group 2]: 1 Item Lever [Group 2]: 1 Item
+
E2.2 Fixed Part E4.2 Fixed Part E4.2 Fixed Part
Cables [Group 1]: 1 Item Support [Group 4]: 1 Item Support [Group 4]: 1 Item
Support [Group 4]: 1 Item Support [Group 4]: 1 Item Support [Group 4]: 1 Item
ORDERING CODES 235
—
General informations
Abbreviations used for the description of the product

Versions and terminals
F Fixed circuit-breaker
W Withdrawable circuit-breaker
MP Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
FP Fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
Iu Rated uninterrupted current

In Rated current of the rating plug
Icu Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity
Icw Rated short-time withstand current
/MS Switch-disconnector
/E Circuit-breakers for 1150V applications
/f Four-pole circuit-breakers with neutral pole at 100%
CS Sectionalizing truck
MT Earthing truck
MTP Earthing switch with making capacity
HR VR Rear orientable terminals

SHR Horizontal rear spread terminals
SVR Vertical rear spread terminals
F Front terminals
FL Flat terminals
EF Extended front terminals
ES Front spread terminals
Fc CuAl Terminals for cables
Protection trip units and functions

Ekip Dip Protection trip unit for power distribution
Ekip Touch Measurement and protection trip unit for power distribution
Ekip Hi Touch Measurement and protection trip unit and network analyzer for power distribution
Ekip G Touch Measurement and protection trip unit for generators
Ekip G Hi-Touch Measurement and protection trip unit and protection network analyzer for generators
L Overload protection
S Protection against selective short circuit
I Protection against instantaneous short circuit
G Earth fault protection
Rc Residual current protection
Power Controller Load management function
—
Automatic circuit-breakers
Fixed version for power distribution
SACE Emax E1.2B • Front terminals (F)

Size Iu Icu Icw Type 3 Poles 4 Poles
(440 V) (1s) Code Code
E1.2B 630 42 42 E1.2B 630 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA070701R1 1SDA071331R1
E1.2B 630 Ekip Dip LSI 1SDA070702R1 1SDA071332R1
E1.2B 630 Ekip Dip LSIG 1SDA070703R1 1SDA071333R1
E1.2B 630 Ekip Touch LI 1SDA070704R1 1SDA071334R1
E1.2B 630 Ekip Touch LSI 1SDA070705R1 1SDA071335R1
E1.2B 630 Ekip Touch LSIG 1SDA070706R1 1SDA071336R1
E1.2B 630 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI 1SDA070708R1 1SDA071338R1
E1.2B 630 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070709R1 1SDA071339R1
800 42 42 E1.2B 800 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA070741R1 1SDA071371R1
ORDERING CODES 237
SACE Emax E1.2C • Front terminals (F)

E1.2C 630 50 42 E1.2C 630 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA070711R1 1SDA071341R1
E1.2C 630 Ekip Dip LSI 1SDA070712R1 1SDA071342R1
E1.2C 630 Ekip Dip LSIG 1SDA070713R1 1SDA071343R1
E1.2C 630 Ekip Touch LI 1SDA070714R1 1SDA071344R1
E1.2C 630 Ekip Touch LSI 1SDA070715R1 1SDA071345R1
E1.2C 630 Ekip Touch LSIG 1SDA070716R1 1SDA071346R1
E1.2C 630 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI 1SDA070718R1 1SDA071348R1
E1.2C 630 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070719R1 1SDA071349R1
800 50 42 E1.2C 800 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA070751R1 1SDA071381R1
—
SACE Emax E1.2N • Front terminals (F)

E1.2N 250 66 50 E1.2N 250 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA070691R1 1SDA071321R1
E1.2N 250 Ekip Dip LSI 1SDA070692R1 1SDA071322R1
E1.2N 250 Ekip Dip LSIG 1SDA070693R1 1SDA071323R1
E1.2N 250 Ekip Touch LI 1SDA070694R1 1SDA071324R1
E1.2N 250 Ekip Touch LSI 1SDA070695R1 1SDA071325R1
E1.2N 250 Ekip Touch LSIG 1SDA070696R1 1SDA071326R1
E1.2N 250 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI 1SDA070698R1 1SDA071328R1
E1.2N 250 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070699R1 1SDA071329R1
630 66 50 E1.2N 630 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA070721R1 1SDA071351R1
ORDERING CODES 239
SACE Emax E1.2L • Front terminals (F)

E1.2L 630 130 15 E1.2L 630 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA070731R1 1SDA071361R1
E1.2L 630 Ekip Dip LSI 1SDA070732R1 1SDA071362R1
E1.2L 630 Ekip Dip LSIG 1SDA070733R1 1SDA071363R1
E1.2L 630 Ekip Touch LI 1SDA070734R1 1SDA071364R1
E1.2L 630 Ekip Touch LSI 1SDA070735R1 1SDA071365R1
E1.2L 630 Ekip Touch LSIG 1SDA070736R1 1SDA071366R1
E1.2L 630 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI 1SDA070738R1 1SDA071368R1
E1.2L 630 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070739R1 1SDA071369R1
800 130 15 E1.2L 800 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA070771R1 1SDA071401R1
—
SACE Emax E2.2B • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

ORDERING CODES 241
SACE Emax E2.2N • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

—
SACE Emax E2.2S • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

E2.2S 250 85 66 E2.2S 250 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA073628R1 1SDA073638R1
E2.2S 250 Ekip Dip LSI 1SDA073629R1 1SDA073639R1
E2.2S 250 Ekip Dip LSIG 1SDA073630R1 1SDA073640R1
E2.2S 250 Ekip Touch LI 1SDA073631R1 1SDA073641R1
E2.2S 250 Ekip Touch LSI 1SDA073632R1 1SDA073642R1
E2.2S 250 Ekip Touch LSIG 1SDA073633R1 1SDA073643R1
E2.2S 250 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI 1SDA073635R1 1SDA073645R1
E2.2S 250 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA073636R1 1SDA073646R1
800 85 66 E2.2S 800 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA070901R1 1SDA071531R1
ORDERING CODES 243
SACE Emax E2.2S • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

24 4 SACE EMAX 2 LOW VOLTAGE AIR CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
—
SACE Emax E2.2H • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

E2.2H 800 100 85 E2.2H 800 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA070911R1 1SDA071541R1
E2.2H 800 Ekip Dip LSI 1SDA070912R1 1SDA071542R1
E2.2H 800 Ekip Dip LSIG 1SDA070913R1 1SDA071543R1
E2.2H 800 Ekip Touch LI 1SDA070914R1 1SDA071544R1
E2.2H 800 Ekip Touch LSI 1SDA070915R1 1SDA071545R1
E2.2H 800 Ekip Touch LSIG 1SDA070916R1 1SDA071546R1
E2.2H 800 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI 1SDA070918R1 1SDA071548R1
E2.2H 800 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070919R1 1SDA071549R1
1000 100 85 E2.2H 1000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA070941R1 1SDA071571R1
ORDERING CODES 245
SACE Emax E4.2N-S • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

—
SACE Emax E4.2H-V • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

E4.2V 2000 150 100 E4.2V 2000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA071101R1 1SDA071731R1
E4.2V 2000 Ekip Dip LSI 1SDA071102R1 1SDA071732R1
E4.2V 2000 Ekip Dip LSIG 1SDA071103R1 1SDA071733R1
E4.2V 2000 Ekip Touch LI 1SDA071104R1 1SDA071734R1
E4.2V 2000 Ekip Touch LSI 1SDA071105R1 1SDA071735R1
E4.2V 2000 Ekip Touch LSIG 1SDA071106R1 1SDA071736R1
E4.2V 2000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI 1SDA071108R1 1SDA071738R1
E4.2V 2000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071109R1 1SDA071739R1
2500 150 100 E4.2V 2500 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA071121R1 1SDA071751R1
ORDERING CODES 247
SACE Emax E6.2H-V • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

—
SACE Emax E6.2X • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

E6.2X 4000 150 120 E6.2X 4000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA071251R1 1SDA071881R1
E6.2X 4000 Ekip Dip LSI 1SDA071252R1 1SDA071882R1
E6.2X 4000 Ekip Dip LSIG 1SDA071253R1 1SDA071883R1
E6.2X 4000 Ekip Touch LI 1SDA071254R1 1SDA071884R1
E6.2X 4000 Ekip Touch LSI 1SDA071255R1 1SDA071885R1
E6.2X 4000 Ekip Touch LSIG 1SDA071256R1 1SDA071886R1
E6.2X 4000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI 1SDA071258R1 1SDA071888R1
E6.2X 4000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071259R1 1SDA071889R1
5000 150 120 E6.2X 5000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA071281R1 1SDA071911R1
ORDERING CODES 249
SACE Emax E6.2H-V/f Full size • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

Size Iu Icu Icw (1s) Type 4 Poles
(440V) Code
E6.2H/f 4000 100 100 E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA071951R1
E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip Dip LSI 1SDA071952R1
E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip Dip LSIG 1SDA071953R1
E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip Touch LI 1SDA071954R1
E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip Touch LSI 1SDA071955R1
E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip Touch LSIG 1SDA071956R1
E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI 1SDA071958R1
E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071959R1
5000 100 100 E6.2H/f 5000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA071981R1
E6.2V/f 4000 150 100 E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA071961R1
E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip Dip LSI 1SDA071962R1
E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip Dip LSIG 1SDA071963R1
E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip Touch LI 1SDA071964R1
E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip Touch LSI 1SDA071965R1
E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip Touch LSIG 1SDA071966R1
E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI 1SDA071968R1
E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071969R1
5000 150 100 E6.2V/f 5000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA071991R1
—
SACE Emax E6.2X/f Full size • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

(440V) Code
E6.2X/f 4000 150 120 E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA071971R1
E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Dip LSI 1SDA071972R1
E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Dip LSIG 1SDA071973R1
E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Touch LI 1SDA071974R1
E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Touch LSI 1SDA071975R1
E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Touch LSIG 1SDA071976R1
E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSI 1SDA071978R1
E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071979R1
5000 150 120 E6.2X/f 5000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA072001R1
ORDERING CODES 251
—
Withdrawable version for power distribution
SACE Emax E1.2B • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

—
SACE Emax E1.2C • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

E1.2C 630 50 42 E1.2C 630 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA072061R1 1SDA072691R1
ORDERING CODES 253
SACE Emax E1.2N • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

—
SACE Emax E1.2L-B • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

E1.2L 630 130 15 E1.2L 630 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA072081R1 1SDA072711R1
ORDERING CODES 255
SACE Emax E2.2N • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

—
SACE Emax E2.2S • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

ORDERING CODES 257
SACE Emax E2.2S • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

—
SACE Emax E2.2H • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

ORDERING CODES 259
SACE Emax E4.2N-S-H • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

—
SACE Emax E4.2V • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

ORDERING CODES 261
SACE Emax E6.2H-V • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

—
SACE Emax E6.2X • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

E6.2X 4000 150 120 E6.2X 4000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA072601R1 1SDA073231R1
ORDERING CODES 263
SACE Emax E6.2H-V/f Full size • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)
Size Iu Icu (440 Icw (1s) Type 4 Poles
V) Code
E6.2H/f 4000 100 100 E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA073301R1
E6.2V/f 4000 150 100 E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA073311R1
—
SACE Emax E6.2X/f Full size • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)
Size Iu Icu (440 Icw (1s) Type 4 Poles
V) Code
E6.2X/f 4000 150 120 E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA073321R1
ORDERING CODES 265
—
Fixed version for generators
SACE Emax E1.2B-C-N-L • Front terminals (F)

E1.2B 630 42 42 E1.2B 630 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA070707R1 1SDA071337R1
E1.2B 630 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070710R1 1SDA071340R1
800 42 42 E1.2B 800 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA070747R1 1SDA071377R1
E1.2C 630 50 42 E1.2C 630 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA070717R1 1SDA071347R1
E1.2C 630 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070720R1 1SDA071350R1
800 50 42 E1.2C 800 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA070757R1 1SDA071387R1
E1.2N 250 66 50 E1.2N 250 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA070697R1 1SDA071327R1
E1.2N 250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070700R1 1SDA071330R1
630 66 50 E1.2N 630 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA070727R1 1SDA071357R1
E1.2L 630 130 15 E1.2L 630 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA070737R1 1SDA071367R1
E1.2L 630 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070740R1 1SDA071370R1
800 130 15 E1.2L 800 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA070777R1 1SDA071407R1
—
SACE Emax E2.2B-N-S-H • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

E2.2S 250 85 66 E2.2S 250 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA073634R1 1SDA073644R1
E2.2S 250 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA073637R1 1SDA073647R1
800 85 66 E2.2S 800 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA070907R1 1SDA071537R1
E2.2H 800 100 85 E2.2H 800 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA070917R1 1SDA071547R1
E2.2H 800 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA070920R1 1SDA071550R1
1000 100 85 E2.2H 1000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA070947R1 1SDA071577R1
ORDERING CODES 267
SACE Emax E4.2N-S-H-V • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

E4.2V 2000 150 100 E4.2V 2000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA071107R1 1SDA071737R1
E4.2V 2000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071110R1 1SDA071740R1
2500 150 100 E4.2V 2500 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA071127R1 1SDA071757R1
—
SACE Emax E6.2H-V-X • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

E6.2X 4000 150 120 E6.2X 4000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA071257R1 1SDA071887R1
E6.2X 4000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071260R1 1SDA071890R1
5000 150 120 E6.2X 5000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA071287R1 1SDA071917R1
ORDERING CODES 269
SACE Emax E6.2H-V-X/f Full size • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

(440 V) Code
E6.2H/f 4000 100 100 E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA071957R1
E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071960R1
5000 100 100 E6.2H/f 5000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA071987R1
E6.2V/f 4000 150 100 E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA071967R1
E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071970R1
5000 150 100 E6.2V/f 5000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA071997R1
E6.2X/f 4000 150 120 E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA071977R1
E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA071980R1
5000 150 120 E6.2X/f 5000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA072007R1
—
Withdrawable version for generators
SACE Emax E1.2B-C-N-L • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

E1.2C 630 50 42 E1.2C 630 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA072067R1 1SDA072697R1
E1.2L 630 130 15 E1.2L 630 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA072087R1 1SDA072717R1
ORDERING CODES 271
SACE Emax E2.2B-N-S-H • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

—
SACE Emax E4.2N-S-H-V • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

ORDERING CODES 273
SACE Emax E6.2H-V-X • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

E6.2X 4000 150 120 E6.2X 4000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA072607R1 1SDA073237R1
—
SACE Emax E6.2H-V-X/f Full size • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)
(440 V) Code
E6.2H/f 4000 100 100 E6.2H/f 4000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA073307R1
E6.2V/f 4000 150 100 E6.2V/f 4000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA073317R1
E6.2X/f 4000 150 120 E6.2X/f 4000 Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA073327R1
ORDERING CODES 275
—
Switch-disconnectors
Fixed version
SACE Emax E1.2B-N/MS • Front terminals (F)

Size Iu Icw (1s) Type 3 Poles 4 Poles
Code Code
E1.2B/MS 630 42 E1.2B/MS 630 1SDA073392R1 1SDA073431R1
800 42 E1.2B/MS 800 1SDA073394R1 1SDA073433R1
1000 42 E1.2B/MS 1000 1SDA073396R1 1SDA073435R1
1250 42 E1.2B/MS 1250 1SDA073398R1 1SDA073437R1
1600 42 E1.2B/MS 1600 1SDA073400R1 1SDA073439R1
E1.2N/MS 250 50 E1.2N/MS 250 1SDA073391R1 1SDA073430R1
630 50 E1.2N/MS 630 1SDA073393R1 1SDA073432R1
800 50 E1.2N/MS 800 1SDA073395R1 1SDA073434R1
1000 50 E1.2N/MS 1000 1SDA073397R1 1SDA073436R1
1250 50 E1.2N/MS 1250 1SDA073399R1 1SDA073438R1
1600 50 E1.2N/MS 1600 1SDA073401R1 1SDA073440R1
SACE Emax E2.2B-N-H/MS • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

Code Code
2000 42 E2.2B/MS 2000 1SDA073411R1 1SDA073450R1
1000 66 E2.2N/MS 1000 1SDA073404R1 1SDA073443R1
1250 66 E2.2N/MS 1250 1SDA073406R1 1SDA073445R1
1600 66 E2.2N/MS 1600 1SDA073409R1 1SDA073448R1
2000 66 E2.2N/MS 2000 1SDA073412R1 1SDA073451R1
2500 66 E2.2N/MS 2500 1SDA073414R1 1SDA073453R1
E2.2H/MS 800 85 E2.2H/MS 800 1SDA073403R1 1SDA073442R1
1000 85 E2.2H/MS 1000 1SDA073405R1 1SDA073444R1
1250 85 E2.2H/MS 1250 1SDA073407R1 1SDA073446R1
1600 85 E2.2H/MS 1600 1SDA073410R1 1SDA073449R1
2000 85 E2.2H/MS 2000 1SDA073413R1 1SDA073452R1
2500 85 E2.2H/MS 2500 1SDA073415R1 1SDA073454R1
—
Fixed version
SACE Emax E4.2N-H-V/MS • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

Code Code
4000 66 E4.2N/MS 4000 1SDA073421R1 1SDA073460R1
4000 85 E4.2H/MS 4000 1SDA073422R1 1SDA073461R1
E4.2V/MS 2000 100 E4.2V/MS 2000 1SDA073416R1 1SDA073455R1
2500 100 E4.2V/MS 2500 1SDA073417R1 1SDA073456R1
3200 100 E4.2V/MS 3200 1SDA073420R1 1SDA073459R1
4000 100 E4.2V/MS 4000 1SDA073423R1 1SDA073462R1
SACE Emax E6.2H-X/MS • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

Code Code
5000 100 E6.2H/MS 5000 1SDA073426R1 1SDA073465R1
6300 100 E6.2H/MS 6300 1SDA073428R1 1SDA073467R1
E6.2X/MS 4000 120 E6.2X/MS 4000 1SDA073425R1 1SDA073464R1
5000 120 E6.2X/MS 5000 1SDA073427R1 1SDA073466R1
6300 120 E6.2X/MS 6300 1SDA073429R1 1SDA073468R1
SACE Emax E6.2H-X/MS/f Full size • Orientable rear terminals (HR)

Size Iu Icw (1s) Type 4 Poles
Code
E6.2H/MS/f 4000 100 E6.2H/MS/f 4000 1SDA073469R1
5000 100 E6.2H/MS/f 5000 1SDA073471R1
6300 100 E6.2H/MS/f 6300 1SDA073473R1
E6.2X/MS/f 4000 120 E6.2X/MS/f 4000 1SDA073470R1
5000 120 E6.2X/MS/f 5000 1SDA073472R1
6300 120 E6.2X/MS/f 6300 1SDA073474R1
ORDERING CODES 27 7
—
Withdrawable version
SACE Emax E1.2B-N/MS • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

Code Code
800 42 E1.2B/MS 800 1SDA073478R1 1SDA073517R1
1000 42 E1.2B/MS 1000 1SDA073480R1 1SDA073519R1
1250 42 E1.2B/MS 1250 1SDA073482R1 1SDA073521R1
1600 42 E1.2B/MS 1600 1SDA073484R1 1SDA073523R1
630 50 E1.2N/MS 630 1SDA073477R1 1SDA073516R1
800 50 E1.2N/MS 800 1SDA073479R1 1SDA073518R1
1000 50 E1.2N/MS 1000 1SDA073481R1 1SDA073520R1
1250 50 E1.2N/MS 1250 1SDA073483R1 1SDA073522R1
1600 50 E1.2N/MS 1600 1SDA073485R1 1SDA073524R1
SACE Emax E2.2B-N-H/MS • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

Code Code
2000 42 E2.2B/MS 2000 1SDA073495R1 1SDA073534R1
1000 66 E2.2N/MS 1000 1SDA073488R1 1SDA073527R1
1250 66 E2.2N/MS 1250 1SDA073490R1 1SDA073529R1
1600 66 E2.2N/MS 1600 1SDA073493R1 1SDA073532R1
2000 66 E2.2N/MS 2000 1SDA073496R1 1SDA073535R1
2500 66 E2.2N/MS 2500 1SDA073498R1 1SDA073537R1
1000 85 E2.2H/MS 1000 1SDA073489R1 1SDA073528R1
1250 85 E2.2H/MS 1250 1SDA073491R1 1SDA073530R1
1600 85 E2.2H/MS 1600 1SDA073494R1 1SDA073533R1
2000 85 E2.2H/MS 2000 1SDA073497R1 1SDA073536R1
2500 85 E2.2H/MS 2500 1SDA073499R1 1SDA073538R1
—
Withdrawable version
SACE Emax E4.2N-H-V/MS • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

Code Code
4000 66 E4.2N/MS 4000 1SDA073505R1 1SDA073544R1
4000 85 E4.2H/MS 4000 1SDA073506R1 1SDA073545R1
E4.2V/MS 2000 100 E4.2V/MS 2000 1SDA073500R1 1SDA073539R1
2500 100 E4.2V/MS 2500 1SDA073501R1 1SDA073540R1
3200 100 E4.2V/MS 3200 1SDA073504R1 1SDA073543R1
4000 100 E4.2V/MS 4000 1SDA073507R1 1SDA073546R1
SACE Emax E6.2H-X/MS • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)

Code Code
5000 100 E6.2H/MS 5000 1SDA073510R1 1SDA073549R1
6300 100 E6.2H/MS 6300 1SDA073512R1 1SDA073551R1
E6.2X/MS 4000 120 E6.2X/MS 4000 1SDA073509R1 1SDA073548R1
5000 120 E6.2X/MS 5000 1SDA073511R1 1SDA073550R1
6300 120 E6.2X/MS 6300 1SDA073513R1 1SDA073552R1
SACE Emax E6.2H-X/MS/f Full size • Mobile part of withdrawable circuit-breaker (MP)
Size Iu Icw (1s) Type 4 Poles
Code
E6.2H/MS/f 4000 100 E6.2H/MS/f 4000 1SDA073553R1
5000 100 E6.2H/MS/f 5000 1SDA073555R1
6300 100 E6.2H/MS/f 6300 1SDA073557R1
E6.2X/MS/f 4000 120 E6.2X/MS/f 4000 1SDA073554R1
5000 120 E6.2X/MS/f 5000 1SDA073556R1
6300 120 E6.2X/MS/f 6300 1SDA073558R1
ORDERING CODES 279
—
Derived versions
Sectionalizing truck - CS
Size Iu Type 3 poles 4 poles
Code Code
E2.2/CS 2000 E2.2/CS 2000 MP 1SDA081778R1 1SDA081779R1
E6.2/CS/f 6300 E6.2/CS/f 6300 MP - 1SDA082504R1
Earthing truck - MT
Code Code
E2.2/MT 2000 E2.2/MT 2000 MP Earth connection from upper terminals 1SDA081782R1 1SDA081783R1
E2.2/MT 2000 E2.2/MT 2000 MP Earth connection from lower terminals 1SDA081786R1 1SDA081787R1
E2.27MT 2500 E2.2/MT 2500 MP Earth connection from lower terminals 1SDA074360R1 1SDA074361R1
E6.2/MT/f 6300 E6.2/MT/f 6300 MP Earth connection from upper terminals - 1SDA082505R1
E6.2/MT/f 6300 E6.2/MT/f 6300 MP Earth connection from lower terminals - 1SDA082506R1
Earthing switch with making capacity - MTP

Code Code
E2.2/MTP 2000 E2.2/MTP 2000 MP Earth connection from upper terminals 1SDA081790R1 1SDA081791R1
E2.2/MTP 2000 E2.2/MTP 2000 MP Earth connection from lower terminals 1SDA081794R1 1SDA081795R1
E6.2/MTP/f 6300 E6.2/MTP/f 6300 MP Earth connection from upper terminals - 1SDA082507R1
E6.2/MTP/f 6300 E6.2/MTP/f 6300 MP Earth connection from lower terminals - 1SDA082508R1
Accessories for MT and MTP

Size Type Code
E2.2* Grounding clamp PF E2.2 for MT/MTP 1SDA074378R1
E4.2-E6.2* Grounding clamp PF E4.2-E6.2 for MT/MTP 1SDA074379R1
E2.2 Grounding clamp retrofitting FP E2.2 for MT/MTP (Front/Side mounting) 1SDA085591R1
E4.2-E6.2 Grounding clamp retrofitting FP E4.2-E6.2 for MT/MTP (Front/Side mounting) 1SDA085592R1
Grounding clamps must be installed in every fixed parts in which a MT/MTP mobile parts is foreseen. Otherwise the standard fixed parts can not accept MT/MTP device.
* Only mounted. For loose supply contact ABB.
Fixed or Mobile Part with neutral on right side

Size Type Code
E1.2...E6.2 Installation with neutral on right side sequence L1,L2,L3,N 1SDA076153R1
—
Fixed parts
Size Performance Iu Type of Type 3 Poles 4 Poles

range terminal Code Code
E1.2 B, C, N, L 250 - 1600 HR - HR E1.2 W FP Iu=1600 HR HR 1SDA073907R1 1SDA073908R1
E2.2 B, N, S, H 250 - 2000 HR - HR E2.2 W FP Iu=2000 HR HR 1SDA073909R1 1SDA073910R1
E2.2 N, S, H 2500 HR - HR E2.2 W FP Iu=2500 HR HR 1SDA073911R1 1SDA073912R1
E4.2 N, S, H 3200 HR - HR E4.2 W FP Iu=3200 HR HR 1SDA073913R1 1SDA073914R1
E4.2 N, S, H 4000 HR - HR E4.2 W FP Iu=4000 or
1SDA073915R1 1SDA073916R1
V version HR HR
E4.2 V 2000-4000 HR - HR E4.2 W FP Iu=4000 or
1SDA073915R1 1SDA073916R1
V version HR HR
E6.2 H, V 4000-5000 HR - HR E6.2 W FP Iu=5000 HR HR 1SDA073917R1 1SDA073918R1
E6.2/f H, V 4000-5000 HR - HR E6.2 W FP Iu=5000 HR HR 1SDA073919R1
E6.2* H, V, X 4000-6300 HR - HR E6.2 W FP Iu=6300 or
1SDA073920R1 1SDA073921R1
X version HR HR
E6.2/f* H, V, X 4000-6300 HR - HR E6.2 W FP Iu=6300 or
1SDA073922R1
X version HR HR
*These types of fixed parts are suitable for all types of E6.2 mobile parts from 4000A to 6300A (all Icu performance level)
0-Arc distance top cover for fixed parts

Size Type Code
E2.2…E6.2* 0-arc distance top cover E2.2…6.2 W FP 1SDA085710R1
* Factory fitted only. Not compatible with standard AUP, it is necessary to order the following codes:
AUP 5 contacts 400V E2.2...E6.2 - left set 1SDA080373R1
AUP 5 contacts 24V E2.2...E6.2 - left set 1SDA080374R1
AUP 5 suppl. contacts 400V E2.2...E6.2 - right set 1SDA080375R1
AUP 5 suppl. contacts 24V E2.2...E6.2 - right set 1SDA080376R1
—
NOTE: the standard
fixed parts can not
accept MT/MTP device.
In order to allow the
utilization of MT/
MTP mobile parts is
mandatory to install the
grounding clamps on
fixed parts. Accessoriz-
ing only in the factory
ORDERING CODES 281
—
Accessories
First and second opening release - YO
Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 YO E1.2..E6.2 24V AC/DC 1SDA073668R1
E1.2..E6.2 YO E1.2..E6.2 110-120V AC/DC 1SDA073672R1
E1.2..E6.2 YO E1.2..E6.2 277V AC 1SDA073676R1
E1.2..E6.2 YO E1.2..E6.2 380-400V AC 1SDA073677R1
E1.2..E6.2 YO E1.2..E6.2 415-440V AC 1SDA073678R1
E1.2..E6.2 YO E1.2..E6.2 480-500V AC 1SDA073679R1
First and second closing release- YC

Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 YC E1.2..E6.2 24V AC/DC 1SDA073681R1
E1.2..E6.2 YC E1.2..E6.2 110-120V AC/DC 1SDA073685R1
E1.2..E6.2 YC E1.2..E6.2 277V AC 1SDA073689R1
E1.2..E6.2 YC E1.2..E6.2 380-400V AC 1SDA073690R1
E1.2..E6.2 YC E1.2..E6.2 415-440V AC 1SDA073691R1
E1.2..E6.2 YC E1.2..E6.2 480-500V AC 1SDA073692R1
YO/YC test unit

Size Type Code
E1.2...E6.2* YO/YC test unit E1.2...E6.2 1SDA082751R1
*Only as loose part
Undervoltage release - YU
Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 YU E1.2..E6.2 24V AC/DC 1SDA073694R1
E1.2..E6.2 YU E1.2..E6.2 110-120V AC/DC 1SDA073698R1
E1.2..E6.2 YU E1.2..E6.2 277V AC 1SDA073702R1
E1.2..E6.2 YU E1.2..E6.2 380-400V AC 1SDA073703R1
E1.2..E6.2 YU E1.2..E6.2 415-440V AC 1SDA073704R1
E1.2..E6.2 YU E1.2..E6.2 480-500V AC 1SDA073705R1
Electronic time-delay device for undervoltage release - UVD

Size Type Code
E1.2...E6.2 24...30V DC 1SDA038316R1
E1.2...E6.2 48V AC/DC 1SDA038317R1
E1.2...E6.2 60V AC/DC 1SDA038318R1
E1.2...E6.2 110...127V AC/DC 1SDA038319R1
E1.2...E6.2 220...250V AC/DC 1SDA038320R1
—
Accessories
Remote Reset - YR
Size Type Code
E1.2 YR 24V DC E1.2 1SDA073744R1
E1.2 YR 110V AC/DC E1.2 1SDA073745R1
E1.2 YR 220V AC/DC E1.2 1SDA073746R1
E2.2...E6.2 YR 24V DC E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073747R1
E2.2...E6.2* YR 110V AC/DC E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073748R1
E2.2...E6.2* YR 220V AC/DC E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073749R1
* when YR is used in DC, the activation of YR must be done with a maximum impulse time of 50ms. The YR cannot be powered permanently.
Motor - M
Size Type Code
E1.2 M E1.2 24-30V AC/DC+S33 M/2 250V 1SDA073708R1
E1.2 M E1.2 380-415V AC+S33 M/2 250V 1SDA073713R1
E2.2...E6.2 M E2.2...E6.2 24-30V AC/DC+S33 M/2 400V 1SDA073722R1
E2.2...E6.2 M E2.2...E6.2 380-415V AC+S33 M/2 400V 1SDA073727R1
E2.2...E6.2 M E2.2...E6.2 440-480V AC+S33 M/2 400V 1SDA073728R1
E1.2 M E1.2 24-30V AC/DC + S33 M/2 24V DC 1SDA073715R1
E1.2 M E1.2 380-415V AC + S33 M/2 24V DC 1SDA073720R1
E2.2...E6.2 M E2.2...E6.2 24-30V AC/DC + S33 M/2 24V DC 1SDA073729R1
E2.2...E6.2 M E2.2...E6.2 380-415V AC + S33 M/2 24V DC 1SDA073734R1
E2.2...E6.2 M E2.2...E6.2 440-480V AC + S33 M/2 24V DC 1SDA073735R1
Current sensor for neutral conductor outside the circuit-breaker

Size Type Code
E1.2 - E2.2* Ext CS N E1.2 E2.2 2000A 1SDA073736R1
E2.2* Ext CS N E2.2 2500A 1SDA073737R1
E4.2* Ext CS N E4.2 3200A 1SDA073738R1
E4.2 - E6.2* Ext CS N E4.2 4000A E6.2 50% 1SDA073739R1
E6.2* Ext CS N E6.2 1SDA073740R1
*Only as loose part
Homopolar toroid for the earthing conductor of main power supply

Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2* Homopolar toroid E1.2 … E6.2 100A 1SDA073743R1
*Only as loose part
Toroid for differential protection

Size Type Code
E1.2 - E2.2 3p* Toroid RC E1.2, E2.2 3p 1SDA073741R1
E2.2 4p - E4.2* Toroid RC E2.2 4p, E4.2 3p 1SDA073742R1
*Only as loose part
ORDERING CODES 283
Open/closed auxiliary contacts - AUX

Size Type Code
E1.2** AUX 4Q 400V E1.2 1SDA073750R1
E1.2 AUX 4Q 24V E1.2 1SDA073751R1
E1.2 AUX 2Q 400V + 2Q 24V E1.2 1SDA073752R1
E2.2...E6.2** AUX 4Q 400V E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073753R1
E2.2...E6.2 AUX 4Q 24V E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073754R1
E2.2...E6.2 AUX 2Q 400V + 2Q 24V E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073755R1
E2.2...E6.2 AUX 6Q 400V E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073756R1
E2.2...E6.2 AUX 6Q 24V E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073757R1
E2.2...E6.2 AUX 3Q 400V AC + 3Q 24V DC E2.2...E6.2 1SDA075973R1
E1.2* AUX 15Q 400V E1.2 1SDA073758R1
E1.2* AUX 15Q 24V E1.2 1SDA073759R1
E2.2...E6.2* AUX 15Q 400V (for fixed) E2.2..E6.2 1SDA073760R1
E2.2...E6.2* AUX 15Q 24V (for fixed) E2.2..E6.2 1SDA073761R1
E2.2...E6.2* AUX 15Q 400V (for fixed/withdrawable with signalling in
1SDA073846R1
racked in/test isolated) E2.2..E6.2
E2.2...E6.2* AUX 15Q 24V (for fixed/withdrawable with signalling in racked
1SDA073847R1
in/test isolated) E2.2..E6.2
* not compatible with mechanical locks on compartment doors or mechanical interlocks.
For E1.2 you need to order also one of the following items:
Plate for fixed - floor mounted 1SDA079783R1
Plate for fixed - wall mounted 1SDA079782R1
Plate for withdrawable 1SDA079784R1
** Standard supply with automatic circuit-breakers
Auxiliary position contacts - AUP

Size Type Code
E1.2 AUP 6 contacts 400V E1.2 1SDA073762R1
E1.2 AUP 6 contacts 24V E1.2 1SDA073763R1
E2.2...E6.2 AUP 5 contacts 400V E2.2...E6.2 - left set 1SDA073764R1
E2.2...E6.2 AUP 5 contacts 24V E2.2...E6.2 - left set 1SDA073765R1
E2.2...E6.2 AUP 5 suppl. contacts 400V E2.2...E6.2 - right set 1SDA073766R1
E2.2...E6.2 AUP 5 suppl. contacts 24V E2.2...E6.2 - right set 1SDA073767R1
E2.2...E6.2 AUP 5 suppl. contacts 400V E2.2...E6.2 - 1in 3test 1out - right set 1SDA082749R1
E1.2...E6.2 AUP Ekip auxiliary position contact E1.2..E6.2 1SDA073768R1
Ready to close signalling contact- RTC

Size Type Code
E1.2 RTC 250V E1.2 1SDA073770R1
E1.2 RTC 24V E1.2 1SDA073771R1
E1.2 RTC Ekip 24V E1.2 1SDA073772R1
E2.2...E6.2 RTC 250V E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073773R1
E2.2...E6.2 RTC 24V E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073774R1
E2.2...E6.2 RTC Ekip 24V E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073775R1
Contact signalling tripping of Ekip protection trip unit - S51

Size Type Code
E1.2 S51 250V E1.2 1SDA073776R1
E1.2 S51 24V E1.2 1SDA073777R1
E2.2...E6.2 S51 250V E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073778R1
E2.2...E6.2 S51 24V E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073779R1
E2.2...E6.2 S51/2 250V 1SDA085699R1
E2.2...E6.2 S51/2 24V 1SDA085700R1
Terminals for auxiliary connection

Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 Terminals 10 pcs 1SDA073906R1
—
Accessories
Mechanical accessories
Mechanical operation counter - MOC
Size Type Code
E1.2* MOC Mechanical operation counter 1SDA073780R1
E2.2...E6.2 MOC Mechanical operation counter 1SDA073781R1
* only available with Motor
Key lock in open position - KLC

Size Type Code
E1.2 KLC-D Key lock open E1.2 1SDA073782R1
E1.2 KLC-S Key lock open N.20005 E1.2 1SDA073783R1
E1.2** KLC-A Castell key lock open E1.2 1SDA073788R1
E1.2** KLC-A Kirk key lock open E1.2 1SDA073789R1
E1.2**** KLC-A STI key lock open E1.2 1SDA073790R1
E1.2** *** KLC-A Ronis-STI lock Open E1.2 1SDA085733R1
E2.2...E6.2 KLC-D Key lock open E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073791R1
E2.2...E6.2 KLC-S key lock open N.20005 E2.2..E6.2 1SDA073792R1
E2.2...E6.2* ** KLC-A Castell key lock open E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073797R1
E2.2...E6.2** KLC-A Kirk key lock open E2.2..E6.2 1SDA073798R1
E2.2...E6.2**** KLC-A STI key lock open E2.2..E6.2 1SDA073799R1
E2.2...E6.2** *** KLC-A Ronis-STI lock open E2.2...E6.2 1SDA085734R1
* you need to order also the cover. Please select the suitable one at pag. 10/72; ** arrangement only;
*** compatible models: Ronis 1104B - STI ABA90DEL5000 - STI HBA90DPS5000;
**** compatible models: STI ABA90DEL5000 - STI HBA90DPS5000
Padlocks in open position - PLC

Size Type Code
E1.2 PLC E1.2 Padlocks in open position D=4mm 1SDA073800R1
E2.2...E6.2 PLC E2.2..E6.2 Padlocks in open position D=4mm 1SDA073803R1
Floor fixing plate - F

Size Type Code
E1.2 Floor fixing plate for fixed unit 1SDA076020R1
ORDERING CODES 285
Key lock in racked-in / test / racked-out position- KLP

Size Type Code
E1.2 KLP-D Racked in/out E1.2 1st key 1SDA073822R1
E1.2 KLP-S Racked in/out N.20005 E1.2 1st key 1SDA073823R1
E1.2 KLP-D Racked in/out E1.2 2nd key 1SDA073828R1
E1.2 KLP-S Racked in/out N.20005 E1.2 2nd key 1SDA073829R1
E1.2**** KLP-A Racked in/out STI Kirk E1.2 1st key 1SDA073834R1
E1.2**** KLP-A Racked in/out STI Kirk E1.2 2nd key 1SDA073835R1
E1.2* ** KLP-A Racked in/out Castell E1.2 1st key 1SDA073836R1
E1.2* ** KLP-A Racked in/out Castell E1.2 2nd key 1SDA073837R1
E1.2** *** KLP-A Racked in/out Ronis-STI E1.2 1st key 1SDA085737R1
E1.2** *** KLP-A Racked in/out Ronis-STI E1.2 2nd key 1SDA085738R1
E2.2...E6.2 KLP-D Racked in/out E2.2...E6.2 1st key 1SDA073806R1
E2.2...E6.2 KLP-S Racked in/out N.20005 E2.2..E6.2 1st key 1SDA073807R1
E2.2...E6.2 KLP-D Racked in/out E2.2...E6.2 2nd key 1SDA073812R1
E2.2...E6.2 KLP-S Racked in/out N.20005 E2.2..E6.2 2nd key 1SDA073813R1
E2.2...E6.2**** KLP-A Racked in/out STI Kirk E2.2..E6.2 1st key 1SDA073818R1
E2.2...E6.2**** KLP-A Racked in/out STI Kirk E2.2..E6.2 2nd key 1SDA073819R1
E2.2...E6.2* ** KLP-A Racked in/out Castell E2.2..E6.2 1st key 1SDA073820R1
E2.2...E6.2* ** KLP-A Racked in/out Castell E2.2..E6.2 2nd key 1SDA073821R1
E2.2...E6.2** *** KLP-A Racked in/out Ronis-STI E2.2/E6.2 1st key 1SDA085735R1
E2.2...E6.2** *** KLP-A Racked in/out Ronis-STI E2.2/E6.2 2nd key 1SDA085736R1
When the PLP is already present, you have to order the KLP 2nd key and not the KLP 1st key
* only mounted. For loose supply contact ABB SACE; ** arrangement only;
*** compatible models: Ronis 1104B - STI ABA90DEL5000 - STI HBA90DPS5000;
**** compatible models: STI ABA90DEL5000 - STI HBA90DPS5000 - KIRK KCAM00010
Accessory for supplementary lock in racked-out position

Size Type Code
E1.2 Suppl. locks in racked-out E1.2 1SDA073838R1
E2.2...E6.2 Suppl. locks in racked-out E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073839R1
Padlock in racked-in / test / racked-out position - PLP

Size Type Code
E1.2 PLP Bl. padlocks Racked in/out D=4/6/8mm E1.2 1SDA073840R1
E2.2...E6.2 PLP Bl. padlocks Racked in/out D=4/6/8mm E2.2..E6.2 1SDA073841R1
—
Accessories
Mechanical accessories
Lock for racking in / racking out the mobile part when the door is open - DLR
Size Type Code
E2.2...E6.2* DLR E2.2..E6.2 1SDA073845R1
*Only as loose part
Lock to prevent door opening when circuit-breaker is in racked-in / test position - DLP
Size Type Code
E2.2...E6.2* DLP E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073849R1
*Only as loose part
Lock to prevent door opening when circuit-breaker is in closed position - DLC

Size Type Code
E1.2 DLC Interlock cable door for fixed to wall E1.2 1SDA081032R1
E1.2 DLC Interlock cable door for fixed to floor E1.2 1SDA081033R1
E1.2 DLC Interlock cable door for fixed part withdrawable E1.2 1SDA081034R1
E1.2 DLC Interlock direct door for fixed to wall E1.2 1SDA079779R1
E1.2 DLC Interlock direct door for fixed to floor E1.2 1SDA079780R1
E1.2 DLC Interlock direct door for fixed part withdrawable E1.2 1SDA079781R1
E2.2...E6.2* DLC Interlock cable door E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073852R1
E2.2...E6.2* DLC Interlock direct door E2.2…E6.2 1SDA073853R1
* To be ordered with lever for interlock [group 2] and support for interlock [1SDA073895R1]
Protection device for opening and closing pushbuttons - PBC

Size Type Code
E1.2 PBC Prot. Pushbuttons AP/CH E1.2 1SDA073854R1
E1.2 PBC Prot. Pushbuttons AP/CH D=4mm E1.2 1SDA073855R1
E2.2...E6.2 PBC Prot. Pushbuttons AP/CH E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073858R1
E2.2...E6.2 PBC Prot. Pushbuttons AP/CH D=4mm E2.2..E6.2 1SDA073859R1
Circuit-breaker flange
Size Type Code
E1.2 IP30 Flange E1.2 F 1SDA073862R1
E1.2 IP30 Flange E1.2 W 1SDA073863R1
E2.2...E6.2 IP30 Flange E2.2...E6.2 F 1SDA073864R1
E2.2...E6.2 IP30 Flange E2.2...E6.2 W 1SDA073865R1
E1.2* IP54 Flange different keys E1.2 1SDA073866R1
E2.2...E6.2* IP54 Flange different keys E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073867R1
E1.2* IP54 Flange key No. 20005 E1.2 1SDA073868R1
E2.2...E6.2* IP54 Flange key No. 20005 E2.2...E6.2 1SDA073869R1
E2.2...E6.2 Sealable trip unit cover 1SDA073870R1
*Only as loose part
ORDERING CODES 287
—
Accessories
Mechanical interlock
High or low terminal covers- HTC/LTC
Size Type 3 poles 4 poles
Code Code
E1.2 HTC high terminal covers E1.2 2pcs 1SDA073871R1 1SDA073872R1
E1.2 LTC low terminal covers E1.2 F 2pcs 1SDA073873R1 1SDA073874R1
Separators - PB*
Size Type Code
E1.2 PB Separators H=100mm 4pz E1.2 F 3P 1SDA073877R1
E1.2 PB Separators 2 pz E1.2 W FP 3P 1SDA076164R1
E1.2 PB Separators 3 pz E1.2 W FP 4P 1SDA076165R1
E2.2...E6.2 PB Separators 2 pz E2.2..E6.2 F 3P 1SDA076166R1
E2.2...E6.2 PB Separators 3 pz E2.2..E6.2 F 4P 1SDA076167R1
E2.2...E6.2 PB Separators 2 pz E2.2..E6.2 W FP 3P 1SDA076168R1
E2.2...E6.2 PB Separators 3 pz E2.2..E6.2 W FP 4P 1SDA076169R1
*Only as loose part
Cables for mechanical interlock [Group 1]

Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 Type A horizontal 1SDA073881R1
E2.2..E6.2 Type B,C,D horizontal 1SDA073882R1
E1.2..E6.2 Type A vertical 1SDA073885R1
E2.2..E6.2 Type B,C,D vertical 1SDA073886R1
Order one type of cable for each interlock. The cable must be ordered on the fixed circuit-breaker or on the fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker.
Lever for mechanical interlock of fixed circuit-breaker or mobile part [Group 2]

Size Type 3 Poles 4 Poles
Code Code
E2.2 Lever for mechanical interlock 1SDA073889R1 1SDA073889R1
The lever for mechanical interlock is not required for E1.2
Support for mechanical interlock of fixed circuit-breaker [Group 3]

Size Type Code
E1.2 Type A - floor mounted 1SDA073893R1
E1.2 Type A - wall mounted 1SDA073894R1
E2.2 … E6.2 Type A / B / D 1SDA073895R1
E2.2 … E6.2 Type C 1SDA073897R1
Support for mechanical interlock of fixed part [Group 4]

Size Type Code
E1.2 Type A 1SDA073896R1
E2.2 … E6.2 Type A / B / D 1SDA073895R1
E2.2 … E6.2 Type C 1SDA073897R1
Automatic transfer switch

Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 ATS021 1SDA065523R1
E1.2..E6.2 ATS022 1SDA065524R1
—
Accessories
Ekip modules
Ekip electrical trip units - loose supply
Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Dip LI 1SDA074194R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Dip LSI 1SDA074195R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Dip LSIG 1SDA074196R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Touch LI 1SDA074197R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Touch LSI 1SDA074198R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Touch LSIG 1SDA074199R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip G Touch LSIG 1SDA074200R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip Hi-Touch LSI 1SDA074201R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA074202R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip G Hi-Touch LSIG 1SDA074203R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip LCD LI 1SDA074204R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip LCD LSI 1SDA074205R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip LCD LSIG 1SDA074206R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip G LCD LSIG 1SDA074207R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip Hi-LCD LSI 1SDA074208R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip Hi-LCD LSIG 1SDA074209R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip G Hi-LCD LSIG 1SDA074210R1
E1.2..E6.2 Battery for Ekip trip units 1SDA074193R1
* provided without Ekip Measuring/Ekip Measuring Pro.
Options for Ekip electrical trip units

Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip LCD Installed 1SDA074211R1
E1.2..E6.2 Upper internal installed voltage outlets 1SDA074216R1
E1.2..E6.2 External installed voltage outlets 1SDA074217R1
E1.2..E6.2 Arrangement for cables with lower internal voltage outlets 1SDA074213R1
E1.2..E6.2 Arrangement for cables with upper internal voltage outlets 1SDA074214R1
E1.2..E6.2 Arrangement for cables with external voltage outlets 1SDA074215R1
Power Supply modules

Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Supply 110-240V AC/DC 1SDA074172R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Supply 24-48V DC 1SDA074173R1
Connectivity modules
Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com Modbus RS-485 1SDA074150R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com Modbus TCP 1SDA074151R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com Profibus 1SDA074152R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com Profinet 1SDA074153R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com DeviceNet™ 1SDA074154R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com EtherNet/IP™ 1SDA074155R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com IEC61850 1SDA074156R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com Hub 1SDA082894R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com R Modbus RS-485 1SDA074157R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com R Modbus TCP 1SDA074158R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com R Profibus 1SDA074159R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com R Profinet 1SDA074160R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com R DeviceNet™ 1SDA074161R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com R EtherNet/IP™ 1SDA074162R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com R IEC61850 1SDA076170R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Link 1SDA074163R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Bluetooth 1SDA074164R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com GPRS-M 1SDA074165R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Com Actuator 1SDA074166R1
ORDERING CODES 289
Signalling modules
Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Signalling 2K-1 1SDA074167R1
E2.2..E6.2 Ekip Signalling 4K 1SDA074170R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip Signalling 10K 1SDA074171R1
E1.2..E6.2** Ekip Signalling 3T-1 AI - Temp PT1000 1SDA085693R1
E1.2..E6.2** Ekip Signalling 3T-2 AI - Temp PT1000 1SDA085694R1
*Only as loose part; ** External probe PT1000 not supplied
Measuring and Measuring Pro modules

Size Type Code
E1.2 Ekip Measuring 1SDA074184R1
E1.2 Ekip Measuring Pro 1SDA074185R1
E1.2* Voltage socket for neutral on right side L1 L2 L3 N - E1.2 1SDA076244R1
*use only with circuit breakers with neutral on right side L1 L2 L3 N
Synchrocheck modules
Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Synchrocheck 1SDA074183R1
External Probe for signalling 3T module

Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2* External Probe PT1000 3mt 1SDA085695R1
*use only with Ekip Signalling 3T Module
Displaying and supervision systems

Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip T&P - Programming and Test unit 1SDA066989R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip TT - Trip Test unit 1SDA066988R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Programming 1SDA076154R1
E1.2..E6.2* Ekip Multimeter Display on front of switchgear 1SDA074192R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Control Panel for 10 circuit-breakers 1SDA074311R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip control panel for 30 circuit-breakers 1SDA074312R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip View Software for 30 circuit-breakers 1SDA074298R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip View software for 60 circuit-breakers 1SDA074299R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip View software for unlimited circuit-breakers 1SDA074300R1
*Only as loose part
—
Accessories
Ekip modules
Advantage fucntionality
Size Type Code
E1.2..E6.2 IPS - Interface Protection 1SDA082919R1
E1.2..E6.2 Synchro reclosing 1SDA082923R1
E1.2..E6.2 Load shedding - adaptive 1SDA082921R1
E1.2..E6.2 Load shedding - predictive 1SDA082922R1
E1.2..E6.2 ATS Licence main-tie-main closed 1SDA082886R1
E1.2..E6.2 ATS Licence main-main closed 1SDA082888R1
E1.2..E6.2 ATS Licence main-tie-main open 1SDA082887R1
E1.2..E6.2 ATS Licence main-main open 1SDA082889R1
E1.2..E6.2 Ekip Power Controller 1SDA074212R1
Rating plug for Ekip trip units

Size Type Code Code
(loose supply) (installed)
E1.2..E2.2 Rating Plug 100A 1SDA074218R1 1SDA074258R1
E6.2 Rating Plug 5000A 1SDA074231R1 1SDA074271R1
E6.2 Rating Plug 6300A 1SDA074232R1 -
E1.2..E2.2 (1) Rating Plug 100A L OFF 1SDA074233R1 1SDA074273R1
E6.2 Rating Plug 5000A L OFF 1SDA074246R1 1SDA074286R1
E6.2 Rating Plug 6300A L OFF 1SDA074247R1 1SDA074287R1
E1.2..E2.2 Rating Plug RC 100A 1SDA074248R1 1SDA074288R1
(1) Available only with Ekip Touch and Ekip Hi-Touch
ORDERING CODES 291
—
Accessories
Terminals
Kit for terminals - installed for fixed circuit-breaker
Size Version Iu max Type 3 Poles 4 Poles
Code Code
E1.2* F 1600 Kit EF Upper 1SDA073963R1 1SDA073964R1
— E1.2* F 1600 Kit EF Lower 1SDA073965R1 1SDA073966R1
Rear orientable
E1.2* F 1600 Kit ES Upper 1SDA073975R1 1SDA073976R1
terminal - HR VR
E1.2* F 1600 Kit ES Lower 1SDA073977R1 1SDA073978R1
E1.2* F 1600 Kit HR Upper 1SDA073981R1 1SDA073982R1
E1.2* F 1600 Kit HR Lower 1SDA073983R1 1SDA073984R1
E1.2* F 1600 Kit VR Upper 1SDA073985R1 1SDA073986R1
E1.2* F 1600 Kit VR Lower 1SDA073987R1 1SDA073988R1
—
E1.2* F 1600 Kit FC CuAl 4x240 mm2 Upper 1SDA073997R1 1SDA073998R1
Horizontal rear spread
terminal - SHR E1.2* F 1600 Kit FC CuAl 4x240 mm2 Lower 1SDA073999R1 1SDA074000R1
E2.2 F 2000 Kit VR Upper 1SDA074003R1 1SDA074004R1
E2.2 F 2000 Kit VR Lower 1SDA074005R1 1SDA074006R1
E2.2 F 2000 Kit SHR Upper 1SDA074045R1 1SDA074046R1
—
Vertical rear spread E2.2 F 2000 Kit SHR Lower 1SDA074047R1 1SDA074048R1
terminal - SVR E2.2 F 2500 Kit SHR Upper 1SDA074051R1 1SDA074052R1
E2.2 F 2500 Kit SHR Lower 1SDA074053R1 1SDA074054R1
E2.2 F 2000 Kit SVR Upper 1SDA074057R1 1SDA074058R1
E2.2 F 2000 Kit SVR Lower 1SDA074059R1 1SDA074060R1
E2.2* F 2500 Kit F Upper 1SDA074118R1 1SDA074119R1
— E2.2* F 2500 Kit F Lower 1SDA074120R1 1SDA074121R1
Extended front
terminal - EF
— E4.2 F 4000 Kit VR Upper 1SDA074021R1 1SDA074022R1
Front terminal - F
E4.2* F 4000 Kit F Lower 1SDA074128R1 1SDA074129R1
—
Front spread
terminal - ES E6.2/f F 5000 Kit VR Upper 1SDA074029R1
E6.2/f F 5000 Kit VR Lower 1SDA074032R1
E6.2* F 6300 Kit F Lower 1SDA074137R1 1SDA074138R1
E6.2/f* F 6300 Kit F Upper 1SDA074136R1
E6.2/f* F 6300 Kit F Lower 1SDA074139R1
— E6.2 F 6300 Kit VR Lower 1SDA074039R1 1SDA074040R1
Terminal for cable FcCuAl
E6.2/f F 6300 Kit VR Upper 1SDA074038R1
4x240mm 2 - Fc CuAl
E6.2/f F 6300 Kit VR Lower 1SDA074041R1
* terminals supplied, but not physically installed
—
Accessories
Terminals
Kit for terminals - installed for fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
Code Code
E1.2* W 1600 Kit EF Upper 1SDA073939R1 1SDA073940R1
E1.2* W 1600 Kit EF Lower 1SDA073941R1 1SDA073942R1
—
Rear adjustable E1.2* W 1600 Kit VR Upper 1SDA073945R1 1SDA073946R1
terminal - HR VR E1.2* W 1600 Kit VR Lower 1SDA073947R1 1SDA073948R1
E1.2* W 1600 Kit ES Upper 1SDA073951R1 1SDA073952R1
E1.2* W 1600 Kit ES Lower 1SDA073953R1 1SDA073954R1
E1.2* W 1600 Kit SHR Upper 1SDA073957R1 1SDA073958R1
E1.2* W 1600 Kit SHR Lower 1SDA073959R1 1SDA073960R1
E1.2* W 1600 Kit FC CuAl Upper 1SDA073991R1 1SDA073993R1
— E1.2* W 1600 Kit FC CuAl Lower 1SDA073992R1 1SDA073994R1
Horizontal rear
E2.2 W 2000 Kit FL Upper 1SDA081120R1 1SDA081121R1
terminal - SHR
E2.2 W 2000 Kit FL Lower 1SDA081122R1 1SDA081123R1
E2.2 W 2000 Kit VR Upper 1SDA074577R1 1SDA074578R1
E2.2 W 2000 Kit VR Lower 1SDA074579R1 1SDA074580R1
— E2.2 W 2000 Kit SHR Upper 1SDA074585R1 1SDA074586R1
Vertical rear spread E2.2 W 2000 Kit SHR Lower 1SDA074587R1 1SDA074588R1
terminal - SVR
E2.2 W 2500 Kit SHR Upper 1SDA074589R1 1SDA074590R1
E2.2 W 2500 Kit SHR Lower 1SDA074591R1 1SDA074592R1
E2.2 W 2000 Kit SVR Upper 1SDA074593R1 1SDA074594R1
E2.2 W 2000 Kit SVR Lower 1SDA074595R1 1SDA074596R1
— E2.2 W 2500 Kit FL Upper 1SDA074069R1 1SDA074070R1
Front terminal - F
E2.2* W 2500 Kit F Upper 1SDA074090R1 1SDA074091R1
E2.2* W 2500 Kit F Lower 1SDA074092R1 1SDA074093R1
— E4.2 W 3200 Kit VR Lower 1SDA074603R1 1SDA074604R1
Extended front E4.2 W 3200 Kit SHR Upper 1SDA082840R1 1SDA082841R1
terminal - EF
E4.2* W 4000 Kit F Lower 1SDA074100R1 1SDA074101R1
— E4.2 W 4000 Kit FL Upper 1SDA074075R1 1SDA074076R1
Front spread
terminal - ES
E4.2 W 4000 Kit HR Upper 1SDA076878R1 1SDA076879R1
E4.2 W 4000 Kit HR Lower 1SDA076880R1 1SDA076881R1
E4.2 W 4000 Kit SHR Upper 1SDA082844R1 1SDA082845R1
— E4.2 W 4000 Kit SVR Lower 1SDA082854R1 1SDA082855R1
4x240mm 2 - Fc CuAl * terminals supplied, but not physically installed.
ORDERING CODES 293
Kit for terminals - installed for fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker

Code Code
—
Rear adjustable E6.2/f W 5000 Kit VR Upper 1SDA074611R1
terminal - HR VR E6.2/f W 5000 Kit VR Lower 1SDA074614R1
E6.2/f W 6300 Kit VR Upper 1SDA074617R1
E6.2/f W 6300 Kit VR Lower 1SDA074620R1
— E6.2* W 6300 Kit F Lower 1SDA074109R1 1SDA074110R1
Horizontal rear
E6.2/f* W 6300 Kit F Upper 1SDA074108R1
terminal - SHR
E6.2/f* W 6300 Kit F Lower 1SDA074111R1
E6.2/f W 6300 Kit FL Upper 1SDA074083R1
E6.2/f W 6300 Kit FL Lower 1SDA074086R1
— * terminals supplied, but not physically installed.
Vertical rear spread
terminal - SVR
—
Front terminal - F
—
Extended front
terminal - EF
—
Front spread
terminal - ES
—
4x240mm 2 - Fc CuAl
—
Accessories
Terminals
Kit for terminals - loose supply for fixed circuit-breaker
Size Version Iu max Type Code Pieces Code Pieces
E1.2 F 1600 Kit EF 1SDA073967R1 3 1SDA073968R1 4
E1.2 F 1600 Kit F 1SDA073973R1 3 1SDA073974R1 4
—
Rear adjustable E1.2* F 1600 Kit ES 1SDA073979R1 3 1SDA073980R1 4
terminal - HR VR
E1.2 F 1600 Kit Adjustable HR/VR 1SDA073989R1 3 1SDA073990R1 4
E1.2 F 1600 Kit FC CuAl 4x240 mm2 1SDA074001R1 3 1SDA074002R1 4
— E2.2 F 2000 Kit SHR 1SDA074049R1 3 1SDA074050R1 4

Horizontal rear spread E2.2 F 2500 Kit SHR 1SDA074055R1 3 1SDA074056R1 4
terminal - SHR
E2.2 F 2000 Kit SVR 1SDA074061R1 3 1SDA074062R1 4
E2.2 F 2500 Kit F Upper 1SDA074122R1 3 1SDA074123R1 4
E2.2 F 2500 Kit F Lower 1SDA074124R1 3 1SDA074125R1 4
— E4.2 F 3200 Kit Adjustable HR/VR 1SDA074019R1 3 1SDA074020R1 4
Vertical rear spread E4.2 F 3200 Kit SHR 1SDA082820R1 3 1SDA082821R1 4
terminal - SVR
E4.2 F 4000 Kit SHR 1SDA082826R1 3 1SDA082827R1 4
— E6.2 F 5000 Kit Adjustable HR/VR 1SDA081672R1 6 1SDA081673R1 7
Extended front
terminal - EF E6.2/f F 5000 Kit Adjustable HR/VR 1SDA081674R1 8
E6.2/f F 6300 Kit Adjustable HR/VR 1SDA074044R1 8
E6.2/f F 6300 Kit F Upper 1SDA074142R1 8
—
Front terminal - F E6.2/f F 6300 Kit F Lower 1SDA074145R1 8
* can be ordered only if the fixed part has EF terminals.
—
Front spread
terminal - ES
—
4x240mm 2 - Fc CuAl
ORDERING CODES 295
Kit for terminals - loose supply for fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
Size Version Iu max Type Code Pieces Code Pieces
E1.2 W 1600 Kit EF 1SDA073943R1 3 1SDA073944R1 4
E1.2 W 1600 Kit Adjustable HR/VR 1SDA073949R1 3 1SDA073950R1 4
—
E1.2* W 1600 Kit ES 1SDA073955R1 3 1SDA073956R1 4
Rear orientable E1.2 W 1600 Kit SHR 1SDA073961R1 3 1SDA073962R1 4
terminal - HR VR
E1.2 W 1600 Kit FC CuAl 1SDA073995R1 3 1SDA073996R1 4
E2.2 W 2000 Kit SHR 1SDA074049R1 3 1SDA074050R1 4
— E2.2 W 2000 Kit SVR 1SDA074061R1 3 1SDA074062R1 4
Horizontal rear
terminal - SHR E2.2 W 2500 Kit SVR 1SDA074067R1 3 1SDA074068R1 4
E2.2 W 2500 Kit F Upper 1SDA074094R1 3 1SDA074095R1 4
E2.2 W 2500 Kit F Lower 1SDA074096R1 3 1SDA074097R1 4
E4.2 W 3200 Kit SVR 1SDA082832R1 3 1SDA082833R1 4
—
Vertical rear spread E4.2 W 4000 Kit Adjustable HR/VR 1SDA074025R1 3 1SDA074026R1 4
terminal - SVR E4.2 W 4000 Kit F Upper 1SDA074102R1 3 1SDA074103R1 4
E4.2 W 4000 Kit SVR 1SDA082838R1 3 1SDA082839R1 4
E6.2/f W 5000 Kit Adjustable HR/VR 1SDA074035R1 8
—
Front terminal - F E6.2 W 6300 Kit Adjustable HR/VR 1SDA074042R1 6 1SDA074043R1 7
E6.2/f W 6300 Kit Adjustable HR/VR 1SDA074044R1 8
E6.2 W 6300 Kit F Upper 1SDA074112R1 6 1SDA074113R1 7
E6.2/f W 6300 Kit F Upper 1SDA074114R1 8
E6.2/f W 6300 Kit F Lower 1SDA074117R1 8
—
* can be ordered only if the fixed part has EF terminals.
Extended front
terminal - EF
—
Front spread
terminal - ES
—
4x240mm 2 - Fc CuAl
—
Accessories
Service
Extended warranty
Size Type Code***
E1.2...E6.2 Warranty 2 years E1.2...E6.2* 1SDA082413R1
E1.2 Warranty 4 years E1.2** 1SDA082414R1
— E2.2 Warranty 4 years E2.2** 1SDA082415R1
Note: E4.2 Warranty 4 years E4.2** 1SDA082416R1
Warranty periods are
measured from the
date the circuit breaker E1.2 Warranty 5 years E1.2** 1SDA082418R1
leaves the factory. E2.2 Warranty 5 years E2.2** 1SDA082419R1
The registration in the Extended Warranty online tool is mandatory
* Free-of-charge with site details entered
** Warranty durations:
- 4 years when site details not entered into the Extended Warranty online tool
- 5 years when site details entered into the Extended Warranty online tool
*** Order only with the circuit breaker. Specify Registration code in the order to activate the warranty.
ORDERING CODES 297
—
Accessories
Spare parts
Single phase pole
Size Poles IEC/UL Version Code Type spare Min quantity
E2.2 - Iu≤2000A 3p; 4p IEC F; W (MP) 1SDA081187R1 A 3 or 4
E2.2 - Iu=2500A 3p; 4p IEC F; W (MP) 1SDA081188R1 A 3 or 4
E4.2 3p; 4p IEC F; W (MP) 1SDA081189R1 A 3 or 4
E6.2 - Half phase 3p; 4p; 4p/f IEC F; W (MP) 1SDA081190R1 A 6 or 7 or 8
Arching chamber
E2.2 3p; 4p IEC F; W (MP) 1SDA081430R1 3 or 4
E4.2; E6.2 3p; 4p IEC F; W (MP) 1SDA081431R1 3 or 4 for E4.2,
6 or 7 or 8 for E6.2
Operating mechanism *
E2.2 3p; 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081191R1 A 1
E6.2 4p/f IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081194R1 A 1
* Add closing spring
Closing Spring
E2.2 - Iu≤2000A 3p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081207R1 A 1
E2.2 - Iu≤2000A 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081208R1 A 1
E2.2 - Iu=2500A; E4.2 3p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081208R1 A 1
E2.2 - Iu=2500A; E4.2 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081209R1 A 1
E6.2 3p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081210R1 A 1
E6.2 4p; 4p/f IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081211R1 A 1
Spring Charging lever

E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 3p; 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081217R1 A 1
Signalling charged spring lever

Spring charging device

E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 3p; 4p IEC F; W(MP) 1SDA082230R1 A 1
Tripping mechanism
E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 3p; 4p IEC F; W (MP) 1SDA082187R1 A 1
Fixing screws kit - 50 pcs

E1.2 - wall mounted 3p; 4p IEC/UL F 1SDA081179R1 1
— E1.2 - floor mounted 3p; 4p IEC/UL F 1SDA081413R1 1
Min quantity = min quan- E1.2 - floor mounted 3p; 4p IEC/UL W (FP) 1SDA081414R1 1
tity to complete a circuit-
E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 3p; 4p IEC/UL F; W (FP) 1SDA081467R1 1
breaker: The quantity is
related to the number
of phases (3 or 4 polese)
of the cirucit-breaker
(E6.2 has half phases so
quantities are double).
Type A Spare part = only
for ABB L3 technicians
—
Accessories
Spare parts
Safety cover
E1.2 3p; 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081402R1 1
E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 3p; 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081432R1 1
For each part ordered, specify the Serial number of the circuit-breaker it is intended for.
Accessories cover **
E1.2 3p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081403R1 1
E1.2 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081404R1 1
E2.2 3p IEC/UL F 1SDA081433R1 1
E2.2 4p IEC/UL F 1SDA081434R1 1
E2.2 3p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081435R1 1
E2.2 4p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081436R1 1
E4.2 3p IEC/UL F 1SDA081437R1 1
E4.2 4p IEC/UL F 1SDA081438R1 1
E4.2 3p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081439R1 1
E4.2 4p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081440R1 1
E6.2 3p IEC/UL F 1SDA081441R1 1
E6.2 4p IEC/UL F 1SDA081442R1 1
E6.2 3p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081443R1 1
E6.2 4p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081444R1 1
E6.2 4p/f IEC/UL F 1SDA081445R1 1
E6.2 4p/f IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081446R1 1
E1.2 - Castell* 3p; 4p IEC F; W (MP) 1SDA082145R1 1
E2.2…E6.2 - Castell* 3p; 4p IEC F 1SDA082146R1 1
E2.2…E6.2 - 3p; 4p IEC W (MP) 1SDA082149R1 1
Castell* KLC
E2.2…E6.2 - Castell* 3p; 4p IEC W (MP) 1SDA082150R1 1
KLC+ KLP
E2.2…E6.2 - Castell* KLP 3p; 4p IEC W (MP) 1SDA082151R1 1
* The lock is not included; ** TU Reset not included. Use the existing one.
Transparent cover for trip unit

E1.2 DIP 3p; 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081405R1 1
E1.2 Touch 3p; 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081406R1 1
E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 DIP 3p; 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081447R1 1
E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 Touch 3p; 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081448R1 1
Kit front cover plugs

Sliding contact for Moving Part

E1.2 3p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081167R1 1
E1.2 4p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081168R1 1
E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 3p; 4p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081212R1 1
E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 - MS 3p; 4p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081213R1 1
Terminal box connection interface

E1.2 3p; 4p IEC/UL F 1SDA081409R1 A 1
E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 - MS 3p; 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081452R1 A 1
—
ORDERING CODES 299
Trip coil
Right plate for accessories (Right MID)

E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 - MS 3p; 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081215R1 A 1
Cover for right plate for accessories (Right MID Cover)

Left plate for accessories (Left MID)

Racked in and out device (CD)

E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 3p; 4p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081216R1 A 1
CD lock lever
Racking in and out lever

E1.2 3p; 4p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081410R1 1
Lifting plates
Moving part terminals

E2.2 - Iu≤2000A 3p; 4p IEC W (MP) 1SDA081243R1 A 3 or 4
E2.2 - Iu=2500A 3p; 4p IEC W (MP) 1SDA081244R1 A 3 or 4
E4.2 - Iu≤3200A 3p; 4p IEC W (MP) 1SDA081245R1 A 3 or 4
E4.2 - Iu=4000A 3p; 4p IEC W (MP) 1SDA081246R1 A 3 or 4
E6.2 3p; 4p/f IEC W (MP) 1SDA081247R1 A 6 or 7 or 8
Jaw contacts
E1.2 3p; 4p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081164R1 A 3 or 4
E2.2 - Iu≤2000A 3p; 4p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081195R1 A 3 or 4
E2.2 - Iu=2500A 3p; 4p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081196R1 A 3 or 4
E4.2 - Iu≤3200A 3p; 4p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081197R1 A 3 or 4
E4.2 - Iu=4000A 3p; 4p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081198R1 A 3 or 4
E6.2 3p; 4p; 4p/f IEC W (FP) 1SDA081199R1 A 6 or 7 or 8
—
—
Accessories
Spare parts
Conversion kit from Fixed to Moving part *
E1.2 3p IEC F 1SDA081176R1 A 1
E1.2 4p IEC F 1SDA081177R1 A 1
E2.2 3p IEC F 1SDA081234R1 A 1
E2.2 4p IEC F 1SDA081235R1 A 1
E4.2 3p IEC F 1SDA081236R1 A 1
E4.2 4p IEC F 1SDA081237R1 A 1
E6.2 3p IEC F 1SDA081238R1 A 1
E6.2 4p IEC F 1SDA081239R1 A 1
E6.2 4p/f IEC F 1SDA081240R1 A 1
For each part ordered, specify the Serial number of the circuit-breaker it is intended for; * moving part terminals not included
Conversion kit from Moving Part into Fixed version *

E1.2 - wall mounted 3p; 4p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081178R1 A 1
E1.2 - floor mounted 3p; 4p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA082303R1 A 1
For each part ordered, it is mandatory to specify the Serial number of the circuit-breaker it is intended for; * Standard terminals not included
Main board
For each part ordered, it is mandatory to specify the Serial number of the circuit-breaker it is intended for.
Trip Unit Battery

E1.2; E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 3p; 4p IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA074193R1 1
Main board + Sensors + cables

E6.2 4p/f IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081206R1 A 1
For each part ordered, it is mandatory to specify the Serial number of the circuit-breaker it is intended for.
Sensors plastic covers

E6.2 3p; 4p; 4p/f IEC/UL F; W (MP) 1SDA081470R1 1
Terminal covers
E1.2 3p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081182R1 1
E1.2 4p IEC/UL W (MP) 1SDA081183R1 1
—
ORDERING CODES 301
Terminal box fixed part

E1.2 3p; 4p IEC/UL W (FP) 1SDA081180R1 A 1
E2.2; E4.2 3p; 4p IEC W (FP) 1SDA082152R1 A 1
E6.2 3p; 4p; 4p/f IEC W (FP) 1SDA082153R1 A 1
Support for terminal box of Fixed Part

E1.2 3p IEC/UL W (FP) 1SDA082237R1 A 1
E6.2 4p/f IEC/UL W (FP) 1SDA081255R1 A 1
Safety shutters for fixed part

E1.2 3p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081411R1 1
E1.2 4p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081412R1 1
E2.2 3p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081457R1 1
E2.2 4p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081458R1 1
E4.2 3p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081459R1 1
E4.2 4p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081460R1 1
E6.2 3p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081461R1 1
E6.2 4p IEC W (FP) 1SDA081462R1 1
E6.2 4p/f IEC W (FP) 1SDA081463R1 1
Lateral guides for fixed part

E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 3p; 4p IEC W (FP) 1SDA082154R1 A 1
Lateral guides for Moving part

E1.2 3p; 4p IEC W (MP) 1SDA082188R1 1
E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 3p; 4p IEC W (MP) 1SDA082302R1 1
Earth sliding contact for Fixed Part

E2.2; E4.2; E6.2 3p; 4p IEC/UL W (FP) 1SDA081465R1 1
Safety cover
—
Type A Spare part = only The complete ordering codes for original and guaranteed spare parts are
available in the ABB SACE Spare Parts Catalogue – 1SDC001007D0204.
—
ABB SACE
A division of ABB S.p.A.
L.V. Breakers
Via Pescaria, 5
24123 Bergamo
Phone: +39 035 395.111
Fax: +39 035 395.306-433
www.abb.com
Stay tuned. Discover more by visiting the webpages re-

served to Emax 2 and be always up-to-date with the latest
edition of the catalogue.
1SDC200023D0207 - 2017.11
© Copyright 2017 ABB. All rights reserved.

The data and illustrations are not binding. We reserve the
right to modify the contents of this document on the basis of
technical development of the products, without prior notice.

1SDC200023D0207 - CT Emax2 - 2017 - Video PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

1SDC200023D0207 - CT Emax2 - 2017 - Video PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

—

Main characteristics Accessories

The ranges Installation

Protection trip units Overall dimensions

Software functions Wiring diagrams

Supervision and connectivity Ordering codes

03-07 Distinctive features

08-09 Product conformity

09-09 Quality and Sustainability

10-10 ABB Low Voltage Product Service

SACE Emax 2 evolution from circuit breaker to Power Manager

Efficiency • Synchro-reclosing: Sinchronization and auto-

Ease of use As a further guarantee of safety, the shutters of

Registro Italiano Navale (RINA): Det Norske Veritas (DNV):

Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR): Russian Maritime Regiser of Shipping (RMRS):

American Bureau Shipping (ABS):

Germanischer Lloyd (GL):

For the types of certified circuit breakers, certi-

A further commitment aimed at safeguarding the

The materials, processes and packaging used are

ABB’s technical assistance service offers solutions aimed at supporting

ABB supplies annual updates regarding the evo- Retrofitting kit

14-15 SACE Emax 2 switch disconnectors

16-17 SACE Emax 2 derived versions

SACE Emax 2 E1.2

SACE Emax 2 E1.2

E2.2 E4.2 E6.2

E2.2 E4.2 E6.2

SACE Emax 2 E1.2

SACE Emax 2 E1.2

E2.2 E4.2 E6.2

E2.2 E4.2 E6.2

Safety is an indispensable requirement that must always be

— • Sectionalizing truck CS: in normal operating

• Earthing switch with making capacity MTP:

SACE Emax 2 E2.2 E4.2 E6.2

Protection trip units

24-35 Protection trip units for power distribution

24-26 Ekip Dip

27-32 Ekip Touch

33-35 Ekip Hi-Touch

36-39 Protection trip units for generators

36-37 Ekip G Touch

38-39 Ekip G Hi-Touch

40-54 Technical characteristics for protection trip units

48-53 Measurement functions

54-62 Description of protection functions

Fields of Measurement and Measurement of Measurement and Network

— • Communication with all supervision systems

Protection functions Watchdog

The values can be displayed on the front of the

• G protection at values below 100A or below 0.2 In;

Protection functions Measurements and meters

Watchdog In addition, the use of Ekip Touch is further sim-

Communication Test function

The integration into communication systems en-

Supply The Ekip Supply module allows the cartridge

Supply Ekip Supply

Protection functions Measurements

• Interruptions / short dips in voltage (voltage Other functions

All information can be displayed directly on the

Protection functions Measurements

Protection functions • Rate of change of frequency (ROCOF – ANSI 81R)